IFR 6000 Manual

XPDR/DME TCAS/ADS-B/TIS Test Set IFR 6000Operation Manual Issue 7 EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled technology or technical data under the jurisdiction of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR), 15 CFR 730-774. It cannot be transferred to any foreign third party without the specific prior approval of the U.S. Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security BIS). Violations of these regulations are punishable by fine, imprisonment, or both. OPERATION MANUAL XPDR/DME/TCAS/ADS-B/TIS TEST SET IFR 6000 PUBLISHED BY Aeroflex COPYRIGHT © Aeroflex 2009 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the prior permission of the publisher. Original Printing Issue 2 Issue 3 Issue 4 Issue 5 Issue 6 Issue 7 Mar 2005 Sep 2005 Nov 2005 Jan 2006 Aug 2007 Dec 2007 Dec 2009 10200 West York / Wichita, Kansas 67215 U.S.A. / (316) 522-4981 / FAX (316) 524-2623 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 Cable Statement: For continued EMC compliance, all external cables must be double shielded. For continued EMC compliance, all external cables must be 3 meters or less in length. Nomenclature Statement: In this manual Test Set or Unit refers to the IFR 6000 XPDR/DME/TCAS/ADS-B/TIS B Test Set. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. THIS UNIT CONTAINS NO OPERATOR SERVICEABLE PARTS. serviceable only by a qualified technician. CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. USE OF PROBES Check the specifications for the maximum voltage. FIRE). USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings. SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents. that may exist when operating or servicing this equipment. . CAN RESULT IN EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL MILES.. AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with AC or alternating voltage.) AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with AC or DC voltage. current and power ratings of any connector on the Test Set before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device. (This symbol refers to specific CAUTIONS represented on the unit and clarified in the text. WARNING: USING THIS EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED BY THE ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION MAY IMPAIR THE SAFETY PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT. Subject to Export Control. broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment. COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL Opening the Case Assembly exposes the operator to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock or equipment damage. DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with DC voltage. CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT. Do not operate this Test Set with the Case Assembly open. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock. IF IGNORED. to prevent electrical shock or damage to the equipment. SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards. IF IGNORED. see Cover Page for details. CASE. USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND SHOULD TAKE NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID POTENTIAL COMMUNICATION INTERFERENCE PROBLEMS. CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. Be sure the terminal device performs within these specifications before using it for measurement. WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT. POWER CORDS Power cords must not be frayed.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SAFETY FIRST: TO ALL OPERATIONS PERSO NNEL REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. INTERNAL BATTERY This unit contains a Lithium Ion Battery.G. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. . see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY The Declaration of Conformity Certificate included with the Unit should remain with the Unit. Aeroflex recommends the operator reproduce a copy of the Declaration of Conformity Certificate to be stored with the Operation Manual for future reference. . Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . see Cover Page for details. . TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TABLE OF CONTENTS Title Title Page / Copyright Page Statements Safety Page Declaration of Conformity Table of Contents Introduction Service Upon Receipt of Material Chapter/Section Chapter 1 Section Section Section Section Section Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Appendix Index Battery/Fuse Instructions A B C D E F G H I J K 1 2 3 4 5 Description and Quick Start Operation Specifications Shipping Storage 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 Connector Pin-Out Tables Metric/British Imperial Conversion Table with Nautical Distance Conversions Factory/Power Up Presets Abbreviations Breakout Box Transponder Configurations Mode S Address Blocks (Product Specific List) Mode S Address Blocks (Complete List) Signal Formats Standard Accessories Target Acquisition Time Probability Table Subject to Export Control. Subject to Export Control. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . ORGANIZATION This manual is divided into the following Chapters and Sections: CHAPTER 1 Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 . INTRODUCTION Page 1 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 INTRODUCTION This manual contains operating instructions for the IFR 6000.OPERATION (installation. It is strongly recommended that personnel be thoroughly familiar with the contents of this manual before attempting to operate this equipment. performance evaluation and operating procedures) .OPERATION . description of controls. connectors and indicators.SHIPPING .DESCRIPTION and Quick Start (for operators familiar with avionics systems) .STORAGE Subject to Export Control. Refer all servicing of unit to qualified technical personnel.SPECIFICATIONS . see Cover Page for details. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . see Cover Page for details. INTRODUCTION Page 2 Dec 1/09 . Subject to Export Control. 7 External Cleaning 2.3 Operating Safety 1. Quick Start 2.3 Regulatory Responsibilities 2.1.11 TIS Setup Antenna 2.1 General 3. Connectors and Indicators 3.9 TCAS Setup Antenna 2.1 General 1.5. Controls.1 Description 1. Performance Evaluation 3.1 ADS-B/GICB Testing 2.4. Installation 1.1.5 AC Power Requirements 1.6 Battery Recharging 1.1 ADS-B MON 2. see Cover Page for details.2 Grounding Power Cord 1. General Description and Capabilities 1.1 General 4.4.7 DME Setup Direct Connect 2.5 XPDR Testing 2. 1-TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 Dec 1/09 .4 Safety Precautions 1.8 DME Testing 2.DESCRIPTION 1.12 TIS Setup Direct Connect 2.5.2 Start-Up Chapter/Section/Subject 1-1 1-1-1 1-1-1 1-1-1 1-1-1 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-2 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-3 1-2-3 1-2-3 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Subject to Export Control.4 XPDR Setup Direct Connect 2.2 GICB 2.2 Battery Operation 1.2 ADS-B GEN 2.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 CHAPTER ONE IFR 6000 XPDR/DME/TCAS/ADS-B/TIS/TIS-B T EST SET OPERATION MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Title SECTION 1 .OPERATION 1.3 Battery Charging 1.1 Complying with Instructions 1.6 DME Setup Antenna 2.10 TCAS Testing 2.2 Self Test 4.4.2 Functional Capabilities 1.5.5.1.2 General Setup 2. Operating Procedures 4.1 Controls 2.3 XPDR Setup Over the Air 2.13 TIS Testing SECTION 2 . 6 Monitor Screens 4.4 1.4 1.7 G ICB Mode TIS G ener al 4.2 TIS Setup Directional Antenna 1.6 G ICB G ener al 4.1 T IS Mode 4.3.B MO N 4.B/G ICB MAIN 4.6.4 ADS.3.1 Setup 4.4.3.3 ADS.2 TCAS Testing 4.4 DME 4.3.7 4.4 Test List 4.1 TCAS Operation Concept 4.4 1.6.5.6.2.7 Recommended Test Procedure 4.4 1.5.2.5 ADS.2.5.3.5.5 TCAS Mode 4.1 ADS.2.2.6.3 Auto Test 4.7 “Over the Air” Ground Test 4.6.SHIPPING 1.2.5 Altitude Encoder 4.2.2.4 1.3 XPDR (Transponder) 4.6.2 Repacking Procedure SECTION 5 .SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 4 .3 TCAS Setup 4.2 Setup 4.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont) Title SECTION 2 – OPERATION (cont) 4.7.8 4.3 ATCRBS 4.2.4 1-3 105 SECTION 3 .6.4 1.4 1.B/G ICB Modes 4.B 4.1 Information 1.6. see Cover Page for details.5.2.5.4 1.8 “Over the Air” Simulated Altitude Test 4.2 Broadcast Monitor 4.5.6.3.1 Configurations 4.4 1-2-4 56 56 58 58 68 76 76 97 97 97 101 Br eak out Box 1.4 1.3.6 ADS-B General Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 2 2 3 8 10 28 29 29 30 30 32 35 35 38 38 42 45 47 47 49 51 54 56 4. Shipping Test Sets 1.5.4 TCAS Screen 4.1 Surveillance Monitor 4.2 Setup ADS.STORAGE 1-4 1-4-1 1-4-1 1-4-1 1-5 1 1 1 Subject to Export Control.7.6.3.5.9 4. 1-TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 Dec 1/09 .2.B G EN 4.6 Direct Connect Procedure 4.5.5 Setup-Scenario Data Screen 4. S Reply Test Screen UF0 Test Screen UF4 Test Screen UF5 Test Screen Chapter/Section/Subject 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-1-2 1-2-1 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-2 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 5 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 11 12 14 2 1 6 6 7 7 2 2 3 3 6 6 6 7 8 8 10 10 11 11 11 12 13 13 15 16 17 18 19 19 Subject to Export Control. Bottom View XPDR Auto Test Screen Configurations List Screen XPDR Information Screen Setup XPDR Screen Setup General Screen Setup Test Data Screen Confirm Screen Setup Store Name Screen Auto Test Screen Test Running Auto Test Screen PASS ATCRS Class B Auto Test Screen Generic ATCRBS Auto Test Screen XPDR Test List Mode S XPDR Test List ATCRBS XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test Screen XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test Screen Power and Frequency (Mode S) Test Screen Power and Frequency (ATCRBS) Test Screen XPDR .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 LIST OF ILLUST RATIONS Title Controls Soft Keys DATA Keys General Setup Screen Antenna Mounting Ramp Testing XPDR SETUP Screen XPDR CONFIG Screen XPDR AUTO Test Screen XPDR Test List Screen ADS-B/GICB SETUP Screen ADS-B/GICB MAIN Menu ADS-B GEN List Screen ADS-B MON List Screen ADS-B MON BDS Screen Example GICB List Screen GICB BDS Screen Example SETUP-DME Screen DME Test Screen SETUP TCAS Screen TCAS Test Screen SETUP TIS Screen TIS Test Screen Battery Recharging IFR 6015 Front Panel Directional Antenna Breakout Box.S Reply Timing Test Screen XPDR .S All Call Test Screen XPDR . Front View Breakout Box. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 1 Dec 1/09 . Top View Breakout Box. see Cover Page for details. 6 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.5 Screen ADS-B GEN List Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.5 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.1 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 6. Source Altitude Encoder Test Screen.8 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.8 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.2 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 6. Source DME Screen Setup DME Screen Calibration Screen RS232 Screen TCAS Protection Volume Typical TCAS II Display Setup .5 Screen GICB List Screen.5 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.9 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.2 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 6.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont) Title UF11 Test Screen UF11 FAIL Test Screen UF16 Test Screen UF20 Test Screen UF21 Test Screen PASS UF21 Test Screen.TCAS Screen TCAS Reply Parameters Screen TCAS Screen (Mode S) TCAS Screen (ATCRBS) Setup Scenario Screen Setup Store Name Screen Confirm Screen Setup TCAS Scenario Screen TCAS Surveillance Monitor Screen TCAS Broadcast Monitor Screen Whisper-Shout Monitor Screen Recommended Test Locations Setup ADS-B Screen Setup Test Data Screen Confirm Screen Setup Store Name Screen ADS-B/GICB Main Menu ADS-B MON List Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.3/6. see Cover Page for details. 13-24 Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 20 20 21 21 22 23 23 24 25 26 28 28 30 32 34 34 35 37 38 40 42 42 45 45 46 46 47 49 51 54 56 57 57 57 58 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 64 66 68 68 70 71 72 73 74 74 76 78 78 Screen Screen Encoder XPDR Subject to Export Control.A Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 6. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 2 Dec 1/09 . 1-12 GICB List Screen.A Screen ADS-B MON BDS 6.9 Screen ADS-B MON BDS 0.6 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 0.1 Screen ADS-B GEN BDS 6. NOT RUN UF24 Test Screen XPDR Elementary Surveillance 1 Test XPDR Elementary Surveillance 2 Test Enhanced Surveillance Test Screen Altitude Encoder Test Screen. B Screen GICB BDS 1. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 3 Dec 1/09 .0 Screen GICB BDS 6.0 Screen GICB BDS 4. 16-27 GICB BDS 0.1 Screen GICB BDS 4.F Screen GICB BDS 2.5 Screen GICB BDS 0.1 Screen GICB BDS 6.2 Screen GICB BDS 4.3 Screen GICB BDS 5.1 Screen GICB BDS 3.9 Screen GICB BDS 1.D Screen GICB BDS 1.5 Screen Setup TIS Screen TIS Operation Screen TIS Display Example TIS Operation Flow Chart Directional Antenna Mounted on Test Set Hand Held Directional Antenna Tripod Mounted Directional Antenna Mode S Coverage Within 12 nmi Simulate Range TCAS 6015 Effective Test Coverage Suggested Layout to Reduce Multipath Errors Ramp Testing IFR 6015 with Breakout Box Repacking Procedure Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-4-1 Page 78 80 81 82 82 83 85 86 86 86 86 87 87 88 88 88 89 89 90 91 92 92 93 93 94 95 95 97 99 101 101 102 103 103 103 104 104 105 106 107 1 Subject to Export Control.A Screen GICB BDS 1.2 Screen GICB BDS 6.0 Screen GICB BDS 2. see Cover Page for details.0 Screen GICB BDS 4.9 Screen GICB BDS 1.7 Screen GICB BDS 1.8 Screen GICB BDS 1.E Screen GICB BDS 1.0 Screen GICB BDS 6.C Screen GICB BDS 1.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (cont) Title GICB List Screen.8 Screen GICB BDS 0.6 Screen GICB BDS 0.0 Screen GICB BDS 1.7 Screen GICB BDS 0. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 1-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 4 Dec 1/09 . 1-LIST OF TABLES Page 1 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 LIST O F TABLES Title Test Identifier Symbols Common Usage GICB BDS Protection Volume Parameters Versus Altitude SL: Field Valid Data CA: Field Valid Data RI: Field (Acquisition) Valid Data RI: Field (Tracking) Valid Data RAC: Field Valid Data ARA: Field Valid Data CVC: Field Display Data VRC: Field Display Data CHC: Field Display Data HRC: Field Display Data ESB: Field Display Data ARA=Field Valid Data RAC=Field Valid Data GICB Supported BDS Registers Chapter/Section/Subject 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 1-2-4 Page 9 25 35 40 41 41 41 41 42 48 48 48 48 49 50 51 77 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . 1-LIST OF TABLES Page 2 Dec 1/09 . while restraining the shipping carton. Check the equipment against the packing slip to see if the shipment is complete. Checking Unpacked Equipment ● ● Inspect the equipment for damage incurred during shipment. Place the IFR 6000 transit case and end cap packing on a suitable flat. COAXIAL CABLE 72 IN. Use the following steps for unpacking the IFR 6000. ● ● ● ● ● ● Cut and remove the sealing tape on the carton top and open the carton. report the damage to Aeroflex. Report all discrepancies to Aeroflex. Remove the protective plastic bag from the IFR 6000 transit case. Store the shipping carton for future use should the IFR 6000 need to be returned. DESCRIPTION IFR 6000 POWER SUPPLY ANTENNA BREAKOUT BOX ANTENNA SHIELD 12 IN. If the equipment has been damaged. Avoid damaging the carton and packing material during equipment unpacking. Place protective plastic bag and end cap packing material inside shipping carton. and lift the equipment and packing material vertically. Grasp the IFR 6000 transit case firmly. COAXIAL CABLE 5 A FUSE TRANSIT CASE POWER CORD (US ONLY) POWER CORD (EUROPEAN) OPERATION MANUAL (CD-ROM) GETTING STARTED MANUAL (PAPER) PART NUMBER 72425 67366 64579 64580 64749 62401 62402 56080 10241 62302 64020 6670 6096 QTY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IFR 6000 with Standard Accessories Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL Unpacking Special-design packing material inside this shipping carton provides maximum protection for the IFR 6000. 1-SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIALS Page 1 Dec 1/09 . clean and dry surface. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . 1-SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIALS Page 2 Dec 1/09 . Subject to Export Control. ● ● ● ● ● ● Subject to Export Control. 1-1-1 Page 1 Dec 1/09 . ADS-B GICB. Range. distance measuring equipment (DME) systems. PRF P1/P2 width and Spacing are also displayed. UUT frequency. coaxial cables are required between the Test Set and UUT. 1. RF level. Single DME test screen provides control over DME Frequency/Channel. ADS-B MON. For ramp operation.2 FUNCTIONAL CAPABILITIES The IFR 6000 has the following features and capabilities: Functional Modes: XPDR.1 GENERAL DESCRIPT ION AND CAPABILITIES DESCRIPTION 1. Ident and Echo. For bench operation. Compact size and lightweight for one person operation. ● XPDR Auto Test provides a full FAR Part 43 Appendix F test. Parametric tests include ERP. ERP.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SECTION 1 . Squitter. the RF output is coupled to the airborne equipment by a lightweight directional antenna that may be mounted on the Test Set or tripod. MTL. Automatic power shutdown after approximately 15 minutes of non-use when ac power is not connected. Rate. All normal user verified parameters are displayed on one screen. The Test Set contains built-in signal generators and modulators for XPDR and selected DME frequencies. % Reply. Pulse Widths and Spacings. LCD Display with automatic light sensing illumination control Internal Battery allowing six hours operation before recharge. XPDR and DME Setup screens provide user defined operation parameters. ADS-B GEN and TIS. DME.DESCRIPTION 1. Altitude Encoder screen for monitoring encoding altimeter grey code. Predetermined user selectable XPDR config files allow different classes of ATCRBS and Mode S transponder to be tested. TCAS I and II. see Cover Page for details. TCAS I and II and ADS-B equipped transponders and 1090 MHz emitters. ● ● XPDR TCAS DME DME SETUP FREQ INTERR REPLY DISPLAY RF LVL ● POWER CHARGE CTRS RANGE RATE BKLT ● 05801 The IFR 6000 is a precision simulator that enables one person to functionality test airborne transponder (XPDR) modes A/C/S. Separate screens for display of primary Elementary and Enhanced Surveillance parameters. eurocontrol. Eurocontrol and the JAA have also incorporated new regulations for Mode S Elementary and Enhanced Surveillance. Subject to Export Control. 1-1-1 Page 2 Dec 1/09 . FAR (Federal Aviation Regulations) Part 43.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 1. For further information regarding these requirements.3 REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES Effective April 6. In preparation for the installation of new air traffic control radar facilities. 2005 for Enhanced Surveillance. both conventional ATCRBS and Mode S. 2003 for Elementary Surveillance and March. The IFR 6000 has the capability to thoroughly test these new functions to comply with upcoming requirements. Maintenance. Aeroflex has met all FAA requirements and recommends that the user of this type of equipment review the appropriate FAR. Rebuilding and Alteration section has been modified to reflect current technologies and improvements. the FAA required new measurements to be performed on existing transponders and instituted required tests for Mode S transponders. 1987. the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has required certain tests be performed on transponders. These requirements include Selective Identifiers for high-density traffic areas and became mandatory in May. see Cover Page for details. Preventive Maintenance. or contact the manufacturer of their particular model of transponder to ensure that proper procedures are followed. visit www.int/. 1-1-2 Page 1 Dec 1/09 . 2. Subject to Export Control. RANGE : Decreases DME range and TCAS start range. SETUP: Displays the setup screens associated with the selected functional mode. QUICK START The Quick Start is for operators who are familiar with avionics systems/test equipment and want to use the IFR 6000 before reading the complete Operation Manual. Yellow Flashing Yellow Green Charging Faulty battery Fully charged DATA KEYS  DATA KEY: Selects or slews data. Turns Test Set ON or OFF. NOTE: Operates when External DC Power Supply is connected. RATE : Increases DME and TCAS rate.  DATA KEY: Moves the cursor to the right in a data field.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2.1 for detailed operation instructions. CHARGE: Indicator illuminates to show battery charge status. Refer to para 1-2-4. RF LVL: RF level setting for DME Mode only. FREQ: Frequency/channel selection for DME Mode only. BKLT: Adjusts display backlight.  DATA KEY: Selects or slews data. TCAS: Selects TCAS and TIS screens. POWER: Indicator illuminates when Test Set is operational. RANGE : Increases DME range and TCAS start range. INTERR: Indicator illuminates when Test Set is interrogating (XPDR Mode) or receiving interrogations (DME Mode). see Cover Page for details. REPLY: Indicator illuminates when Test Set is receiving replies (XPDR Mode) or replying to interrogations (DME Mode).1 CONTROLS CTRS: Adjusts display contrast.  DATA KEY: Moves the cursor to the left in a data field. SOFT KEYS: Five Application dependent keys provide test specific information and movement between test screens. RATE : Decreases DME and TCAS rate. ADS-B/GICB and ALT ENCODER screens. XPDR: Selects XPDR. DME: Selects DME screen. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. 2. Figure 2. 1. 5.2 STEP GENERAL SETUP PROCEDURE 2. Figure 1.G EN ER AL BAT 2 . Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter.5 H r P WR D O W N : 1 0 M IN S ERP UNITS:dBm REMOTE OPERATION:RS232 UNITS:FEET P R EV P A RA M NEX T PA R A M T H/ W TOOL S INF O 3. Mount Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown. XPDR SETUP ANTENNA PROCEDURE Refer to 1-1-2. Antenna Mounting Figure 1 2. Subject to Export Control. Press POWER Key to power up the Test Set. see Cover Page for details. 1-1-2 Page 2 Dec 1/09 . 4. Position Test Set ≤50 ft (15. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. Select ERP UNITS: Set to preferred ERP units. Select PWR: Set to preferred power down timeout. 4.3 STEP 1.24 m) from and in line of sight with top/bottom antenna. S ET U P . Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector. 3. Refer to 1-1-2. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPGENERAL Screen. Select UNITS: Set to preferred units. 1 1 .X PD R A N T E N N A : B OT T OM ANT RANG E 12 ft 12 ft BAT 2 . WHEN DESELECTING. S ET U P . Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPXPDR Screen. B. USE SETUP POSITION THAT HAS AIRCRAFT BLOCKING LINE OF SIGHT TO TOP ANTENNA. SETUP HEIGHT C.3 d B U UT A D D R E SS : A U T O M A N U A L A A : 12 3 45 6 D IV ER S IT Y T E ST : O N P R EV P A RA M NEX T PA R A M Subject to Export Control. LIN EO F SIG HT DIS TANC ANTENNA SHIELD B.5 H r R F PO R T : A N T E N N A A N T H E IG HT 6 ft 4 ft A N T G A I N ( d B i) 1 . TERMINATING OR SHIELDING TOP ANTENNA IS NOT POSSIBLE OR PRACTICAL. 1 PW R L I M : F A R 4 3 C H EC K C A P: YE S DIA G TE ST DA T A T O P: B O T T O M: D IR C AB L E L OS S: 1 . Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. 03 G H z : 7 . SETUP RANGE E TESTING TOP ANTENNA A. C. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. TESTING BOTTOM ANTENNA 05818A Ramp Testing Figure 2 5. see Cover Page for details. 1-1-2 Page 3 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 A. 09 G H z : 6 . 3 d B A NT C A B L E L O SS : 1 . Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set cable loss to cable loss found on cable. 7. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: loss found on cable. T 9. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set to MANUAL and enter in MANUAL ADDRESS. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT CONNECT. Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup height from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPXPDR Screen. 8. T 10. 2. T 13. 3. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES. Set to cable 1. T 14. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. Connect long RF coaxial cable between the aircraft antenna feeder cable and Test Set RF I/O Connector.4 STEP PROCEDURE STEP XPDR SETUP DIRECT CONNECT PROCEDURE 6. Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground.03 GHz and 1. 10. T T 15. Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43.09 GHz antenna gain to figures marked on supplied Directional Antenna 12. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. 6. Select ANTENNA: Set to TOP or BOTTOM depending on which aircraft antenna Test Set is connected with. Select DIVERSITY: Set to OFF. see Cover Page for details. Select DIVERSITY: Set to ON. T 11. 1-1-2 Page 4 Dec 1/09 . T NOTE: To run diversity test set DIVERSITY to ON and install boot to bottom/top antenna. 5. Select PWR LIM: Set to FAR 43. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground set to MANUAL and enter in MANUAL ADDRESS. T T Subject to Export Control. 8. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. Select ANTENNA: Set to TOP or BOTTOM depending on which aircraft antenna Test Set is pointing towards. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): set 1. Select CHECK CAP: Set to YES. 9. 7. 11. Press RETURN Soft Key to confirm selection. select GENERIC ATCRBS or GENERIC MODE S configuration file. S F R E Q = 1 09 0 . Use Data Keys to select configuration file. Most UUT parameters requiring user verification are displayed on the Auto Test Screen. Run test and confirm that VS and FS fields indicate IN AIR. X PD R – T ES T L IS T 1 A C /D E C D R /S L S 2 A /C F 1 / F 2 S PA C E / W ID T H 3 PO W ER / F R E Q 4 S ALL-CALL 5 S R PL Y T IM IN G 6 S R PL Y 7 UF0 8 UF4 9 UF5 1 0 UF 11 1 1 UF 16 1 2 UF 20 SE L E CT TE S T N EX T P A GE X PD R . C . 1 d B m T R P A C O D E = 12 3 4 I D C AL T = 10 0 .5 H r 3. 4. 5. Press SELECT Soft Key to display selected test. NOTE: If the country selected has not adopted an encoding scheme.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. 2. Press TEST LIST Soft Key to display complete Auto Test List. 8. P AS S BAT 2 . 0 00 f t S C O D E = 1 2 34 I D S A L T = 1 00 . FLIGHT ID: UUT must have a valid source of Flight ID (internal or external to the UUT) to display data. repeat test and confirm VS and FS fields indicate ON GROUND. VS and FS discretes: To verify status. 1 d B m M T L = .1 2 M H Z T O P E R P = 5 7. ensure UUT is in airborne state prior to running test. T IN F O RET URN 6. X PD R – C O N F IG S C R EE N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 G EN ER IC A T C R B S AT C RB S CL A SS A AT C RB S CL A SS B G EN ER IC M O D E S MO D E S C L A SS A MO D E S C L A SS B MO D E S C L B OP T F R E Q MO D E S C L B OP T P WR T BAT 2 .7 3.0 d B m M T L = . Press RETURN Soft Key to display Auto Test Screen. To run a complete FAR Part 43 Appendix F Test. Subject to Export Control. 1-1-2 Page 5 Dec 1/09 . 00 0 f t TA IL = N 1 23 45 D F 1 7 = D ET EC T E D F L IG H T ID = B A 23 4 A A = A C 3 42 1( 5 3 03 2 04 1 ) FS = 3 – ALE RT N O SP I O N G R O U ND VS = O N G N D C O U N T R Y = U SA RUN T E ST TES T L IST CON F IG SE L E CT AN T PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S P A SS PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S RET UR N 9.7 4. Use Data Keys to select desired test. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR Auto Test Screen.5 H r 7. TAIL and COUNTRY: Displays the country decoded from the Mode S discrete address. NOTE: T If transponder class is not known.5 H r R EP L IE S = A . press RUN TEST Soft Key to start Auto Test. Place UUT in ground state.5 STEP XPDR TESTING PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE 1. only the country is displayed. see Cover Page for details. 0 d B m B O T ER P = 5 6 .A U T O T E ST C O N F I G : G E N ER I C M O D E S A NT EN N A : B O T T O M L E VE L =4 BAT - 2 . When Auto Test completes. a PASS or FAIL indication is displayed at the top of the screen. Press CONFIG Soft Key to display XPDR CONFIG Screen. Select LAT: Enter local latitude in degrees.1 STEP ADS.5 H r A D S.A D SB PO S D EC O D E: GL O B A L LAT : 3 8 2 5 35 N L O N G : 1 26 3 5 3 5 W AD SB G EN :D F 17 AD SB M O N :D F 17 G IC B :D F 20 A DS B MO N A D SB G EN G I CB 2.1 ADS-B MON STEP 1. 5 0. Select LONG: Enter local longitude in degrees. AVAIL will be displayed to the right of the BDS name. 6 0. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. When a specific extended squitter BDS is captured. minutes and seconds. Select ADS-B MON: Set DF17 or DF18 extended squitters to be monitored. 8. 9. Press the ADS-B MON Soft Key to display the ADS-B MON list screen. Select GICB: Set DF20 or DF21 to be requested with GICB protocol. 8 0. BAT 2 . 9 6. 6. Subject to Export Control. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.6. minutes and seconds. POS DECODE is for BDS 0.5 H r A D S. Set to LOCAL to use local CPR algorithm for latitude and longitude decoding or simulation.B/G ICB T E S T I N G PROCEDURE 2. 2. BAT 2 . 7. 3. Select ADS-B GEN: Set DF17 or DF18 extended squitters to be generated.B / G I C B M A IN S ET U P .5. Press RUN TEST soft key to start test. see Cover Page for details. Select POS DECODE: Set to GLOBAL to use global CPR algorithm for latitude and longitude decoding or simulation.5 and BDS 0. PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key until ADSB/GICB MAIN menu is displayed.5. Press SETUP Key until SETUP XPDR screen is displayed. 1-1-2 Page 6 Dec 1/09 . 5 0. 1 6. 2 6.B M O N DF 17 T ES T D A TA PR EV P AR A M NEX T PA R A M RET URN 4.1.5 H r 1. Press ADS-B SETUP Soft Key to display ADS-B/GICB Setup Screen. BAT 2 . A A I RB O R N E PO S S U RF A C E PO S I D EN T & C A T A I RB O R N E VE L A/ C S TATUS T A R G ST A T E A / C OP S T A T U S T EST M SG AV A IL NO T CAP AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL N O S QT R AV A IL 5. Perform XPDR SETUP ANTENNA procedure or XPDR SETUP DIRECT CONNECT procedure. RUN T ES T B DS DA TA RET URN 3. 5 H r A D S. 4. 2. BAT 2 . Subject to Export Control. PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key until ADSB/GICB Main Menu is displayed.B M O N BD S 0 . 5. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.1. 5 0.5 H r A D S. Refer to ADS-B MON BDS screen example. 9 6. PROCEDURE Use Data Keys to select specific BDS and press BDS DATA soft key to display selected BDS screen. Press BDS DATA to enter selected test. 5.B M O N DF 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. 5 A V A IL BAT 2 . 1-1-2 Page 7 Dec 1/09 . Press BDS ON Soft Key to enable selected test list items. 2 6. Press Return soft key to return to ADSB MON list screen or press PREV TEST or NEXT TEST soft keys to select specific ADS-B MON BDS screens. 8 0. 1 6.2 ADS.5 A I R B O R N E PO S T YP E= 14 DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 P ER I O D = D EF AU L T L A T = 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G = 9 7 2 5 48 W PO S= G L O B A L SA F = 1 T = N /U T C SU R V EI L L A N C E ST A T US = N O IN F O B A RO P R ES A L T = 13 10 2 5 f t G N S S AL T = N/ A D IS AB L E D D IS AB L E D D IS AB L E D D IS AB L E D D IS AB L E D D IS AB L E D D IS AB L E D D IS AB L E D RUN T ES T PR E V TES T NEX T TES T RET URN RUN T ES T B DS DA TA ST OR E DA TA B DS ON R ET U R N 3. A A I RB O R N E PO S S U RF A C E PO S I D EN T & C A T A I RB O R N E VE L A/ C S TATUS T A R G ST A T E A / C OP S T A T U S T ES T M S G B D S= 0 . see Cover Page for details. 6 0. STEP 1. Pres ADSB GEN to display the ADSB GEN List Screen.5.B G EN STEP 4. 5 0. 9 1. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPDME Screen.1. 15 GH z : 5 .8 0 .5 0 . 09 GH z : 6 . S ET U P – D M E R F PO R T : DI R E C T C O N N E C T ANT RANG E : I D EN T T O N E : I F R D I R C A B L E L O SS : A N T C A B L E L OS S: MAX RANG E : A NT G A I N ( d B I) 0 . Press XPDR Mode Key until ADSB/GICB Main Menu is displayed. Mount Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown. 15 GH z : 5 . 03 GH z : 7 . 3.6 STEP DME SETUP ANTENNA PROCEDURE 1.8 1 . A 1. 5 2 . 0 2 00 . When a BDS is available. Select ANT GAIN: Set to gains found on supplied antenna.5 H r B D S= 0 . Figure 1. 1 1 . G I C B B D S 0 . Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. C A I R B OR N E P OS S U R F A C E PO S S QT R ST AT US I D EN T & C A T A I R B OR N E V EL DAT A LNK CAP C O M G IC B C A P S PE C S ER V C AP S PE C S ER V C AP S PE C S ER V C AP S PE C S ER V C AP S PE C S ER V C AP BAT 2 .7 0 .5 A VA I L BAT 2 . 0 1 . 7.5 H r #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 A VA I L NO T CAP A V A IL A VA IL A V AI L A VA IL A VA IL A VA IL A VA IL A VA IL A VA IL A VA IL 1.3 G ICB STEP PROCEDURE 2. Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector.6 0 . 1 d b 1 .7 1 . Subject to Export Control. Select ANT RANGE: Set to line of sight distance from IFR 6000 antenna and UUT antenna.5 A I R B O R N E PO S T YP E= 14 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 L A T = 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G = 9 7 2 5 48 W PO S= G L O B A L SA F = 1 T = N /U T C SU R V EI L L A N C E ST A T US = N O IN F O B A RO P R ES A L T = 13 10 2 5 f t G N S S AL T = N/ A PR EV PA R A M NE X T P AR A M D I AG 5. 22 GH z : 2 . AVAIL will be displayed to the right of the BDS name. 8. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On.24 m) from and in line of sight with DME antenna. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Position Test Set at ≤50 ft (15. 8 BAT 2 .0 1 . Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable found on cable. RUN T ES T PR E V TES T NEX T TES T RET URN 6. Press GICB Soft Key to display the GICB List Screen. 1-1-2 Page 8 Dec 1/09 . Press RUN TEST soft key to start test. 1 2 .9 1 . 1 d b 1 . see Cover Page for details.5 H r RUN T ES T B DS DA TA PR EV PA G E N EX T P A GE RET URN 2. GI C B D F 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0 . Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter.5.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2.9 6 GH z : 7 . 3.0 0 n m 1 . 2. B 1. 4. Refer to 1-1-2. Subject to Export Control. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set to cable found on cable. Select % REPLY: Set to 100. Select RANGE: Set to 0. Press DME Mode Select Key to display DME ModeTest Screen. 5. Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test. 8.00 nm 2 . 3. 1-1-2 Page 9 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2.00 nm. NOTE: UUT parameters are modifiable while test is running.7 STEP 1. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPDME Screen. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Select UUT LVL: Set to desired level.3 8. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. 0 0 M H z F R EQ : 97 8 M H z CHAN : 17X % R E PL Y : 1 0 0 SQ T R : ON T X F R EQ P1 W ID T H P2 W ID T H P1 . 2. DME VO R : 10 8. 5.8 STEP DME TESTING PROCEDURE 1. Select VOR/FREQ/CHAN: Set to frequency of DME unit. see Cover Page for details.P2 UU T L VL RUN T EST 2. 10. 4. 3. Last UUT parameters are retained on display. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT CONNECT. Select SQTR: Set to ON.5 H r OU T E C H O : OF F I D EN T : ON E R P= P RF= dBm Hz = = = = = MHZ us us u s( ) . BAT RFLV L : RATE : RANGE : -2 dBm 10 kts 0. 6. 7. All DME test data is displayed on this screen. 2 d B m NEX T PA R A M P R EV P A RA M STO P R AT E IN/ OU T 2. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. DME SETUP DIRECT CONNECT PROCEDURE Connect long RF coaxial cable between the aircraft DME antenna feeder cable and Test Set RF I/O Connector. Select ECHO: Set to OFF. 4. 11. 9. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test. Select IDENT: Set to ON. Select RATE: Set to 300 kts OUT. 6. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range from antenna. Subject to Export Control.0 9 G H z : 6 . 03 GH z : 7 . Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. 4. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. 1 D I SP L A YE D A L T : R E L A T IV E T E ST SE T AA : A 9 2 49 3 R E PL Y PA R A M PR EV PA R A M NE X T P AR A M D I AG ST OR E/ R E CA L L 5.09 GHz antenna gain to figures marked on supplied Directional Antenna. see Cover Page for details. Select ALT REPORTING: Set to ON. 1 A L T R EP OR T I N G: O N 1 . set to MANUAL and enter in MANUAL ADDRESS. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground. 8. Continue pressing SETUP Control Key to cycle to SETUPTCAS Screen. Select SQUITTERS: Set to ON. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. 12.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2.5 H r R F P O RT : AN T EN N A A N T R A NG E : 12 ft A N T H EI G H T : 1 ft U U T A D DR ES S: A U T O M A N U A L A A : 00 0 00 0 D IR C A B L E L O SS : 1 . Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. 7. 11. 11. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup height from antenna. Figure 1.3 d B A N T C A BL E: U S ER D EF I N ED A N T C A BL E L O S S: 0 . 9. 13.9 STEP TCAS SETUP ANTENNA PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE 1. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): Set 1. NOTE: T TEST SET AA needs to be different than the surrounding aircraft. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable loss found on cable. 1-1-2 Page 10 Dec 1/09 . Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector. Select TEST SET AA: Set to A92493. Mount Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown. 10. Refer to 1-1-2. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. Select DISPLAYED ALT: Set to RELATIVE. Position Test Set at Forward Sector Test Location. 2. 1 d B AN T G A I N ( d B i) S QU IT T ER S : O N 1 .03 GHz and 1.24 m) from and in line of sight with TCAS top antenna. S ET U P -T C A S BAT 2 . 3. ≤50 ft (15. 10. Verify UUT visual and audio operation: NOTE: ● ● Verify Traffic Advisory at 40 sec until encounter time. 7. Select SENARIO: Set to CUSTOM. Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 5. Select ALT START: Set to +200 ft.10 TCAS TESTING STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE 1.5 H r 13. NOTE: NOTE: RUN T ES T PR EV P AR A M NEX T P AR A M M ON ST OR E/ R E CA L L 14. Select INTRUDER TYPE: Set to ATCRBS or Mode S.R A N G E R AT E : 30 0 k t s A L T ST AR T : + 20 0 f t ST OP: .ALT RATE : C ON V ER G E : O N UUT ALT : 31 2 00 f t A L T D E T E CT : O N F R E Q= 1 0 30 . TCAS BAT 2 . 3. TCAS I systems do not issue RA’s. Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test. 00 0 M H z E R P= 5 7 . Press TCAS Mode Select Key to display TCAS Test Screen. RA’s are inhibited. an intruder should be displayed on the TCAS display. 2. Select ALT DETECT: Set to ON. 1-1-2 Page 11 Dec 1/09 . Select TCAS TYPE: Set to TCAS II. If Radio Altimeter Altitude is below 500 ft. 11. Select % REPLY: Set to 100. 6.C U ST O M T C A S T Y PE : T C A S II % R EP L Y: 1 0 0 I N T R U D ER T YP E: M O D E S R A N G E S T A R T : 8 . Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test. When TRACKING is annunciated. 0 0 n m IN A L T = +2 0 0 f t  T C A S S T A T U S= T R A C K IN G S T A T U S= N ON .T H R E AT E N C O U N T ER = 0 : 0 0 Verify Resolution Advisory at 25 sec until encounter time Verify TCAS bearing reads 0° (±15°). Select RANGE RATE: Set to 300 kts. Verify TCAS STATUS displays AQUIRING and then TRACKING. 00 n m S T O P: .0 d B m R A N GE = 8. Select RANGE START: Set to 8 nm. NOTE: If testing a TCAS I system set to TCAS I. 4. 9. 8.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. Select CONVERGE: Set to ON. S C EN A R I O : 0 . 12. 09 G Hz : 6 .1 U UT A D D R E SS :A U T O M A N U A L A A : 12 3 45 6 PR EV PA R A M NE X T P AR A M 5. 3 d B A N T G A I N ( d B i) A NT C A B L E :U SE R D E F I N E D 1. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO.1 A NT C A B L E L O S S: 1 . Figure 1. S ET U P -T IS R F PO RT : DI R E C T C O N N E C T AN T R A N G E : 1 2 f t H E IG H T : 1 2 f t BAT 2 . see Cover Page for details. 6. Mode S all-calls do not work when the aircraft is on the ground. Mount Directional Antenna on Test Set and position friction hinge so Directional Antenna is as shown. 1-1-2 Page 12 Dec 1/09 .5 H r D I R CA B L E L O S S: 1 .3 d B 1. 10. 2.24 m) from and in line of sight with top/bottom antenna. NOTE: If aircraft is on the ground.09 GHz antenna gain to figures marked on supplied Directional Antenna. 7. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. Refer to 1-1-2. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Select ANT GAIN (dBi): set 1. 3.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. Select RF PORT: Set to ANTENNA. Power Up: Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On. Press SETUP Control Key to display SETUP-TIS Screen. Select ANT HEIGHT: Set to setup height from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. 11. Select ANT RANGE: Set to setup range from IFR 6000 antenna to UUT Antenna. Position Test Set ≤50 ft (15.03 GHz and 1. Connect short RF coaxial cable between Antenna Connector and Test Set ANT Connector. 03 G Hz : 7 . 9. 8. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. set to MANUAL and enter MANUAL ADDRESS.11 TIS SETUP ANTENNA STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE 1. Select ANT CABLE LOSS: Set to cable loss found on cable. 4. Subject to Export Control. 13 TIS TESTING STEP PROCEDURE 1. Select UUT ADDRESS: Set to AUTO. Connect long RF coaxial cable between aircraft antenna feeder cable and Test Set RF I/O Connector. Select DIR CABLE LOSS: Set cable loss to cable loss found on cable. 00 4 . TI S T A R G ET S : 5 BAT 2 . see Cover Page for details. 1-1-2 Page 13 Dec 1/09 . ALT RATE: Sets Altitude Rate annunciation on TIS display.12 TIS SETUP DIRECT CONNECT STEP PROCEDURE 2. Select RF PORT: Set to DIRECT CONNECT. Press RUN Soft Key to start test. 3.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. 1. Power On Aircraft and configure aircraft for weight off wheels. This orientates the target bearings with respect to UUT (aircraft) heading. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each of the following parameters: TARGETS: Sets the number of simulated targets 0 to 5. Press SETUP Control Key to display setup screens. Press TCAS Mode Key until TIS Test Screen is displayed. ALT: Sets target altitude relative to UUT (aircraft) in feet. TRAFFIC: Sets target traffic status on TIS display. Press SETUP Control Key until SETUP-TIS Screen is displayed. BRG: Sets target bearing relative to UUT (aircraft) in degrees RNG: Sets targets range relative to UUT (aircraft) in nautical miles. Power Up: Press POWER Key to power the Test Set. 00 ALT(ft) : 35 0 0 2 0 00 1 00 0 5 00 0 A L T R A T E: C L IM B L E VE L L EV EL C L IM B L EV EL H D G( d e g ) : 2 34 1 78 56 22 0 T R A F F I C : P R O X PR O X PR O X PR O X T R F C A D D R = 3 A C4 2 1 ( 16 5 42 0 4 1) N 1 23 4 5 TS CR= 5 T SD R = 1 A L T = 12 6 70 0 f t T I S ST A T US = C O N N E CT IN G I N F O = 0 00 0 RUN T ES T P R EV P A RA M NEX T PA R A M 2. 00 3 .0 0 1. 6. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Soft Keys to select each parameter. 2. UUT HDG: Provides entry for UUT Heading in degrees.0 0 2 . 5. 7.5 H r U U T H DG : 1 80 d e g 1 2 3 4 5 B R G( d e g ) : 1 20 90 23 4 1 82 23 R N G( n m ) : 6 . Subject to Export Control. HDG: Sets target Heading in degrees. 4. 3. see Cover Page for details. TSDR field indicates number of TIS 0disconnects requested from UUT.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 STEP PROCEDURE 4. ALT UUT field displays UUT aircraft altitude. TIS display shows the selected target parameters in accordance with the selections: TIS STATUS field indicates TIS connection status. ADDR indicates UUT Aircraft Address. Subject to Export Control. TSCR field indicates number of TIS connects requested from UUT. 1-1-2 Page 14 Dec 1/09 . All procedures contained in this manual must be performed in exact sequence and manner described. When charging. The following safety precautions must be observed during installation and operation.1 Complying with Instructions Refer to 1-2-2. The internal battery is equipped to power the IFR 6000 for six hours of continuous use.3 BATTERY CHARGING WARNING: The battery charger operates whenever DC power (11 to 32 Vdc) is applied to the Test Set with the supplied DC Power Supply or a suitable DC power source. see Cover Page for details. connected to the DC Power Supply. is equipped with standard three-prong plug and must be connected to a properly grounded three-prong receptacle that is easily accessible.3 Due to potential for electrical shock within the Test Set. Battery Operation Time Remaining (in Hours) is displayed on all screens. Replace any standard two-prong receptacle(s) with properly grounded threeprong receptacle(s). connectors or indicators. The Test Set is supplied with an external DC Power Supply that enables the operator to recharge the battery when connected to AC power. For AC operation. Battery replacement. 1. The Power Down Time may be set in the Setup Screen.4. the AC Line Cable. It is the customer's responsibility to: ● ● Have a qualified electrician check receptacle(s) for proper grounding.2 BATTERY OPERATION Installation/operating personnel should not attempt to install or operate the IFR 6000 without reading and complying with instructions contained in this manual.4. the IFR 6000 battery needs recharging. The IFR 6000 contains an automatic time-out to conserve power. the battery reaches a 100% charge in approximately four hours.4 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The IFR 6000 is powered by an internal Lithium Ion battery pack.4. 1.1 INST ALLATION GENERAL 1. for servicing and/or bench tests. 1. DOING SO CREATES A SHOCK HAZARD BETWEEN THE CHASSIS AND ELECTRICAL GROUND. after which time. the Case Assembly must be closed when the Test Set is connected to an external power source. NOTE: The IFR 6000 can operate continuously on AC power via the DC Power Supply. fuse replacement and internal adjustments must only be performed by qualified service technicians.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SECTION 2 . The battery should be charged every three months (minimum) or disconnected for long term inactive storage periods of more than six months. Figure 2 for location of controls. 1. the Test Set shuts Off (only when using battery power). Subject to Export Control.2 Grounding Power Cord DO NOT USE A THREE-PRONG TO TWO-PRONG ADAPTER PLUG. If a key is not pressed within a 5 to 20 minute time period. The IFR 6000 can operate. The Battery must be removed wh e n c o n d i t i o n s s u r r o u n d i n g t h e Te s t S e t a r e <-20°C or >60°C. connected to an external DC source. Operating Safety 1. Aeroflex assumes no liability for failure to comply with any safety precaution outlined in this manual. 1-2-1 Page 1 Dec 1/09 .OPERATION 1. 1. The internal battery charger allows the battery to charge between a temperature range of 5° to 40°C. outside the battery charging temperature range (5° to 40°C). requires replacement.FLASHING (FAULTY BATTERY) GREEN (CHARGED) 05803 Battery Recharging Figure 1 Subject to Export Control. Verify the CHARGE Indicator illuminates yellow. the battery.6 BATTERY RECHARGING The DC Power Supply. controlled by an internal battery charger. operates over a voltage range of 100 to 250 VAC at 47 to 63 Hz.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 1. serviceable only by a qualified technician. The battery charger operates whenever DC power (11 to 32 Vdc) is applied to the Test Set with the supplied DC Power Supply or a suitable DC power source. 1-2-1 Page 2 Dec 1/09 . Figure 1. supplied with the IFR 6000. the battery reaches an 100% charge in approximately four hours. When charging. DC POWER SUPPLY YELLOW (CHARGING) YELLOW . NOTE: If the CHARGE Indicator flashes yellow and/or the battery fails to accept a charge and the IFR 6000 does not operate on battery power. STEP 1. Refer to Battery/Voltage Instructions.5 AC POWER REQUIREMENTS 1. Allow four hours for battery charge or until the CHARGE Indicator illuminates green. The Battery Charging temperature range is 5° to 40°C. 4. Refer to 1-2-1. see Cover Page for details. 3. Connect the DC Power Supply to the DC POWER Connector on the IFR 6000. PROCEDURE Connect AC Line Cable to either: ● AC PWR Connector on the DC Power Supply and an appropriate AC power source Suitable DC power source ● 2. 7 EXTERNAL CLEANING The following procedure contains routine instructions for cleaning the outside of the Test Set. not in use. Cover connectors. with suitable dust cover to prevent tarnishing of connector contacts. 5. 2. STEP 1. Remove grease. If dirt is difficult to remove. Subject to Export Control. dampen cloth with water and a mild liquid detergent. 1-2-1 Page 3 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. fungus and ground-in dirt from surfaces with soft lint-free cloth dampened (not soaked) with isopropyl alcohol. Paint exposed metal surface to avoid corrosion.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 1. 4. PROCEDURE Clean front panel buttons and display face with soft lint-free cloth. 6. Remove dust and dirt from connectors with soft-bristled brush. 3. CAUTION: DISCONNECT POWER FROM TEST SET TO AVOID POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS. Clean cables with soft lint-free cloth. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . 1-2-1 Page 4 Dec 1/09 . O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. see Cover Page for details. CONTROLS. CONNECTORS AND INDICATORS 1 SYNC 2 VIDEO 3 RF I/O 4 ANT 5 REMOTE REMOTE 6 7 8 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 IFR 6000 Front Panel Figure 1 INTERR REPLY DISPLAY 9 10 11 XPDR TCAS 12 13 14 15 DME DME SETUP FREQ RF LVL POWER CHARGE CTRS RANGE RATE BKLT 16 17 18 05804 Subject to Export Control. 1-2-2 Page 1 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. 33. 25. 36. 18. 30. 32. 23. 3. 9. 35. 5. 15. 2. 19. 24. 27. 38. 31. 20. 39. 12. SYNC Connector VIDEO Connector DC POWER Connector RF I/O Connector Test Set ANT Connector REMOTE Connector Display Multi-Function Soft Keys XPDR Mode Select Key TCAS Mode Select Key DME Mode Select Key SETUP Select Key FREQ Select Key RF LVL Key RATE INCREMENT Key RANGE INCREMENT Key RATE DECREMENT Key RANGE DECREMENT Key BACKLIGHT Key POWER Key CHARGE Indicator POWER Indicator INTERR Indicator REPLY Indicator CONTRAST Key DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key INCREMENT/SELECT Data Key ANT Connector AUX OUT Connector 1 AUX OUT Connector 2 AUX OUT Connector 3 AUX OUT Connector 4 USB HOST Connector USB DEVICE Connector Altitude Encoder Connector AUX IN Connector RS-232 Connector REMOTE Connector ALPHABETICAL LOCATION LIST ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector ANT Connector AUX IN Connector AUX OUT Connector 1 AUX OUT Connector 2 AUX OUT Connector 3 AUX OUT Connector 4 BACKLIGHT Key CHARGE Indicator CONTRAST Key DC POWER Connector DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key RF LEVEL Key Display DME Mode Select Key FREQ Select Key INCREMENT/SELECT Data Key INTERR Indicator Multi-Function Soft Keys POWER Indicator POWER Key RANGE DECREMENT Key RANGE INCREMENT Key RATE DECREMENT Key RATE INCREMENT Key REMOTE Connector REMOTE Connector REPLY Indicator RF I/O Connector RS-232 Connector SETUP Select Key SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key SYNC Connector TCAS Mode Select Key Test Set ANT Connector USB DEVICE Connector USB HOST Connector VIDEO Connector XPDR Mode Key 37 30 38 31 32 33 34 19 21 25 3 26 14 7 11 13 29 23 8 22 20 18 16 17 15 6 40 24 4 39 12 27 28 1 10 5 36 35 2 9 Subject to Export Control. 4. 26. 13. 14. 17.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 NUMERICAL LOCATION LIST 1. 7. 28. 1-2-2 Page 2 Dec 1/09 . 22. 6. 10. 8. 11. 34. 37. 16. 29. 21. 40. BACKLIGHT Key Displays/exits the Backlight Adjust Field. 3. DESCRIPTION SYNC Connector BNC type connector provides oscilloscope SYNC pulse for each interrogation. 1-2-2 Page 3 Dec 1/09 . BACKLIGHT = 73. RF LVL Key DME mode function only. Contains RS-232. 15. 14. Selects DME range reply and squitter RF level. 16. RANGE INCREMENT Key Increments DME or TCAS range. REMOTE Connector Type HD DB44 Connector used for remote operation and software upgrades. RATE DECREMENT Key Decrements DME or TCAS range rate. SETUP Key Displays the SETUP Menu. BAT 2. Test Set ANT Connector TNC Type Connector used for connection to the IFR 6000 directional antenna for over the air testing. TCAS MODE Select Key Selects TCAS Auto Test Screen. USB Host and USB Peripheral connections (altitude encoder inputs and SYNC outputs). DME MODE Select Key 12. FREQ Select Key Selects DME Frequency as VOR Paired. 10. 8. 7. 5. RATE INCREMENT Key Increments DME or TCAS range rate. TACAN Channel or MHz. 17. RF I/O Connector CAUTION: MAXIMUM INPUT TO THE RF I/O CONNECTOR MUST NOT EXCEED 5 KW PEAK OR 30 W AVERAGE. 11. The IFR 6000 powers up with the Backlight set to the setting of the previous session. 5. VIDEO Connector BNC type connector provides interrogation and reply pulses. center positive) used for battery charging or operation of Test Set. 6.5 mm outer diameter. see Cover Page for details. TNC Type connector used for direct connection to UUT antenna connector. RANGE DECREMENT Key Decrements DME or TCAS range. 18. HIT BKLT TO EXIT ITEM DESCRIPTION Selects DME Test Screen. Display (LCD) 38 characters by 16 lines for main screen display with Soft Key boxes at the bottom of the screen. 19. DC POWER Connector Circular Type Connector (2.5 mm center. Multi-Function Soft Keys Legends for the five soft keys are displayed in boxes at the bottom of the Display (LCD) screen. XPDR MODE Select Key Selects Transponder Auto Test Screen. 4. INCREMENT/SELECT Data Key or DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key may be used to adjust the Backlight Intensity. 9.5 Hr Subject to Export Control. 13.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ITEM 1. 2. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ITEM 20. POWER Key Powers the IFR 6000 ON and OFF. 21. CHARGE Indicator Illuminated when external DC power is applied for Bench Operation or Battery charging. CHARGE Indicator is yellow when the battery is charging, flashing yellow when the battery needs replacing and green when the battery is fully charged. 22. POWER Indicator Illuminated when the IFR 6000 is operational. 23. INTERR Indicator Illuminated when Test Set is generating an interrogation signal (XPDR Mode) or receives an Interrogation (TCAS Mode) signal. 24. REPLY Indicator Illuminated when the Test Set receives a valid reply signal (XPDR Mode) or generates a reply (TCAS Mode) signal. 25. CONTRAST Key Displays/exits the Contrast Adjust Field. The INCREMENT/SELECT Data Key or the DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key may be used to adjust the Contrast. BAT 2.5 Hr DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION Decrements data in slewable fields, such as RF LVL. This Key also selects data in fields that have fixed functions, such as ECHO and SQUITTER. 26. DECREMENT/SELECT Data Key 27. SELECT DATA UNIT MSB Key Moves the slew cursor toward the MSB (Most Significant Bit) of the data field. Example: When DME or TCAS range is selected, the slew cursor can be moved from the 1.0 nm unit to the 10 nm, 0.1 nm or 0.01 nm unit. 28. SELECT DATA UNIT LSB Key This Key moves the slew cursor toward the LSB (Least Significant Bit) of the data field. Example: When DME or TCAS range is selected, the slew cursor can be moved from the 1.0 nm unit to the 10 nm, 0.1 nm or 0.01 nm unit. 29. INCREMENT/SELECT Data Key Increments data in slewable fields, such as RF LVL. This Key also selects data in fields that have fixed functions, such as ECHO and SQUITTER. 30. ANT Connector TNC Type Connector used for connection to the IFR 6000 for over the air testing. 31. AUX OUT Connector 1 ATCRBS interrogation trigger used for calibration. 32. AUX OUT Connector 2 ATCRBS interrogation trigger used for calibration. 33. AUX OUT Connector 3 CONTRAST = 31, HIT CTRS TO EXIT Not Used 34. AUX OUT Connector 4 Not Used Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-2 Page 4 Dec 1/09 O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ITEM DESCRIPTION USB Jump Drive interface for software update and test data dump (not active in first release). 36. USB DEVICE Connector Remote Control Interface. 37. ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector Interface for external encoding altimeter. 38. AUX IN Connector Not Used 39. RS-232 Connector Used for remote control interface, software update and test data dump. 40. REMOTE Connector Used to interface with the IFR 6000. 35. USB HOST Connector Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-2 Page 5 Dec 1/09 O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 30 05822 Directional Antenna Figure 2 31 32 33 34 AUX OUT 1 AUX OUT 2 IFR 6000 BREAKOUT BOX 51190 / 7005-5841-000 REMOTE AUX OUT 3 AUX OUT 4 05815A Breakout Box - Front View Figure 3 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-2 Page 6 Dec 1/09 O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 USB HOST USB DEVICE ALTITUDE ENCODER AUX IN RS-232 35 36 37 38 39 05821A Breakout Box - Top View Figure 4 40 05821B Breakout Box - Bottom View Figure 5 1-2-2 Page 7 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-2 Page 8 Dec 1/09 The Aeroflex Logo Screen will appear.1 GENERAL STEP 3. [ *** **** * ] 2. connectors and indicators. 1 d B m A C OD E = 1 2 34 C AL T = 3 50 0 0 ft S C OD E = 12 3 4 S A L T = 35 0 00 ft T A IL = N 1 23 45 D F 1 7 D ET EC T E D = NO F L T ID = A A .U P S EL F T E ST R EPL IE S = A . An abbreviated Self Test is run at Power-Up.73 .5 H r S ET U P – S EL F T E S T CF RAM CF FL CF CP LD N V R B AT U SB F PG A C F PP C F L RTC EE PR O M _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ P A SS P A SS P A SS P A SS P A SS P A SS P A SS P A SS PA S S PA S S PA S S F A IL 0 00 6 PA S S PA S S D IS C ON N E CT A L L C A B L ES B E F OR E R U N N I NG CON T Subject to Export Control.1 d B m MTL = . .A U T O T E S T P AS S BAT 2 . If the self test fails.1 2 M H Z T O P E R P =5 7 . X PD R . the SETUP SELF TEST Screen automatically appears. 3. Refer to 1-2-2.5 H r CO N F IG : G E N ER I C M OD E S AN T E N N A : B O T T O M L EV EL =4 P O W ER . 0 d B m BO T ER P = 5 6. START-UP SELF TEST PROCEDURE Press the POWER Key to power the Test Set On.5 0 A A = A C 3 42 1 (5 3 03 2 04 1 ) F S= 5 –N O A L E R T S PI IN AI R VS = IN A I R C O U N T R Y= U n i t ed St a t es RUN T EST TE S T L IST CON F IG SEL E CT A NT PE R F O R M IN G P OW E R O N SE L F T ES T PL EA S E WA I T . The SETUP SELF TEST Screen will indicate which functions have failed or passed the test. PROCEDURE If the self test does not detect any failed functions in the test set. 0 d B m MTL = .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 3. followed by the POWER-UP SELF TEST Screen.74 . BAT P PC C O M P PC R A M P PC F L P PC R M T K E YP A D BAT RF LO R F L OO P R F VI D EO _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 . 1-2-3 Page 1 Dec 1/09 . Figure 1 for location of controls. The full Self Test is initiated manually. S F R E Q = 1 09 0 .C . the XPDR AUTO TEST Screen will appear. . The IFR 6000 is equipped with a Self Test for quick performance evaluation.2 STEP 1. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION 3. see Cover Page for details. A.F U N C T IO N B O AR D R EV 0 R F B O A R D R EV 0 CP U BO ARD REV 0 R S2 32 SE L F TE S T C AL RET URN Phone: 44.273722 F AX: 44.5 H r S ET U P – G EN E R A L PWR DO W N : 10 m in s S ET U P – S EL F T E S T CF RAM CF FL CF CP LD N V R B AT U SB F PG A C F PP C F L RTC EE PR O M _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ E RP UNI TS : dBm R E M OT E U NI T S : F EE T O P ER A T I ON : R S2 3 2 D IS C ON N E CT A L L C A B L ES B E F OR E R U N N I NG PR E V PA R A M NEX T PA R A M H /W TO OLS INF O RUN T ES T D UMP IN F O RET URN 2. MANUAL SELF TEST PROCEDURE Press SETUP Key until the SetupGeneral Screen is displayed. School Close Chandlers Ford. Press H/W TOOLS Soft Key to display the Hardware Tools Screen. 5.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 3. see Cover Page for details.3 STEP 1. BAT P PC C O M _ P PC R A M _ P PC F L _ P PC R M T _ K E YP A D _ BAT _ R F I/ F _ R F M OD _ 2 . PROCEDURE Press SELF TEST Soft Key to display the Self Test Screen.5 H r 4. contact Aeroflex for additional information: AEROFLEX 10200 West York Wichita. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to initiate the Self Test. 1-2-3 Page 2 Dec 1/09 . KS 67215 U.S. BAT 2 .2380. Hampshire England A053 4RA S ET U P – H A R D W A R E T O O L S S /N 1 0 30 0 99 9 9 M U L T I .5 H r STEP 3.com AEROFLEX INTL LTD Units 14/15 Monks Brook Industrial Park. Phone: (800) 835-2350 FAX: (316) 524-2623 EMAIL: service@aeroflex. If the Self Test indicates a failure. BAT 2 . Verify that all the modules/assemblies pass the Self Test.254015 Subject to Export Control.2380. allowing the generation of proximity. generic configuration files are provided for ATCRBS and Mode S transponders that apply the widest system limits. refer to the UUT Manual. Software options available are: ● TCAS I. TIS (Traffic Information Service) and TIS-B (Traffic Information Service Broadcast). DME. ATC-601 and TCAS-201. SETUP MODE SETUP Mode function sets various parameters used in testing. Part 43. is displayed on one main Auto Test Screen. All data normally required to verify transponder operation in accordance with FAR 91. Different classes of transponders are tested to built-in test limits by selection of configuration files. to test the TIS (Traffic Information Service). Mode S Transponder level is automatically determined. The IFR 6000 replaces the IFR ATC-600A. ● The IFR 6000 uses four functional modes: XPDR MODE XPDR Mode provides flight line test capability for ATCRBS and Mode S transponders using an Auto Test. II. ADS-B provides flight line test capability for receiving. The IFR 6000 Test Set provides ATCRBS/Mode S Transponder and DME Test capability as standard modes. connectors and indicators. a series of tests displayed over several screens. Figure 2 for location of controls. DME MODE DME Mode provides flight line test capability for Distance Measuring Equipment Interrogators. UUT interrogation parameters are clearly displayed in conjunction with Test Set reply parameters. configuration and memory storage for each functional mode. ATCRBS and Mode S intruders are simulated. TA and RA flight deck annunciations. ADS-B. NUCp (DO-260) is not supported. 1-2-4 Page 1 Dec 1/09 . TIS-B provides a five aircraft static flight simulation. Appendix F. using the Comm A protocol. TCAS MODE TCAS Mode provides flight line test capability for TCAS I and II. connectors. for testing TIS-B (Traffic Information Service Broadcast) systems. TIS-B is not provided in the second release of the TCAS option. decoding and displaying full DO260/A DF17 extended squitter transmissions from Mode S transponders or DF18 extended squitters from 1090 MHz emitters. TCAS Interrogator parametric measurements are displayed. TCAS. TIS and TIS-B. European Enhanced Surveillance test capability allows decode and display of GICB derived BDS register contents (primary parameters only). If the class of transponder is unknown. General procedures identify the controls. The IFR 6000 tests ATCRBS/MODE S Transponders. ADS-B (DO-260/A) and GICB extracted DAP’s (Downlinked Aircraft Parameters). indicators and display screens used in individual test modes. NOTE: NOTE: TIS and TIS-B operate as TCAS sub modes. NIC/NAC/SIL (DO-260/A) is supported. using DF18 extended squitter broadcasts. Subject to Export Control. Refer to 1-2-2.1 GENERAL This section contains operating instructions for the IFR 6000. O PERAT ING PRO CEDURES 4. TIS Provides a five aircraft static flight simulation. Capability to generate full DO-260/A DF17/18 extended squitter transmissions for testing ADS-B receivers is provided. A GICB mode decodes and displays all Enhanced Surveillance BDS register contents.413. All parameters normally required for DME testing are displayed on one main screen. see Cover Page for details. For specific Unit Under Test (UUT) Procedures. NOTE: NOTE: ADS-B operates as an XPDR submode.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. Subject to Export Control. 1. specifically when the class of the transponder is unknown. 1-2-4 Page 2 Dec 1/09 . one for ATCRBS transponders and one for Mode S transponders.5 H r P AS S BAT 2 .1 2 M H Z T O P E R P =5 7 . 4.3 XPDR (TRANSPONDER) Press XPDR Mode Key to select XPDR Functional Mode. S F R E Q = 1 09 0 . XPDR Auto Test Screen is displayed X PD R .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. Configurations are named by class and option. see Cover Page for details.C O N F I G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GEN ER IC A T C R B S AT C RB S CL A SS A AT C RB S CL A SS B GEN ER IC M O D E S MO D E S C L A SS A MO D E S C L A SS B MO D E S C L B O P T F R E Q MO D E S C L B O P T P WR BAT 2 .1 CONFIGURATIONS Press CONFIG Soft Key to display CONFIG List. X PD R . 5. 6. 0 d B m MTL = . Refer to Appendix F for predefined Configuration details NOTE: Transponder class and option identification are found on the transponder’s TSO label.5 0 A A = A C 3 42 1 (5 3 03 2 04 1 ) F S= 5 –N O A L E R T S PI IN AI R VS = IN A I R C O U N T R Y= U n i t ed St a t es RUN T EST TE S T L IST IN F O R ET U R N Configurations List Screen Figure 2 Eight predefined Configurations are provided to determine the PASS/FAIL limits applied to ERP. Use DATA Keys to select the desired configuration.3.C . MODE S CL B OPT FREQ: Tests Mode S Class B transponders equipped with Class A frequency tolerance option.73 . 0 d B m BO T ER P = 5 6. ATCRBS CLASS A: Tests ATCRBS Class A transponders.74 . Start-Up Screen appears on the DISPLAY. 4.2 START-UP Press POWER Key. MODE S CLASS B: Tests Mode S Class B transponders. 7. CON F IG SEL E CT A NT XPDR Auto Test Screen Figure 1 There are two versions of the Auto Test Screen. 1 d B m A C OD E = 1 2 34 C AL T = 3 50 0 0 ft S C OD E = 12 3 4 S A L T = 35 0 00 ft T A IL = N 1 23 45 D F 1 7 D ET EC T E D = NO F L T ID = A A . ATCRBS CLASS B: Tests ATCRBS Class B transponders. GENERIC MODE S: Tests Mode S transponders. GENERIC ATCRBS: Tests ATCRBS transponders.5 H r CO N F IG : G E N ER I C M OD E S AN T E N N A : B O T T O M L EV EL =4 R EPL IE S = A . Frequency and MTL measurements.1 d B m MTL = . XPDR-Auto Test Screen with blank data fields always displays on Power-up. MODE S CLASS A: Tests Mode S Class A transponders. 3. specifically when the class of the transponder is unknown. 2.A U T O T E S T 4. Press RETURN Soft Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen. The number of additional screens displayed by the Test List feature depends on the configuration selected. 5 7. Unless otherwise stated. Figure 1).0 m A N T G A I N ( d B i) 1. 0 m 1 0 .3.XP D R L E VE L = ? A NT E N N A : B O T T O M T OP : B OT T O M : DIR A NT A NT U UT A N T R A N GE A N T H EI GH T 5 0. 0 d B m .5 H r S ET U P . figure (at 1090 MHz) marked on supplied RF coaxial cable. last used values are retained on Power-up.74 + / .0 m 5 0. Use DATA Keys to slew the data. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM. NOTE: Enter Setup Screen information before conducting test operations.1 1. BAT R F P OR T : A N T E N N A 2 . X PD R – IN F O CO N F IG = G E NE R I C M OD E S T ES T PA R A M ET R I C S T R A N SM IT T ER PO WE R R EC E IV ER MT L T x F R EQ 48 . Press INFO Soft Key to display XPDR INFO Screen. 0 m 0 .2 SETUP XPDR SETUP Class B transponders equipped with Class A power option. Parameters are: ● ANTENNA: TOP or BOTTOM ● RF PORT: Selects ANTENNA (ANT CONNECTOR) or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector. MODE S CL B OPT PWR: Tests Mode S 4. XPDR INFO Screen displays the PASS/FAIL limits for selected Configuration. 1-2-4 Page 3 Dec 1/09 .5 H r Setup XPDR Screen contains parameters which determine operational characteristics of the XPDR Functional Mode.3 M H z BAT 2 . see Cover Page for details.0 to 9. 09 G Hz : 6 . NOTE: Level detection is automatic when running a test. Press PREV PARAM to select the field. Subject to Export Control.1 PW R L I M : F A R 4 3 C H EC K C AP : Y E S T ES T DA TA CA B L E L O S S: 1 . 2. ● DIRECT CABLE LOSS: Entered in dB.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 8. 7 d B A D D R E SS :A U T O M A N U A L A A: 1 2 34 5 6 DI V ER S IT Y T E ST : O N PR EV PA R A M NE X T P AR A M R E TU R N XPDR Information Screen Figure 3 STEP 1. 03 G Hz : 7 .5 . 3 d B C A B L E :6 F T C A B L E L O SS : 1. D I AG Setup XPDR Screen Figure 4 PROCEDURE Press SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP-XPDR Screen (1-2-4. NOTE: Cable loss range 0.9 dB.3 d B m 10 9 0 + /. F 2.7/1. ANT CABLE LOSS field is automatically calculated.8/1.9 is verified to confirm availability of: BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS BDS 0.2 6. ● CHECK CAP: YES or NO. 25. 60 FT.9 reports a particular BDS is not available.9 reports they are not available.7 0.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● PROCEDURE ANT CABLE: Selections USER DEFINED.6 0. Figure 11).8 0.0 2. 25.0 to 75. 6. MOD 43 removes upper ERP limits and lower MTL limits.5 0. BDS 1. 6. NOTE: Antenna gain range 0. Enter parameters for BOTTOM and TOP antenna if installation has diversity capability. 50 FT. Part 43.3 PROCEDURE If preset length 1. NOTE: Some transponders reply to BDS requests even though BDS 1. 138 and 184 ns of delay. 68.1 3. If YES (default) is selected.8/1. Appendix F. When 1. 6 FT. then cable loss in dB is automatically calculated and displayed. ANT CABLE selection of 1. see Cover Page for details. BDS 1. 50 or 60 feet results in 0. 25. 1-2-4 Page 4 Dec 1/09 . normally this is set once. ● ANT CABLE LOSS: Displays antenna cable loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ).0 6. 50 or 60 feet is selected. NOTE: ● ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi.0 m.9 1.1 6.413.1 4. If user defined. gain figures for 1030 and 1090 MHz marked on supplied Directional Antenna. When USER DEFINED selected.9 dB. ● ANT RANGE: Test Set Antenna to transponder antenna horizontal range. 0.7/1. 50 or 60 feet is selected.E 1. the data is blanked alongside the respective BDS in the Enhanced Surveillance Screen. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables.D 1. NOTE: Antenna Range is 6 to 250 ft or 2. figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable NOTE: Cable loss range 0.7/1. STEP ● PWR LIM: FAR 43 OR MOD43. If BDS 1.0 4.8/1. If NO is selected. UNITS parameter on SETUP-GENERAL Screen determines feet or meters (1-2-4.2 4.3 5.0 6.0 to 9.8/1. FAR 43 uses limits in accordance with FAR 91. Subject to Export Control.0 to 20. 6.7/1.9 dB.0 4. cable loss may be manually entered by the user in ANT CABLE LOSS field. or GICB screens. (25 and 50 foot cables optional) 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables. 25 FT.9 is not verified and the Test Set will extract the BDS and display content. 1 FT. Appendix F approved method). When software load is complete. Note: only one version of software may reside on the root directory of the Flash Memory stick.e. Software updates may be downloaded from product data section on the www.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● PROCEDURE UUT ADDRESS: MANUAL or AUTO (defaults to AUTO on power-up). UUT placed in ground state) tests already running continue to use last ATCRBS/ Mode S All Call obtained address. Refer to Appendix J for Antenna Shield mounting procedure. ● MANUAL ADDRESS: A six digit HEX address is entered if UUT ADDRESS: MANUAL is selected. ● DIVERSITY TEST: ON or OFF. ensure Antenna Shield is fitted to top or bottom UUT antenna prior to running test. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR Auto Test Screen. Connect IFR 6000 breakout box to IFR 6000. remove Flash Memory stick. AUTO selection Mode S address is obtained via ATCRBS/Mode S All Call (FAR Part 43. Software must be loaded onto a FAT 16 USB Flash Memory stick. 2. 3. NOTE: ICAO amendment 77 transponders only replies to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. NOTE: If Diversity Isolation Test is enabled.aeroflex. Subject to Export Control. Software load process is automatic. STEP PROCEDURE Software Update Procedure Via USB: 1. see Cover Page for details. 3..com website. Insert Flash Memory stick in USB port and Press Power key to power unit. AUTO uses manually entered address if no reply is received. On loss of ATCRBS/Mode S All Call reply (i. 1-2-4 Page 5 Dec 1/09 . select OFF. If testing transponders with single antenna systems. 5 H r SETUP TEST DATA The Setup Test Data Screen allows storage and recall of all transponder test screens. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Select Key until SETUPGENERAL Screen is displayed (1-2-4. dBW or WATTS (peak). i. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR Auto Test Screen. see Cover Page for details. The first storage memory retains the last power down data and cannot be overwritten.5 H r E RP UNI TS : dBm R E M OT E O P ER A T I ON : R S2 3 2 P R EV P A RA M N EX T P A RA M H /W TO OLS INF O Setup General Screen Figure 5 STEP 1.d o w n A T C 1 0 /5 /0 5 1 2: 4 5 : 13 4 00 D 5F 1 0/ 1 0/ 05 1 3 : 43 : 1 6 BAT 2 . 1-2-4 Page 6 Dec 1/09 . ● PWR DWN: Selects battery saving power down time in minutes.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 SETUP GENERAL The Setup General Screen contains parameters that determine the common operational characteristics of each functional mode of the Test Set. S ET U P – G EN E R A L PWR DO W N : 10 m in s U NI T S : M E T E RS BAT 2 . ● ERP UNITS: Selects ERP units in dBm. Use DATA Keys to slew data. There are six storage memories. ● UNITS: Selects Setup XPDR Screen distance units in feet or meters. S ET U P – T E S T D A T A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 L a st p o w e r . Figure 2).5 H r O v er w r i t e e x is t in g s t ore ? Y ES NO Confirm Screen Figure 7 Subject to Export Control. If the operator does not enter a name the Mode S Transponder Address. ranging from 5 to 20 min or OFF. Figure 3).e. including measurement data (1-2-4. ST O R E REC A LL DUMP ST OR E D UMP L IV E R E TU R N S Setup C O N F IR M 2. The last five may be defined by the Test Set operator. 3. USB or OFF. 400D5F 10/10/05 13:43:16. Test Data Screen Figure 6 BAT 2 . ● REMOTE OPERATION: Selects Remote Operation type of RS-232. Set following parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select the field. Date & Time are automatically entered on storage. . Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR Auto Test Screen. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen (1-2-4. A confirm Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Press BACK SPACE Soft Key to delete the selected character. 2. press ENTER Soft Key to store name and display SETUP TEST DATA Screen. Press RECALL Soft Key to recall test data. Decrement/Select). 3. Use DATA Keys to select required store. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen (1-2-4. Figure 5) Software always prompts for overwrite. Press STORE Soft Key. 5.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP S ET U P – S T O R E PROCEDURE NAME BAT 2 . Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR-Auto Test Screen. Use DATA Keys to select the character line. Use DATA Keys to select desired character. Figure 10). Press DUMP LIVE Soft Key to send current or live test data to the printer or PC via the RS-232 interface. ? @ _ 40 0 D5 F 10 / 10 /0 5 1 3: 4 3 : 06 Please enter store name 2. Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to add selected character to the end of name string. see Cover Page for details. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP XPDR Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Figure 1). Use DATA Keys to select the required store. When name is complete. 4. 5. Figure 1). RS232 Data Dump Procedure: 1. 3. SETUP STORE NAME Screen is displayed (1-2-4. 6. Press DUMP STORE Soft Key to send selected stored test data to the printer or PC via the RS-232 interface. 1-2-4 Page 7 Dec 1/09 . 2.XPDR Screen (1-2-4. Press SETUP Select Key to display SETUP . A B C D E F G H I JK L M N O PQ RS T U V WX YZ ab c d e f g h ij kl m n o p q r st u vw xy z 0 2 34 5 67 8 89 ! ‘ “ ( ) * . Figure 1). Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP XPDR Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP TEST DATA Screen (1-2-4. 4. Press XPDR Mode Key to return to XPDR Auto Test Screen. Figure 2). Figure 3). Ensure that RS-232 interface parameters are set correctly for communication with printer or PC (1-2-4. 7. C A NC EL EN T ER C HA R S ELEC T BA C K S PA C E Setup Store Name Screen Figure 8 Data Storage Procedure: 1. Press YES Soft Key to confirm overwrite. 4. .5 H r STEP PROCEDURE Data Recall Procedure: 1. Figure 3). 6. Store name can be blank. Figure 4). Use DATA Keys (Increment/Select. to select and slew data. Subject to Export Control. / : . 3. 20.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4.(24 UELM) Level 4: UF0. The last test results are stored upon power.16. 2. 0 d B m MTL = . The last test results are displayed while Test Set remains powered on.3. X PD R .5. Figure 6).(24 UELM) CO N F IG : G E N ER I C M OD E S AN T E N N A : B O T T O M L EV EL =4 R EPL IE S = A .21. Mode A. Transponder level is displayed on Auto Test Screen.73 .1 2 M H Z T O P E R P =5 7 .16. TEST RUNNING is displayed at top of screen.11.3.20. Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start Auto Test (1-2-4. C. Appendix F Test. Auto Test completes a full FAR Part 43.4. Mode Test interrogates with Mode A.down. No screen is displayed.5.5.5 H r Transponder Level Transponder Level is automatically determined by requesting a BDS 1.11.4.16. S F R E Q = 1 09 0 . based on XPDR Level: Level 1: UF0. BAT 2 .4. For detailed test explanations. 1-2-4 Page 8 Dec 1/09 . Press SELECT ANTENNA Soft Key to select TOP or BOTTOM antenna to be tested. Mode S UF Tests Run. Mode C and ATCRBS (Mode C)/Mode S All-Call to determine reply modes of the transponder.74 . PROCEDURE Follow CONFIG selection procedure (1-2-4.0 Data Link Capability Report.A U T O T E S T P AS S BAT 2 . NOTE: Internal to software. Antenna selected in XPDR Setup Screen is displayed by default.11.A U T O T E S T CO N F IG : M O D E S C L B O P T P OW AN T E N N A : T O P R EPL IE S = T OP E R P = BO T ER P = A C OD E = S C OD E = T A IL = F L T ID = F S= VS = T SE T 1 / 17 S TO P T EST L E VE L = FRE Q = MHZ MTL = dBm MTL = dBm C AL T = ft S ALT = ft D F 1 7 D ET EC T E D = AA= C OU N T R Y = * T ES T IN G * Auto Test Screen Test Running Figure 9 3. 0 d B m BO T ER P = 5 6.21 Level 3: UF0.21 Level 2: UF0. see Cover Page for details. General Description: Mode Test Mode Test Identifies modes of operation. 1 d B m A C OD E = 12 3 4 ID C AL T = 3 50 0 0 ft S C OD E = 1 2 34 S A L T = 35 0 00 ft T A IL = N 1 23 4 5 D F 1 7 D ET EC T E D = NO F L T ID = A A A 5 0 A A = A C 3 42 1( 5 3 03 2 04 1 ) F S= 5 –N O A L E R T SP I I N A IR VS = IN A I R C O U N T R Y= U n i t ed St a t es RUN T EST TE S T L IST CON F IG SEL E CT A NT Auto Test Screen PASS Figure 10 Subject to Export Control.16. X PD R .20. Auto Test only displays items needed to visually confirm a FAR Part 43 Test.20.1 d B m MTL = .5 H r Introduction: XPDR Auto Test contains one main screen (the Auto Test Screen) and up to 17 additional test screens. providing decode and display of Elementary and Enhanced surveillance GICB extracted DAP’s (Downlinked Aircraft Parameters).21. Mode C and ATCRBS (Mode C)/Mode S All-Call modes are tested during Auto Test sequence.3 AUTO TEST STEP 1.4.11. refer to TEST DETAILS for individual test list screens.1).5. When first powered-up the Test Set displays blank data fields. NO SPI. ♦BOTTOM MTL: Bottom transponder antenna Minimum Trigger Level ♦A CODE: Mode A 4096 squawk code. ♦TAIL: Aircraft tail number decoded from Mode S discrete address (obtained from Mode S All Call DF11) NOTE: Some countries have encoded the aircraft tail number into the Mode S discrete address. Refer to Setup for UUT ADDRESS settings (para 1-2-4. NOTE: Units selected in SETUP-GENERAL Screen. The number preceding the text identifies the RTCA DO-181C FS code assignment.S ♦FREQ: Transponder TX frequency in MHz ♦TOP ERP: Top transponder antenna Effective Radiated Power in dBm. ON GROUND (obtained from DF0). SPI. ♦TOP MTL: Top transponder antenna Minimum Trigger Level ♦BOT ERP: Bottom transponder antenna Effective Radiated Power in dBm. STEP PROCEDURE ♦C ALT: Mode C altitude displayed (100 ft resolution) ♦S ALT: Mode S altitude displayed (25 or 100 feet resolution. ♣VS: Vertical Status either ON GND or IN AIR (obtained from DF0) Testing FS (Flight Status) and VS (Vertical Status): ICAO Amendment 77 transponders only reply to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. Appendix F Other Civil Aviation Authority Requirement Eurocontrol/JAA (Proposed Test Identifier Symbols Table 1 Auto Test Details: ♦REPLIES: Transponder Modes replied to A. dBW or peak NOTE: Units selected in SETUP-GENERAL Screen. Indications are: ALERT. Modes C and S altitudes Pass when in agreement of 100 ft.C. Refer to Appendix G for list of countries supported. dBW or peak. NOTE: ADS-B option is required to decode and display DF17 squitter content.413. ♣FLT ID: Eight Character ICAO Flight ID ♦AA: Aircraft Address (Mode S discrete address) displayed in HEX and (OCTAL) ♣FS: Flight Status. 1-2-4 Page 9 Dec 1/09 . If not supported only the country is displayed. Presence of Ident (SPI) pulse indicated by display of ‘ID’ after the squawk code. Warnings/Errors are identified by an arrow symbol to left of the item.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP 4. ♦S CODE: Mode S 4096 Identity Code. PROCEDURE Auto Test completes and displays Parameters tested (1-2-4. see Cover Page for details. NO ALERT. DF17 DETECTED: Indicates the presence of DF17 extended squitter. COUNTRY: Decoded from the Mode S discrete address (obtained from Mode S All Call DF11).3. Presence of Ident (SPI) pulse indicated by display of ‘ID’ after the squawk code (obtained from DF5) NOTE: The Mode A code is compared with Mode S code. AIRBORNE. obtained from DF4) NOTE: Mode C altitude is compared to Mode S altitude.2). Figure 7). Part 43. Modes A and S codes Pass when in agreement. The Parameters displayed are: Regulatory Test Requirements TESTS IDENTIFIER SYMBOLS ♦ • ♣ FAA FAR 91. Subject to Export Control. 12 M H Z MTL = . Press RUN TEST Soft Key to start test.5 H r CO N F IG : A T C R B S CL A SS B R EPL IE S = A BO T ER P = 5 6.3. Press STOP TEST Soft Key to stop test.73 . X PD R .A U T O T E S T Introduction: Auto Test Screen is the primary test screen.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP PROCEDURE 4. The complete Auto Test contains up to 17 additional test screens. The Test Set displays blank data fields when first powered-up. Figure 8). 7. 6. F AI L BAT 2 . Use DATA Keys to select desired test.4 TEST LIST Auto Test Screen examples: ATCRBS CLASS B configuration selected with FAIL indication (Only ATCRBS parameters displayed). CON F IG ATCRBS Class B Auto Test Screen Figure 11 GENERIC ATCRBS configuration selected with NO REPLY indication (No Reply From Transponder). When a Mode S configuration is selected the test list is displayed over two screens (1-2-4. 4. Press RETURN Soft Key to display the test list and choose desired test.5 H r 3.A U T O T E S T NO R E PL Y BAT 2 . STEP 1. Press SELECT TEST Soft Key to display selected test. 8. When an ATCRBS configuration is selected the test list is displayed on one screen (1-2-4. 0 d B m A C OD E = 1 2 34 I D L EV EL = N / A F R E Q =1 0 90 . Press PREV TEST Soft Key to display the previous test. Each pass through the test sequence updates the PASS/FAIL indication. PROCEDURE Press TEST LIST Soft Key to display Test List. 1 d B m C AL T = 3 05 0 0 ft RUN T ES T T ES T L IS T 2. see Cover Page for details. 5. X PD R . NOTE: The test runs until stopped. Press NEXT TEST Soft Key to display the next test. 1-2-4 Page 10 Dec 1/09 . Press RETURN Soft Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen. Figure 9). While the Test Set remains powered the last test results are displayed. CO N F IG : G E N ER I C A T C R B S R EPL IE S = BO T ER P = A C OD E = dBm FRE Q = MTL = C AL T = L EV EL = N / A MHZ dBm RUN T ES T T ES T L IS T CON F IG Generic ATCRBS Auto Test Screen Figure 12 Subject to Export Control. 9 d B PASS A = PA S S A = PA S S A = PA S S A = PA S S A = PA S S A = PA S S BAT 2 . NOTE: Decoder The Test Set interrogates with valid Mode A and C interrogations. 8 µs for Mode A and 21 µs for Mode C. Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 11 Dec 1/09 . P1 to P3.PA S S SEL E CT T ES T N EX T P A GE R ET U R N XPDR Test List ATCRBS Figure 14 Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to inner low "must reply" values (7. see Cover Page for details. The test deviates the pulse spacings as follows: Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to inner high "must reply" values (8. An arrow identifies FAIL. +6 dB above MTL. Nominal spacing. Figure 10) performs these functions: ♦Verifies inner and outer windows for Mode A and C interrogations ♦Verifies the SLS performance for Mode A and C interrogations ♦Displays Mode A Squawk Code. PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S R ET U R N XPDR Test List Mode S Figure 13 X PD R – T ES T L I ST 1 2 3 BAT 2 .PA S S A/ C F 1 / F 2 SP A C E/ W ID T H .5 H r XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test (1-2-4.PA S S POW E R /F R E Q .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 X PD R – T ES T L I ST 1 A /C D EC D R / SL S 2 A /C F 1 /F 2 S PA C E /W ID T H 3 PO W ER /F R EQ 4 S ALL-CALL 5 S R EP L Y T I MI N G 6 S R EP L Y 7 UF0 8 UF4 9 UF5 1 0 UF 11 1 1 UF 16 1 2 UF 20 SEL E CT T ES T BAT N EX T P A GE 2 .5 H r A/ C DE C D R / S L S . ♦Decodes and displays the Mode C altitude in feet and code binary bits.5 H r PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S PA S S C = PA S S C = PA S S C = PA S S C = PA S S C = PA S S C = PA S S A C O D E = 26 2 0 I D EN T A4 A 2 A 1 B 4 B 2 B 1 C 4 C 2 C A L T = 10 0 0 00 f t A4 A 2 A 1 B 4 B 2 B 1 C 4 C 2 RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T C1 D4 D2 D1 C1 D4 NE X T T E ST D2 RET URN R ET U R N XPDR A/C Decoder/SLS Test Screen Figure 15 X PD R – T ES T L I ST 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 S R EP L Y UF0 UF4 UF5 UF 11 UF 16 UF 20 UF 21 UF 24 EL E M EN T A R Y S U R V 1 EL E M EN T A R Y S U R V 2 EN H A N C ED SU R V SEL E CT T ES T N EX T P A GE BAT - 2 .2 µs for Mode A and 21. The test indicates PASS if percent replies are ≥90% or FAIL if percent replies are <90%. Ident (SPI) and code binary bits.8 µs for Mode A and 20.8 µs for Mode C). An arrow identifies FAIL.2 µs for Mode C). The test indicates PASS if percent replies are ≥90% or FAIL if percent replies are <90%. Binary bits verify if specific control lines are correct.5 H r X PD R – A /C D E C D R /S L S D EC OD E R I N N ER L OW D E C O D E R I N N E R H IG H D EC OD E R O U T ER L OW D E C O D E R O U T E R H IG H SL S 0 d B SL S . 45 µs (±0. ♣Verifies reply ratio for Mode A and C interrogations. B1. ♦Verifies and displays reply delay for Mode A and C replies. C1. F1 width and F2 width values on the DISPLAY for Mode A and C replies. The test indicates PASS if percent replies are <10% or FAIL if percent replies are ≥10%. If Ident (SPI) is present in the reply. Receiving an invalid input (no C bit or C1 and C4 are on at the same time) blanks out the altitude field. A. NOTE: Because interrogation with SLS at -9 dB is sent at MTL + 12 dB.B. X PD R – A /C SP A C/ W D T H F 1W I DT H ➨ F 2W I DT H F 1. 6 00 u s C = 20 .0 d B RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NE X T T E ST RET URN XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test Screen Figure 16 XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test XPDR A/C Spacing Width Test (1-2-4. 1-2-4 Page 12 Dec 1/09 . +6 dB above MTL. The test indicates PASS if percent replies are <10% or FAIL if percent replies are ≥10%. the test indicates FAIL. 05 u s  C = 3.96 m) of UUT antenna being tested. ♦Verifies replies to ATCRBS all call Mode A and C interrogations. +6 dB above MTL. the test indicates PASS. the test indicates FAIL. IDENT is displayed after the octal code.F 2 F AI L BAT 2 . B2.10 µs). 30 0 u s C = 0 . When P2 level is set at -9 dB and replies are ≥90%.0 µs for Mode A and 22 µs for Mode C). 30 0 u s R EP L Y D EL A Y A =3 . An arrow identifies FAIL. F1/F2 pulse widths are 0. the test indicates PASS. C2. Replies are monitored and transponder Squawk code is displayed in four digit octal and binary. The test indicates F1 to F2 spacing. Regardless of validity. The replies are monitored and transponder altitude code is displayed in feet to a resolution of 100 ft. D4. 55 u s R E P L Y JI T T E R A =0 . A Code The Test Set interrogates with Mode A interrogations. Measurements outside the following tolerances result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow.81 d B m R EP L Y R A T IO A=0 % C = 0% A T C R B S AL L . SLS The Test Set interrogates with Mode A and C interrogations including the P2 SLS pulse. ♦Verifies and displays reply jitter for Mode A and C replies. C4. Figure 11) performs these functions: ♦Verifies and displays F1/F2 pulse width and spacing for Mode A and C replies. If replies are <1%. C Altitude The Test Set interrogates with Mode C interrogations. 25 0 u s C = 0.0 µs for Mode A and 20 µs for Mode C). If replies are <90%.10 µs).C A L L A = P A SS C= P A SS PULSE AMP VAR A=0. the Mode C information is shown in binary format (MSD to LSD): A4. C. B4. F1 to F2 spacing is 20. F1/F2 Pulse Width and Spacing The IFR 6000 interrogates with Mode A and C interrogations. Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to outer low "must not reply" values (7.5 H r  A= 0 . Subject to Export Control. A1. ♣Verifies Mode A and C reply pulse droop.3 0 0 u s A = 0 . 45 0 u s  C = 0. D2. When P2 level is set at 0 dB and replies are ≥1%. A2.30 µs (±0. 0 dB C =0.4 00 u s A = 2 0. An arrow identifies FAIL. +6 dB above MTL. the test must be run within 95 ft (28.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Sets P1 to P3 pulse spacing to outer high "must not reply" values (9. 00 0 u s R E P L Y R A T IO A =1 0 0% C = 1 0 0% . see Cover Page for details. The test verifies reply jitter values (difference between shortest and longest reply delay) using the best that are ≤0.0 .1 0 .1 .1 -0 . ATCRBS All Call The Test Set interrogates with ATCRBS (Mode A and C) only All-Call interrogations. T OP B OT T O M IN S T A N T D IR E CT A N T EN N A D IR E CT N /A N /A N /A N /A .2 . Reply Ratio Mode A and C Test displays percent replies however. X PD R – PO WE R /F R E Q PASS BAT 2 . 2 0.1 2 ME A SU R E D V IA MT L ( d B m ) ATCRBS A-C DI FF ALL CALL E R P ( dB m) PASS M Hz BAT 2 . No Reply criteria is <10%. Replies outside this tolerance results in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. The test verifies replies are ≥90% b e t we e n MTL + 6 d B m a n d n o t m o r e t h a n ≤10% for -81 dBm. Test verifies the following: ATCRBS transponder must reply.73 . 2 0.73 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Reply Delay The Test Set interrogates UUT with Modes A and C. 2 57 . Reply criteria is ≥90%. see Cover Page for details.73 . NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to direct connect testing.73 . Subject to Export Control.50 µs).9 57 .73 .5 H r T X F R E Q = 1 09 0 .1 2 M H z A N T EN N A : T O P ME A SU R E D V IA MT L ( d B m ) ATCRBS A-C DI FF ALL CALL MO DE S E R P ( dB m) T OP B OT T O M IN S T A N T D IR E CT A N T EN N A D IR E CT . The test verifies all pulses in the Mode A and C replies are within a 2 dB amplitude window (minimum to maximum).5 H r NOTE:Transponder occupancy in ‘over the air testing’ prevents reliable Reply Ratio measurements.2 57 .73 . 2 57 . Replies outside the 2 dB window result in a FAIL indication and are identified by an arrow. NOTE: The selected configuration file determines if an ATCRBS or Mode S transponder is being tested. Figure 12. 6 dB above MTL. Pulse Amplitude Variation The Test Set interrogates with Mode A and C interrogations. 2 .73 . ♦Measures. 0 RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NE X T T E ST RET URN Power and Frequency (Mode S) Test Screen Figure 17 X PD R – PO WE R /F R E Q T X F R EQ = 1 0 90 . verifies and displays TX Frequency in MHz. 0 RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NE X T T E ST RET URN Power and Frequency (ATCRBS) Test Screen Figure 18 XPDR Power and Frequency Test Refer to 1-2-4. Reply Jitter The Test Set interrogates UUT with Modes A and C. dBW or W.FAIL if reply Mode S.0 .2 57 . 1-2-4 Page 13 Dec 1/09 . Reply Ratio The Test Set interrogates UUT with Modes A and C. 1 . +6 dB above MTL. The test verifies reply delay minus range delay is 3.72 . PASS/FAIL test limits are not applied.00 µs (±0.73 .0 .2 .0 . Measurements outside the above tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. When Antenna is selected. Measurements outside the above tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. The XPDR Power and Frequency Test performs these functions: ♦Measures.73 .1 µs.73 .2 0 . A FAIL is identified by an arrow.73 .73 .FAIL if reply ATCRBS.1 .0 . Mode S transponder . Mode S transponder . verifies and displays TX ERP for top and bottom antennas in dBm. MTL (Minimum Trigger Level) When a Mode S configuration is selected the Test Set interrogates in sequence with UF4. To determine MTL the test adjusts RF interrogation level for 90% replies. Refer to Appendix F. A-C Difference The Test Set interrogates with Mode A (or Mode C if no reply is received to a Mode A). Top and Bottom measurements are averaged and values are displayed (1-2-4. When the (peak) ERP is measured. +6 dB above MTL. INSTANT values are obtained from the MTL readings. see Cover Page for details. TOP and BOTTOM values are obtained from the average power measurement over 40 replies. PASS/FAIL limits are applied and updated every 40 replies. verifies and displays MTL for top and bottom antennas. INSTANT values are obtained from the average power measurement over five replies and updated every five replies. PASS/FAIL limits are applied. the Test Set interrogates with UF4. Two values for each measurement are displayed. NOTE: MTL PASS/FAIL limits are determined by the selected configuration. FAIL is displayed when difference is >1 dB. The 50% reply point is determined by sending 100 interrogations. The test compares MTL measurements between Mode A and C. many installations have feeder losses of 1 dB (minimum feeder loss) and antennas that exhibit gain. the Test Set interrogates with UF4. the Test Set interrogates with Mode A (or Mode C if no reply is received to a Mode A) +6 dB above MTL. (or Mode C if no reply is received to a Mode A). +6 dB above MTL. Subject to Export Control. The value is updated every 40 replies. Figure 13). ERP and MTL Upper limits are only applied when directly connected to UUT or end of feeder cable. verifying MTL for each interrogation type. PASS/FAIL limits are applied. +6 dB above MTL. the Test Set interrogates with Mode A. verifying MTL for each interrogation type. ATCRBS All-Call and Mode S (P6) interrogation types in dBm. verifying MTL for each interrogation type. In practice. NOTE: ERP and MTL Upper limits specified in selected configuration file are not applied during radiated test. When an ATCRBS configuration is selected. Test averages Frequency measurement over 40 replies. Refer to Appendix F. NOTE: ERP PASS/FAIL limits are determined by selected configuration. NOTE: When an ATCRBS configuration is selected (non diversity transponder) only the Bottom antenna measurement fields are used. Mode A (or Mode C if no reply is received to a Mode A) and an ATCRBS/Mode S All-Call. With an ATCRBS configuration selected. ERP (Effective Radiated Power) When a Mode S configuration is selected. which are based on maximum feeder cable loss of 3 dB and measurement at the antenna port. PASS is displayed when difference is <1 dB. When an ATCRBS configuration is selected the Test Set interrogates with Mode A (or Mode C if no reply is received to a Mode A) and an ATCRBS/Mode S All-Call. Frequency When a Mode S configuration is selected. verifying a DF4 reply is received. Refer to Appendix F. NOTE: Frequency PASS/FAIL limits are determined by selected configuration. The 90% reply point is calculated from the 50% reply point. for ATCRBS. verifying a DF4 reply is received. Top or Bottom antenna measurement is selected with DATA Keys. two values for each measurement are displayed.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ♦Measures. 1-2-4 Page 14 Dec 1/09 . TOP and BOTTOM values are obtained from the average MTL readings of all replies received during the MTL Test sequence. The configuration file upper limits are in accordance with RTCA-DO181C. If an incorrect address is received the address and FAIL are displayed.00 µs (±0.0 7 u s C = 0 . ♦Verifies and displays Mode S All Call Address •Verifies Country and Tail Number ITM Reply Delay The Test Set interrogates UUT with an ATCRBS/Mode S All-Call. Reply Ratio ITM Mode A and C Test displays percent replies however. 1-2-4 Page 15 Dec 1/09 .5 H r A = 12 8 . Reply jitter (changes in reply delay) is: ≤0. NOTE: Range delay is 2. The test decodes and displays the discrete address reported in the DF11 replies. PASS/FAIL test limits are not applied.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ITM Reply Jitter The Test Set interrogates UUT with a Mode S All-Call. +6 dB above MTL.S All Call Test Refer to 1-2-4. The test verifies that I T M M o d e A a n d C r e p l i e s a r e ≥ 9 0 % b e t we e n MTL + 6 d B a n d < 1 0 % f o r . verifying DF11 replies are received. verifying DF11 replies are received. A FAIL is identified by an arrow. +6 dB above MTL. RET URN XPDR . Figure 14. Subject to Export Control.8 1 d B m . ITM Reply Ratio The Test Set interrogates UUT with a Mode S All-Call. NOTE: NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to direct connect testing. Transponder occupancy in ‘over the air testing’ prevents reliable Reply Ratio measurements.C A L L IT M RE PL Y DE LAY J I T T ER A D D R E SS RATI O -8 1 dBm PASS BAT 2 .5 10 u s C = 2 A C 42 1 C = 1 00 % C=0% MO D E S A L L . R e p l i e s outside these tolerances result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. The XPDR . The test verifies reply delay minus range delay is: 128. +6 dB above MTL. When Antenna is selected. verifying DF11 replies are received. +6 dB above MTL. calculated from the range values in the Setup Menu. The test interrogates with a UF4 using the discrete address obtained in the DF11 reply and confirms the DF4 reply contains the same address and displays a PASS. verifying DF11 replies are received.S All Call Test Screen Figure 19 XPDR .67 ns/m). The test verifies reply jitter values (difference between shortest and longest reply delay).50 µs) for ITM Mode A and C. verifying DF11 replies are received. see Cover Page for details.C A L L = P A SS A DD R E S S = 2 A C 42 1 T A IL = N 12 34 5 C OU N T R Y= U n it e d St a te s RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T Measurements outside this tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow.03 ns/ft (6. 5 10 u s A = 2A C 4 21 A = 10 0 % A = 0% C = 1 28 . AA=FFFFFF.S All Call Test performs these functions: •Verifies and displays ITM Reply Delay Mode A and C ♣Verifies and displays ITM Reply Jitter Mode A and C ♣Verifies ITM Reply Ratio Mode A and C ♦Verifies ITM All Call Address ♦Verifies Mode S All Call.08 µs for ITM Mode A and C NE X T T E ST X PD R – S A L L . ITM Address The Test Set interrogates UUT with a Mode S All-Call.0 8 u s A = 0. +6 dB above MTL. Mode S All-Call The Test Set interrogates UUT with a Mode S All-Call UF11. Measurements outside this tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. verifying reply is received with the same address and correct format. Test verifies that the widths are: 0. XPDR . NOTE: Some countries have encoded the aircraft tail number into the Mode S discrete address. 05 u s JI T T E R =0 . The test verifies that the pulse spacing are within ±0.0 µs (±0. Tail and Country The Test Set interrogates UUT with a Mode S All-Call UF11. country and tail number. Reply jitter (changes in reply delay) is: ≤0.S Reply Timing Test Screen Figure 20 XPDR .5 µs (±0. +6 dB above MTL. calculated from the values in the Setup Menu.05 µs) or 1.5 H r  R E PL Y  R E PL Y D EL A Y = 1 4 8. +6 dB above MTL. P U L S E W ID T H= P A SS  P U L SE SP A C IN G = F A I L RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST R ET U R N Pulse Width The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4.25 µs) for Mode S Measurements outside this tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow.00 µs (±0. NOTE: Range delay is 2.08 µs Measurements outside this tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. Refer to Appendix G for list of countries supported. The test decodes and displays discrete address reported in the DF11 replies. Figure 15. AA=FFFFFF. verifying DF11 replies are received.S Reply Timing Test performs these functions: ♦Verifies Mode S Reply Delay ♣Verifies Mode S Reply Jitter ♣Verifies Mode S Reply Pulse Width (all pulses) ♣Verifies Mode S Reply Pulse Spacing (all pulses) Subject to Export Control. Reply Delay The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4. verifying reply is received with the same address and correct format. verifying reply is received with the same address and correct format. 6 dB above MTL.67 ns/m).05 µs) Pulse Spacing The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4. If not supported only the country is displayed.03 ns/ft (6. 6 dB above MTL. XPDR . The test verifies reply jitter values (difference between shortest and longest reply delay). The test verifies if reply delay minus range delay is: 128. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 16 Dec 1/09 . Reply Jitter X PD R – S R PL Y T I M IN G F A IL BAT 2 . NOTE: Pulse width spacing measured on preamble only (first release). Verifying reply is received with the same address and correct format.S Reply Timing Test: Refer to 1-2-4. 95 0 u s The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4. 6 dB above MTL.05 µs of nominal values.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Address. The test verifies all pulses in the DF20 replies are within a 2 dB amplitude window.4 s. SLS Test must be run within 95 feet (28. Replies outside the 2 dB window result in a FAIL indication and are identified by an arrow. when P5 level is set at 12 dB and replies are ≥99%. the test indicates a PASS. Reply Ratio The Test Set interrogates UUT with UF4. see Cover Page for details.6 to 2. When Antenna is selected. ♦Verifies Mode S Invalid AA •Verifies S DF17 Detect ♦Verifies and displays Mode S Diversity Isolation Pulse Amplitude Variation Short The Test Set interrogates with UF4 (reply length short) interrogations. The XPDR . Transponder occupancy in ‘over the air testing’ prevents reliable Reply Ratio measurements. 1-2-4 Page 17 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control. . Test displays NO if DF17’s are not detected. NOTE: NOTE: Above paragraph only applicable to direct connect testing. Reply Ratio Mode S Test displays percent replies however. The test verifies all pulses in the DF4 replies are within a 2 dB amplitude window. when PS level is set at -12 dB and replies are >90%. PU L S E A MP V A R SL S SQ T R SH R T = 0 . The measured variation is displayed.S REPLY Test: Refer to 1-2-4. Replies outside the 2 dB window result in a FAIL indication and are identified by an arrow.S Reply Test performs these functions: ♣Verifies Mode S Pulse Amplitude Variation Short Reply ♣Verifies Mode S Pulse Amplitude Variation Long Reply ♣Verifies Mode S SLS Level ♣Verifies Mode S Reply Ratio ♦Verifies and displays Mode S DF11 Squitter Period ♣Verifies Mode S DF11 Squitter Distribution. the test indicates PASS.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 X PD R – S R EP L Y PA SS BAT 2 . R e p l i e s outside this tolerance result in a FAIL and are identified by an arrow. Invalid AA The Test Set interrogates with UF4 interrogations. DF17 Detected The Test Set monitors the UUT DF17 extended squitters and confirms detection by displaying YES. Test displays PASS if no replies are received and FAIL if replies are received.0 0 s DF 17 D E T EC T ED = YE S R EP L Y R A T I O = 1 0 0 % R EP L Y R A T I O 8 1 d B m = 0% IN V A L I D A A = P A SS D IV ER S IT Y IS O L A T I O N = G R E A T ER T H A N 2 5 d B RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST R ET U R N XPDR . A Squitter period outside this tolerance results in a fail and is identified by an arrow.S Reply Test Screen Figure 21 XPDR . +6 dB above MTL. NOTE: Because interrogation with SLS at -12 dB is sent at MTL + 12 dB. Figure 16.5 H r SLS Level The Test Set interrogates with UF4 interrogations including the P5 SLS pulse. +6 dB above MTL. For Antenna Connect. Test uses default addresses that are 1 and 256 greater than the correct address. When P5 level is set at +3 dB and replies are >90%. The measured variation is displayed. Squitter Period The Test Set monitors the UUT DF11 acquisition squitters and verifies that the period is 0. +6 dB above MTL.1 d B L N G = 0.96 meters) of UUT antenna being tested. the test indicates PASS.8 1 d B m . Pulse Amplitude Variation Long The Test Set interrogates with UF4 (reply length long) interrogations. For Direct Connect. The t e s t v e r i f i e s t h a t r e p l i e s a r e ≥ 9 9 % b e t we e n MTL + 6 d B a n d ≤ 1 0 % f o r . PASS/FAIL test limits are not applied. 1 d B O F F = R EP L Y O N = N O R EP L Y DF 11 P ER I OD = 1 . X PD R . see Cover Page for details. DISPLAY indicates the Downlink Format Fields. +6 dB above MTL. ♦Compares Mode S altitude to Mode C altitude. If test fails due to wrong address. This test must be enabled on the XPDR Setup Screen to display diversity isolation parameter. The test verifies UUT diversity isolation (difference between "On" antenna squitters and "Off" antenna squitters) is ≥20 dB. verifying a UF0 reply is received. If test fails due to incorrect altitude. Values <20 dB result in a FAIL and are identified with an arrow. UF0 AQ bit is "1" for requesting airspeed information in DF0 RI field.U F O P AS S BAT 2 . NOTE: NOTE: Subject to Export Control. Value in dB. Figure 17. The UF0 (Short Air to Air Surveillance) Test performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF0 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11. make sure Antenna Shield is fitted to top or bottom UUT antenna prior to running test. When Diversity Isolation Test is enabled. Refer to Appendix J for Antenna Shield mounting procedure. 1-2-4 Page 18 Dec 1/09 . test must be run within 50 ft (15. Altitude reported in DF0 is compared with altitude reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode C reply. ♦Decodes and displays DF0 data fields.5 H r DF = VS = CC = SL = RI = 0 0 0 0 12 – – – – I N AI R N O T S UP PO R T E D N O T CA S S EN S L EV EL R EP O R T E D A IR S PE ED 30 1 T O 6 0 0 K N OT S AC = 03 A 0 ( 01 6 40 ) 1 0 70 0 F T MO D E C A L T C O MP A R E = P A SS AA = A C 3 42 1 ( 53 0 32 0 41 ) DF 11 A D D R ES S C OM PA R E = PA S S RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST ● ● NOTE: R ET U R N UF0 Test Screen Figure 22 UF0 Test Refer to 1-2-4. It is important that only one UUT antenna is seen during the Diversity Test. NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Diversity Isolation The Test Set monitors the UUT DF11 acquisition squitters. The Test Set interrogates with UF0. >25 dB. Indications: ● OFF is displayed if diversity isolation is not selected in Setup Screen. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test in DF11 reply. Altitudes must agree within 100 ft. Make sure Test Set Directional Antenna is pointed at unshielded antenna. For >20 dB dynamic range. DF11 address is displayed.24 m) of UUT antenna being tested. Mode C altitude is displayed. Altitudes must agree within 100 ft.NO A L E R T N O S PI I N AI R DR = 0 . see Cover Page for details. Figure 19.3. verifying a DF4 reply is received.AL ER T NO SP I O N G R OU N D 0 – N O D O WN L IN K R EQ U ES T 0 ( ID S = 0 ) ( I IS = 0) DF =5 F S= 0. Figure 18. The UF5 Test (Short Surveillance Identity) performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF5 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11.3.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Testing VS (Vertical Status) ICAO amendment 77 transponders only replies to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. Refer to para 1-2-4. ♦Decodes and displays DF5 data fields.5 H r P AS S BAT 2 . The Test Set interrogates with UF4.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MANUAL AA settings. NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field. +6 dB above MTL. ♦Decodes and displays DF4 data fields. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test. ID code reported in DF5 is compared with ID code reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode A reply. UF4 (Short Surveillance Altitude) Test performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF4 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11.( ID S = 0 ) ( I IS = 0) AC = 03 A 0 ( 01 6 40 ) 1 0 70 0 F T MO D E C A L T C O MP A R E = P A SS AA = A C 3 42 1 ( 53 0 32 0 41 ) DF 11 A D D R ES S C OM PA R E = PA S S RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST ID = 02 0 A ( 01 0 12 ) O C T A L ID 2 6 00 MO D E A ID C O M PA R E = PA S S AA = A C 3 42 1 ( 53 0 32 0 41 ) DF 11 A D D R ES S C OM PA R E = PA S S RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST R ET U R N R ET U R N UF4 Test Screen Figure 23 UF4 Test Refer to 1-2-4. 1-2-4 Page 19 Dec 1/09 . UF5 Test UF5 Test Screen Figure 24 Refer to 1-2-4.5 H r DF FS DR UM = = = = 4 3 . The Test Set interrogates with UF5.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MANUAL AA settings. verifying a DF5 reply is received. ♦Compares Mode S altitude to Mode C altitude. Refer to para 1-2-4.N O D O W N L IN K R EQ UE ST UM = 0 . ♦Compares Mode S Identity Code to Mode A Squawk Code. Subject to Export Control. X PD R – U F 5 P AS S BAT 2 . X PD R – UF 4 Testing FS (Flight Status) ICAO amendment 77 transponders only reply to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test. Altitude reported in DF4 is compared with altitude reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode C reply. +6 dB above MTL. 3 4 .8 .4 6 . +6 dB above MTL. If lockout time is 18 sec (±1 sec).4 3 . If all codes are correct PASS is displayed.5 . lockout timer test is not run as part of Auto Test.0 is verified to determine SI support.3.44 . 1 2. An arrow identifies a FAIL (1-2-4.7 . Figure 20). 4.5 H r DF = 1 1 C A = 0 . Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test in DF11 reply (1-2-4. PASS is displayed.38 .50 . P AS S BAT 2 . X PD R – U F 11 The multi-site lockout protocol is utilized in conjunction with an II code to verify lockout (not accept any Mode S only All-Call) time.20 . BDS 1. 9.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Testing FS (Flight Status) ICAO amendment 77 transponders only reply to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. Test interrogates with a UF11.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MANUAL AA settings.3 1 . NOTE: When a single code fails the code is displayed.26 . Figure 20. X PD R – UF 11 F AI L BAT 2 . If lockout time is 18 sec (±1 sec).1 .5 H r DF =1 1 C A= 0 . •Performs II and SI lockout Timer Test. 1 6 -1 7 .5 8 .1 0.62 RUN T ES T M OR E I NF O PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST R ET U R N UF11 FAIL Test Screen Figure 26 Subject to Export Control. NOTE: Due to long test time required.5 5 . The Test Set interrogates with UF11.47 . 37 . FAIL is displayed if lockout time is outside this window. Decodes and displays DF11 replies.59 . Refer to para 1-2-4. the range of codes are displayed. using the 15 II codes. in sequence from 1 to 15. Test is run only if UF11 Test is performed separately. FAIL is displayed if lockout time is outside this window. see Cover Page for details.1 5 SI L OC K O U T T I M ER = 1 8 S  S I M A T C H = 1 -2 .7 . The test interrogates during the lockout period with a different SI code to confirm interrogation acceptance. If the transponder supports SI (Surveillance Identifier) each of the 63 SI codes from 1 to 63 are tested. The multi-site lockout protocol is utilized in conjunction with an SI code to verify lockout (not accept any Mode S only All-Call) time.2 2 .4. Figure 21). 6. When all codes are correct PASS is displayed.L EV EL 2 CA M OD E PI = 02 F 0 8 D AA = A C 3 42 1 ( 53 0 32 0 41 ) II L OC K O U T T IM ER = 1 8S  I I M AT C H = 0 .1 1 .56 . 2 8 -2 9 . verifying a DF11 reply is received.32 .1 0.L E VEL 2 CA M OD E PI = 0 2F 0 8 D AA = A C 3 42 1 ( 53 0 32 0 41 ) II L OC K O U T T IM ER = 1 8S II M A T C H = P A SS SI L OC K O U T T I M ER = 1 8 S SI M A T C H = PA S S RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST R ET U R N UF11 Test Screen Figure 25 UF11 Test Refer to 1-2-4. 49 .1 3 -1 4 . 61 . 25 . When more than one code fails.3 . AP set FFFFFF.1 3 . 1-2-4 Page 20 Dec 1/09 . 5 2 -5 3 . UF11 Test performs these functions: ♦Interrogates with Mode S UF11.23 . 4 0 -4 1 .35 . ♣Performs comprehensive II and SI Match Test.1 9 . PASS is displayed. 5 H r DF =1 6 VS =0 – IN A IR SL = 0 R I = 0 – NO O N – B O A R D T C A S MV = 30 0 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 AC = 0 3 A0 ( 0 16 4 0) 10 7 00 f t MO D E C A L T C O MP A R E= P A SS AA = A C 3 42 1 ( 53 0 32 0 41 ) DF 11 A D D R ES S C OM PA R E = PA S S RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST P AS S BAT 2. +6 dB above MTL.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Testing VS (Vertical Status) ICAO amendment 77 transponders only replies to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. +6 dB above MTL. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field. If test fails because of incorrect altitude. XPDR–UF20 X PD R – U F 16 P AS S BAT 2 . The DISPLAY indicates the Downlink Format Fields. Altitude reported in DF20 is compared with altitude reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode C reply. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test in DF11 reply. Altitudes must agree within 100 ft. ♦Compares Mode S Altitude to Mode C Altitude. The Test Set interrogates with UF20 (Comm A. ♦Decodes and displays DF20 data fields.0 data link capability report. Displays MB message field in HEX. No reply to UF16 results in Mode S pass in Auto Test. see Cover Page for details. ♦Decodes and displays DF16 data fields. Mode C altitude is displayed. UF16 Test (Long Air to Air Surveillance) performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF16 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11. Replies to UF16 are received only if an active TCAS II system is installed. DI=7. requesting a BDS 1. verifying a DF20 reply is received. the test interrogates for BDS 3. ♦Compares Mode S altitude to Mode C altitude. The Test Set interrogates with UF16.3.5 Hr R ET U R N DF=20 FS=3. Figure 23. UF20 (Long Surveillance Altitude) Test performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF20 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11. Figure 22. verifying a DF16 reply is received. Altitudes must agree within 100 ft. DF11 address is displayed. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test in DF11 reply. RR=17 (long reply). Refer to para 1-2-4. RRS=0.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MANUAL AA settings. altitude request). RETURN F20 Test Screen Figure 28 UF20 Test Refer to 1-2-4.ALERT NO SPI ON G ROUND DR=0-NO DOWNL INK RE QUE ST UM=0 (IDS=0) (IIS = 0) MB=30010000000000 AC= 03 A0(0 164 0) 10700 ft MODE C ALT CO MPARE=PASS AA=AC3421(5303 2041) DF11 ADDRESS COMPARE=PASS RUN TEST PREV TEST NEXT TEST UF16 Test Screen Figure 27 UF16 Test Refer to 1-2-4. If test fails due to wrong address. Altitude reported in DF16 is compared with altitude reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode C reply. 1-2-4 Page 21 Dec 1/09 . If reply is not received.0 TCAS sensitivity status message. Subject to Export Control. ♦Decodes and displays DF21 data fields. ID code reported in DF21 is compared with ID code reported during Mode Test in valid ATCRBS Mode A reply. UF21 (Long Surveillance Identity) Test performs these functions: ♦Verifies replies to Mode S UF21 interrogations and compares discrete address with DF11. If reply is not received test interrogates for BDS 3.AL ER T N O S PI O N GR O U N D DR = 0 . Refer to para 1-2-4.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MANUAL AA settings. address (compared with Mode Test address) and format. ♦Compares Mode S Identity Code to Mode A Squawk Code. +6 dB above MTL.5 H r NOTE: NOTE: DF =2 1 F S= 3. verifying a DF21 reply is received. RRS=0. Data displayed in MB message field is not decoded. DI=7. MA=05000000000000. X PD R – U F 21 P AS S BAT 2 . Figure 24. Subject to Export Control. altitude request).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Testing FS (Flight Status) NOTE: The BDS 3. Transponders without active subsystems capable of accepting Comm A data do not reply to UF20 interrogations. Address is compared with address reported during Mode Test in DF11 reply. requesting a BDS 1. The Datalink Capability Report determines the level of transponder under test.0 TCAS sensitivity status message. verifying DF20 reply received has correct altitude (compared with Mode C altitude). AC field blanks out if invalid data is received for that field. DI=7. RR=19 (long reply).3.0 data link capability report. Displays MB message field in HEX. altitude request). RR=17 (long reply).N O D O W N L I N K R EQ U ES T UM = 0 ( ID S =0 ) ( IIS = 0 ) MB = 3 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 ID = 03 A 0 ( 01 6 40 ) O C T A L ID 6 1 40 MO D E A ID C O M P A R E= P A S S AA = A C 3 42 1 ( 53 0 32 0 41 ) DF 11 A D D R ES S C OM PA R E = PA S S RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST NOTE: NOTE: R ET U R N UF21 Test Screen PASS Figure 29 UF21 Test Refer to 1-2-4. The Test Set interrogates with UF21 (Comm A. ICAO amendment 77 transponders only reply to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. RRS=0.0 TCAS sensitivity status message interrogates with Mode S UF20 (Comm A. 1-2-4 Page 22 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 NOTE: The BDS 3,0 TCAS sensitivity status message interrogates with Mode S UF20 (Comm A, altitude request), RR=19 (long reply), DI=7, RRS=0, MA=05000000000000, verifying DF20 reply received has correct altitude (compared with Mode C altitude), address (compared with Mode Test address) and format. Data displayed in MB message field is not decoded. BDS 1,0 Datalink Capability Report determines the level of transponder under test. BAT 2 .5 H r X PD R – U F 24 P AS S BAT 2 .5 H r RE S ER V AT IO N UF 4 DF=2 0 II S= 1 5 ID S = 2 SE GM EN T S DF=2 4 CL OSE O U T DF=2 0 UF2 4 K E= 1 UF 4 IIS = 15 A A = A C 34 2 1 ND=0 T A S= F F F F A A = A C 3 42 1 A A = A C 34 2 1 NOTE: NOTE: I D S= 2 RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST R ET U R N X PD R – U F 21 UF24 Test Screen Figure 31 UF24 Test DF = F S= DR = UM = MB = ( I DS = ) ( II S= ) The UF24 Test (1-2-4, Figure 26) completes the 16 segment data transfer (UELM protocol) verifying UF24. Interrogates with Mode S UF4 UELM reservation, verifying reply received is a DF20 UELM Reservation (Comm-B). Interrogates with Mode S UF24 (Comm-C) UELM segments, one initial, 14 intermediate and one final interrogation. Verifies reply received is a Mode S DF24 (Comm-D) acknowledgment. When the close-out is completed the IIS displayed equals the IIS displayed in the reservation. Interrogates with Mode S UF4, +6 dB above MTL, UELM close-out and verifies reply received is a DF20 UELM close-out (CommB). TAS Field displays the number of transferred segments. TAS data consists of 16 bits, each bit representing a segment, displayed as four hex digits. No reply to the UELM Test sequence does not fail Mode S in Auto Test. NOTE: BDS 1,0 Datalink Capability Report determines the level of transponder under test. If level <3 is reported, test is not run and NOT CAPABLE is displayed. ID = ( ) O C T A L ID MO D E A ID C O M PA R E = AA = ( ) DF 11 A D D R ES S C OM PA R E = RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NEX T T EST R ET U R N UF21 Test Screen NOT RUN Figure 30 NOTE: Transponders without active subsystems capable of accepting Comm A data does not reply to UF21 interrogations. Testing FS (Flight Status) ICAO amendment 77 transponders only reply to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. Refer to para 1-2-4.3.2 for UUT ADDRESS and MANUAL AA settings. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 23 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 DELM SEG CAP: (Downlink Extended Length Message Segment Capability) NO DELM, 4/1 S, 8/1 S, 16/1 S, 16/500 mS, 16/250 mS, 16/125 mS or 7 to 15 (unassigned) (Ex: Eight segments transferred in 1 sec.) AIRCRAFT ID CAP: (Aircraft Identification Capability) YES or NO SURV IDENT CAP: (Surveillance Identifier Code Capability) YES or NO COMM/USE GICB CAP REP: (Common Usage [Ground Initiated Comm B] Capability Report) 1 or 0 This bit changes when the common usage GICB capability report BDS 1,7 content changes. DTE: (Data Terminal Equipment) YES or NO CONT FLAG: (Continuation Flag). YES (Yes means that a continuation report may be found in registers BDS 1,1 up to BDS 1,6 which are not implemented in this revision) NO SQUITTER CAP: (Capability Subfield) YES (Surveillance code identifier capability), NO (No surveillance code identifier capability) NOTE: If CHECK CAP is enabled in Setup Menu, capability of test is determined from BDS 1,0 X PD R – EL E M EN T SU R V 1 B D S= 1 ,0 PA SS BAT 2 .5 H r SU B N ET WO R K VE R =1 E N H PR OT IN D =LVL 2-4 S PE C SE R V C A P = YE S U E L M C A PA B IL IT Y =1 6 / 1 s D E L M C A PA B IL IT Y = 16 /5 0 0 m s A I R C RA F T ID C A P = YE S S U R V ID E N T C A P = YE S C O MM U SE G IC B RE P= 1 DTE = YE S C O NT F L A G = Y ES S Q U IT T ER C A P = YE S RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NE X T T E ST RET URN XPDR Elementary Surveillance 1 Test Screen Figure 32 XPDR Elementary Surveillance 1 Test Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 27. XPDR Elementary Surveillance Test performs these functions: ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 1,0 Data Link Capability Report. NOTE: Only the primary data fields are displayed. For full decode and display of GICB extracted BDS registers, the ADS-B option is required. Data Link Capability Report BDS 1,0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and displays data link capability report comprising the following fields: SUBNETWORK VER: (Mode S Subnetwork Version Number) 0 to127 ENH PROT IND: (Enhanced Protocol Indicator) 2-4 (Transponder Level 2-4) or 5 (Transponder Level 5 Enhanced Protocol) SPEC SER CAP: (Mode S Specific Services Capability Report): YES or NO UELM SEG CAP: (Uplink Extended Length Message Segment Capability) NO UELM, 16/1 S, 16/500 mS, 16/250 mS, 16/125 mS, 16/60 mS or 16/30 mS (Ex: 16 segments transferred in 500 ms.) Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 24 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 BDS 0.5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9 0,A 1,0 1,7 2,0 2,1 3.0 4,0 4,1 4,2 4,3 4,4 4,5 4,8 5,0 5,1 5,2 5,3 5,4 5,5 5,6 5,F 6,0 DESCRIPTION Ext Squitter Airborne Position Ext Squitter Surface Position Ext Squitter Status Ext Squitter Type and Identification Ext Squitter Airborne Velocity Information Ext Squitter Event Driven Information Data Link Capability Report Common Usage GICB Capability Report Aircraft Identification (Flight ID) Aircraft Registration Number ACAS Resolution Advisory Aircraft Vertical Intention Next Way Point Identifier Next Way Point Position Next Way Point Information Meteorological Routine Report Meteorological Hazard Report VHF Channel Report Track and Turn Report Position Coarse Position Fine Air Referenced State Vector Way Point 1 Way Point 2 Way Point 3 Quasi-Static Parameter Monitoring Heading and Speed Report Common Usage GICB BDS Table 2 NOTE: Refer to 1-2-4, Table 2. Dark Shaded BDS are not supported by current IFR 6000 software. Light shaded BDS are supported by ADS-B option. X PD R – EL E M EN T SU R V 2 PA SS BAT 2 .5 H r B D S= 1 ,7 : 0 , 5 : 0 , 6 :0 , 7 : 0 ,8 :0 , 9 : 0 ,A : 2, 0 : 2 , 1 : 4 , 0 : 4 , 1 : 4 ,2 : 4 , 3 : 4 ,4 : 4 , 5 : 4 , 8 : 5 ,0 : 5, 1 : 5 , 2 : 5 , 3 : 5 ,4 : 5 , 5 : 5 , 6 : 5 ,F : 6 , 0 BD S 1,8=00000000000000 BD S 1,9=00000000000000 B D S 1 , A = 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B D S 1 , B = 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B D S 1 , C = 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 B D S= 2 ,0 F L IG HT ID = U A 6 61 B D S= 3 ,0 A RA =1 1 10 1 01 0 00 0 00 0 R A C = 10 1 0 RAT=0 RUN T ES T PR EV T ES T NE X T T E ST RET URN XPDR Elementary Surveillance 2 Test Screen Figure 33 XPDR Elementary Surveillance 2 Test Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 28. XPDR Elementary Surveillance Test performs these functions: ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 1,7 Common Usage GICB Capability Report. ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 1,8 to BDS 1,C Specific Services Capability Report. ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 2,0 Aircraft Identification (Flight ID). ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 3,0 ACAS Resolution Advisory. NOTE: Only primary data fields are displayed. For full decode and display of GICB extracted BDS registers, the ADS-B option is required. GICB Common Usage Capabilities Report: Interrogates with UF4 RR=16 DI=7 RRS=7, decodes DF20 reply and displays common usage GICB capability report. The Screen displays BDS Numbers for the common usage GICB services currently supported by the transponder and decodable by the Test Set. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1,8 BDS 1,8 Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=8. DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS 0,1 to 3,8. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 25 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1,9 BDS 1,9 Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=9. DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS 3,9 to 7,0. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1,A BDS 1,A Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=10. DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS 7,1 to A,8. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1,B BDS 1,B Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=11. DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS A,9 to E,0. Specific Services GICB Capability Report BDS 1,C BDS 1,C Interrogates with UF4 RR=17 DI=7 and RRS=12. DF20 reply BDS register content displayed as 14 HEX digits. Each bit set indicates capability supported for BDS E,1 to F,F. Aircraft Identification (Flight ID) BDS 2,0 The Test Set Interrogates with Mode S UF4 (Comm A Identity request), RR=18 (long reply) to request DF20 with AIS reply. Verifies reply received is a DF20 (Comm-B) with an AIS field containing valid characters. NOTE: If Flight ID is not entered into transponder or linked subsystem, AIS is zero (0). NOTE: X PD R – EN H A N C E D S UR V B D S4 ,0 B D S5 ,0 PA SS BAT 2 .5 H r B D S6 ,0 M CP /F CU S EL AL T =6 5 5 20 f t B AR O P R ES S ET = R O L L A N GL E = 4 0 .1 d eg T R U E T R A C K A N G L E= 9 0. 3 d e g G R O U N D SP EE D = 5 1 2 k ts T R A C K A N G L E R AT E= 4. 0 0 d e g /s T R U E A IR S P E E D = 5 12 k t s M AG N ET I C H E A D IN G = 1 80 .3 d eg IN D AI R S P EE D = 5 1 2 k ts M AC H N O = 0 .3 00 IN E R T V ER T VE L =- 1 4 00 f t / m in B AR O A L T R A T E =- 1 4 00 f t / m in PR EV T ES T NE X T T E ST RUN T ES T RET URN Enhanced Surveillance Test Screen Figure 34 XPDR Enhanced Surveillance Test Refer to 1-2-4, Figure 29. XPDR Enhanced Surveillance Test performs these functions: ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 4,0 Aircraft Vertical Intention. ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 5.0 Track and Turn Report. ♣Verifies, decodes and displays BDS 6,0 Heading and Speed Report. NOTE: Only primary data fields are displayed. For full decode and display of GICB extracted BDS registers, the ADS-B option is required. BDS Data Items not available are identified by displaying N/A in the data field. If Check Cap is enabled, BDS 1,7 is verified to confirm availability of: BDS 4,0 BDS 5,0 BDS 6,0 NOTE: ACAS Resolution Advisory BDS 3,0 Test Set Interrogates with UF4, +6 dB above MTL, RR=19 DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and displays active resolution advisory data, including RAT (Resolution Advisory Terminated) bit. NOTE: TCAS II must be installed and a resolution advisory must be in progress for data to be displayed on this Screen. RA may be stimulated by Test Set or a TCAS-201 Test Set running a collision scenario Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 26 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Aircraft Vertical Intention BDS 4,0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=20 DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and displays vertical intent report data. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem (in this case the FMS [Flight Management System]). Heading and Speed Report BDS 6, 0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=22 DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and displays Heading and Speed Report data. MAG HDG: (Magnetic Heading) 0 to 360 deg IND AIR SPEED: (Indicated Air Speed) 0 to 1023 kts (1 kt resolution) MACH NO: (Mach Number) 0 to 4.096 (Mach Number) INERT VERT VEL: (Inertial Vertical Velocity) -16384 to +16352 ft/min (32 ft/min resolution) BARO ALT RATE: (Barometric Altitude Rate) -16384 to +16352 ft/ min (32 ft/min resolution) MCP/FCU SEL ALT: (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit Selected Altitude) displayed in feet. Track and Turn Report BDS 5,0 The Test Set Interrogates with UF4 RR=21 DI=7 RRS=0, decodes DF20 reply and displays Track and Turn Report data. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem (in this case the FMS [Flight Management System]). ROLL ANGLE: ±90.0 deg TRUE TRACK ANGLE: (True Track Angle) 0 to 359 deg GROUND SPEED: (Ground Speed) 0 to 2048 kts (2 kt resolution) TRUE TRACK ANGLE RATE: (True Track Angle Rate) ±16.0 deg/sec TRUE AIR SPEED: (True Air Speed) 0 to 2046 kts (2 kt resolution) Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 27 Dec 1/09 for Direct Connect Setup. A logic 0 is displayed by a strike through (A4). Figure 31). Connect Test Set.5 ALTITUDE ENCODER BAT 2 . PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key until the XPDR ENCODER Screen is displayed (1-2-4. Use Barometric Test Set to pump up UUT Encoding Altimeter to desired test altitudes and confirm altitude on display.3. 2. see Cover Page for details. STEP 1. Figure 30). B2. Refer to Appendix A for remote connector pinouts. Remote Connector. 3. STEP 1. D4. Subject to Export Control.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. for Antenna Setup. Altitude Encoder inputs to UUT Encoding Altimeter via user provided cable. B4. A1. B1 C4. A2. Refer to 1-1-2. 1-2-4 Page 28 Dec 1/09 .5 H r X PD R – A L T E N C O D E R SO U R C E : EN C O D ER SO U R C E : XP D R AL T IT U D E = 1 0 00 0 0 f t A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 AL T IT U D E = 1 0 00 0 0 f t A4 A2 ID = 66 7 7 A4 A2 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 D1 A1 B4 B2 B1 C4 C2 C1 D4 D2 RUN TE ST S EL EC T SOU R CE RUN TE ST S EL EC T SOU R CE Altitude Encoder Test Screen Source Encoder Figure 35 Altitude Encoder Refer to 1-2-4. Connect Test Set. Altitude is decoded and displayed in feet and binary lines are monitored and displayed as A4. 3. Press RUN TEST Soft Key.5 H r X PD R – A L T E N C O D E R BAT 2 . Use DATA Keys or SELECT SOURCE Soft Key to select XPDR. 5. Figure 30. C2. Press RUN TEST Soft Key. Altitude Encoder Test Screen Source XPDR Figure 36 PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key until the XPDR ENCODER Screen is displayed (1-2-4. C1. Use DATA Keys or SELECT SOURCE Soft Key to select ENCODER. D2. 4. Altitude Encoder performs these functions: Decodes and displays altitude in feet and binary code (grey code) from encoding altimeters. Refer to 1-1-2. 2. 4. Altitude Encoding altimeter is connected via user manufactured cable to Remote Connector. 9. Mode S address.3. DO NOT CONNECT UUT TO TEST SET ANT CONNECTOR. 5. causing false RA’s and TA’s. 4. 4.5).1). 7. 5. 3. 2. Deactivate other area transponders or position transponders at least three times the XPDR Setup Screen ANT RANGE from the Test Set Antenna.3. VS and FS status. altitudes. altitudes. The Test Set displays the results of last XPDR Auto Test if run since last Power-up. TESTING in the line above the soft keys indicates test is running. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key at any time to stop test (non-resumable). Verify squawk codes.6 STEP 1. Press XPDR Mode Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen. Position Test Set Antenna facing UUT antenna at XPDR Setup Screen ANT RANGE. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key at any time to stop test (non-resumable).7 "OVER THE AIR" GROUND TEST PROCEDURE (UUT Aircraft Altitude Reporting System ≤Airfield Altitude) PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen. The Test Set shows displays the results of the last XPDR Auto Test if run since last Power-up. Perform XPDR Setup Screen procedure (para 1-2-4.3. Perform XPDR Setup Screen procedure. country and tail number. Mode S address. NOTE: Subject to Export Control. TESTING in the line above the soft keys indicates test is running. Refer to Appendix J. STEP 1. CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO TEST SET. see Cover Page for details. ensuring airborne TCAS equipped aircraft do not detect UUT at altitude. which is normal. 1-2-4 Page 29 Dec 1/09 . VS and FS status.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. The Antenna Shield provides at least 20 dB of isolation.3. Perform CONFIG selection procedure (para 1-2-4. Perform Directional Antenna Use procedure (para 1-2-4. 8. Verify XPDR Auto Test indicates PASS or FAIL on DISPLAY. Verify squawk codes.3. altitudes. DIRECT CONNECT PROCEDURE PROCEDURE Connect UUT to Test Set RF I/O Connector via coaxial cable. country and tail number. 3. country and tail number.2). setting RF I/O Connector to DIRECT CONNECT (para 1-2-4. Shield with Antenna Shield or disconnect and terminate UUT antenna not being tested. The 20 dB isolation of the antenna shield may cause various tests to fail. Perform CONFIG selection procedure (para 1-2-4. 7. 2.1). Verify XPDR Auto Test indicates PASS or FAIL on DISPLAY.3. 6. Mode S address.2) setting RF Port to ANTENNA. VS and FS status. 6. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key to run XPDR Auto Test. Verify squawk codes. 4. Press RUN/STOP Soft Key to run XPDR Auto Test. 3. which is normal. Deactivate other area transponders or position transponders >50 ft (15. setting RF I/O Connector to ANTENNA (para 1-2-4. 2 d B m NEX T PA R A M E R P= 5 5 . Press RUN/STOP Key to run XPDR Auto Test. User Controls: Soft Keys: RUN TEST: Starts the DME Test.5). TESTING in the line above the soft keys indicates test is running. The Antenna Shield provides at least 20 dB of isolation.2).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. BAT 2 . 6. Otherwise. country and tail number.8 "OVER THE AIR" SIMULATED ALTITUDE TEST PROCEDURE (UUT Aircraft Altitude Reporting System >Airfield Altitude ["Pumped Up"]) PROCEDURE Press XPDR Mode Key to display XPDR Auto Test Screen. 4. 10 41 . Auto Test runs until all tests are complete. 9. see Cover Page for details. IN/OUT: Reverses simulated direction of aircraft. Figure 32). DME Test Screen is displayed (1-2-4. 0 0 M H z F R E Q : 97 8 M H z CHAN: 17X % R E PL Y : 1 0 0 SQ T R : ON T X F R EQ = P1 W ID T H = P2 W ID T H = P1 . Perform XPDR Setup Screen procedure. 8. NOTE: Subject to Export Control. Test Set displays results of last XPDR Auto Test if run since last Power-up. 5 00 u s 3. Perform CONFIG selection procedure (para 1-2-4.5 H r R F L VL : .0 d B m R A T E : 65 0 kt s RANGE: 450. PREV PARAM: Selects previous control field. ensuring airborne TCAS equipped aircraft do not detect UUT at altitude. altitudes. causing false RA’s and TA’s.3. 00 M H Z 3. XPDR Auto Test will indicate a FAIL on DISPLAY. Set ANT RANGE to ≤20 ft (6.00 nm E C H O : OF F I D EN T : O F F IN 2. Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys. 1-2-4 Page 30 Dec 1/09 . TEST RUNNING is displayed at the top of Screen.4 DME Press DME Mode Key to select DME functional mode. DME functional mode has a single test screen that provides all required control functions and measurement display.3 8. Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys.24 m) from the Test Set antenna. DME V O R : 1 0 8. The 20 dB isolation of the antenna shield may cause various tests to fail. Press RUN/STOP Key at any time to stop test (non-resumable). Verify squawk codes. Shield both UUT antenna’s with Antenna Shields or disconnect and terminate UUT Antenna not being tested. Perform Directional Antenna procedure (para 1-2-4. 3. STOP(START) RATE: Stops or starts Range Rate.2 .0 d B m P R F = 1 50 H z P R EV P A RA M STO P R AT E IN/ OU T DME Screen Figure 37 5.3. Position Test Set Antenna facing UUT antenna at XPDR Setup Screen ANT RANGE.P2 = U UT L VL = RUN T EST STEP 1.1).1 m). 0 0 u s( Y ) . VS and FS status. A Setup DME Screen allows user parameters to be entered. 7. 4. Mode S address. 5 00 u s 3 6. NEXT PARAM: Selects next control field. ERP: Measures and displays Interrogator ERP (Effective Radiated Power) in dBm. P2 WIDTH: Measures and displays Interrogator P2 width in us. RF LVL (UUT LVL): Maximum Control Fields Selected with NEXT/PREV PARAM Soft Keys: % REPLY: Selectable in 1% steps. P1 WIDTH: Measures and displays Interrogator P1 width in us. depending on spacing. Defined in Setup DME Screen (1-2-4. RF level -11 dB relative to RF LVL selected (Main Reply). VOR (paired frequency MHz) FREQ (ground to air frequency MHz) CHAN (DME channel number) Press Frequency Key to select each unit in sequence. RF LVL defaults to maximum value appropriate to attenuation range for selected port. 1-2-4 Page 31 Dec 1/09 . RATE Key: Selects Rate field. ECHO: Selectable ON or OFF. Figure 2). Measurement Parameters: TX FREQ: Measures and displays Interrogation Frequency in MHz. Range is 0% to 100%. RANGE Key: Selects Range field. Subject to Export Control. Multi-path Reply Echo simulation at Fixed 30 nm. P1/P2: Measures and displays interrogator P1 to P2 spacing and displays Mode X or Y. Control Field Power Up Defaults: FREQ: 978 MHz. Sends 1350 Hz tone with three letter station Identification. PRF: Measures and displays interrogator Pulse Repetition Frequency. Calculated from RF LVL – Path Loss + Antenna Gain – Cable Loss. see Cover Page for details. Units are selected in SETUPGENERAL Screen (1-2-4. RF LVL: Maximum RATE: 0 kts IN RANGE: 0 nm % REPLY: 100 ECHO: OFF SQTR: ON IDENT: ON UUT LVL field displays RF level at UUT antenna. Note: When switching RF ports. Squitter must be on for DME to search and acquire track.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Dedicated Keys and Control Fields: FREQ Key: Test Set reply Frequency is displayed in three linked units. dBW or W peak. IDENT: Selectable ON or OFF. Figure 43). SQTR: Selectable ON or OFF. RF LVL Key: Selects RF LVL field. Press DATA Key to select X or Y channel. Use DATA Keys to slew the data. ● DIRECT CABLE LOSS: Entered in dB.09 GHz 1. figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable (0. Subject to Export Control. Setup DME Setup DME Screen contains parameters which determine the operational characteristics of each functional mode of the Test Set. 68. cable loss may be manually entered by the user in ANT CABLE LOSS field. S ET U P –D M E R F PO R T : DI R EC T C O N N E C T A N T R A N G E : 1 0.0 to 9.9) for frequencies are: 0. 22 GH z : 2 .1 SETUP STEP ● PROCEDURE ANT CABLE: Selections USER DEFINED. figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable (0.0 m). 5 1 .9 dB).2 d B A N T C A B L E: 2 5 F T A N T C A B L E L OS S: 4. 6. ● RF I/O CONNECTOR: Selects ANTENNA (ANT CONNECTOR) or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector. 60 FT. ● ANT CABLE LOSS: Displays antenna cable loss in dB. 25 FT. 25. 6 FT. Figure 33).5 H r A NT G A I N ( d B i) 0 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. 03 GH z : 7 . see Cover Page for details. normally this is set once. 15 GH z : 5 .21 GHz Gain figures are also marked on the Directional Antenna. When 1. (25 and 50 foot cables optional) 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables. 25. 6. 0 1 . Set following parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables. ● ● ANT RANGE: Test Set Antenna to transponder antenna range (6 to 250 ft or 2.0 to 75. 50 or 60 feet selected. If preset length 1. normally this is set once. 25. 00 n m BAT 2 . ANT CABLE LOSS field is automatically calculated. When USER DEFINED selected. 0 d B M A X R A N G E: 2 00 . If user defined. NOTE: Setup Screen information is entered before conducting test operations. 50 or 60 feet results in 0.96 GHz 1. 0. 1-2-4 Page 32 Dec 1/09 . 6. 1 1 . the five gain figures (0.03 GHz 1.0 to 20.0 to 9.9 dB).4. 1 FT.15 GHz 1. 50 FT. NOTE: SETUP GENERAL Screen UNITS parameter determines feet or meters (1-2-4. 2. 09 GH z : 6 . 1 1 . 138 and 184 ns of delay. 5 m I D EN T T O N E : I F R D I R C A B L E L O SS : 1 . Figure 11). 50 or 60 feet is selected. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Select Key to display SETUP-DME Control Screen (1-2-4. ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi and normally set once. then cable loss in dB is automatically calculated and displayed. ANT CABLE selection of 1. 8 P R EV P A RA M N EX T P A RA M D I AG Setup DME Screen Figure 38 NOTE: STEP 1.9 6 GH z : 7 . 8.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● PROCEDURE IDENT TONE: Sets the three letter IDENT tone. allowing 15 sec between steps until UUT DME breaks lock. Set %REPLY to 70 and RF LVL to -79 dBm.5 µs) Y Channel 36. Set RANGE to 40 nm. Verify Search PRF is ≤150 Hz.00 nm RATE: STOP IN/OUT: OUT ECHO: OFF SQTR: OFF % REPLY: 70 IDENT: ON 3. Set SQTR to ON and verify UUT DME searches and locks on within 1. Figure 32). Set RATE to 0 kts.000 ft ≥50 W (+47 dBm) 15.00) Default is 400 nm. Verify TX Frequency is within ±0. verify UUT DME locks on. 6. verify on UUT DME distance indicator that distance is not displayed and flag is in view. see Cover Page for details.5 sec.5 µs (±0. 13. Verify P1 to P2 Pulse Spacing is: X channel 12.000 ft ≥250 W (+54 dBm) TSO’d DME <18. Verify distance continues to be displayed and flag remains out of view for 8 s (±4 sec). Verify UUT DME does not break lock and range displayed on UUT DME indicator is 40 nm (±0. PROCEDURE Set RATE to 600 kts and verify UUT DME distance indicator displays an outbound track.5 nm). Press DME Mode Key to return to DME Test Screen. 5. Verify P1 to P2 Pulse Widths are 3. Default is IFR. Verify UUT LVL is ≥-83 dBm. Verify 1350 Hz Ident morse is present on UUT DME audio. without breaking lock. 12. 3. Press DME Mode Key to display DME Test Screen (1-2-4.5 µs) Verify ERP is for: TSO’d DME >18. Set ECHO to OFF.1 MHz of assigned channel. without breaking lock. Set IN/OUT to IN and verify UUT DME distance indicator displays an inbound track. 7. 1-2-4 Page 33 Dec 1/09 . For Radiated Testing.5 nm). NOTE: NOTE: OEM Test procedures should be followed. 2. 14. Verify UUT DME is locked on. Verify Range displayed on UUT DME distance indicator is 0 nm (±0.00 to 450. Subject to Export Control. Adjust UUT LVL in -1 dB steps. Set IDENT to OFF. 4. Set Test Set controls as follows: RF LVL (UUT LVL): Maximum Output UUT LVL: Maximum Output RF FREQ: To desired channel RANGE: 0. Maximum UUT LVL settable depends on distance of Test Set from UUT and Setup DME Screen settings. DME Test Guidelines: 1. Set IDENT tone to ON. Set %REPLY to 0. ● MAX RANGE: Limits the maximum simulated range (10. 9.0 us (±0.5 µs). Set ECHO to ON. Set UUT LVL to -79 dBm and %REPLY to 70.0 us (±0. Verify Track PRF is ≤30 Hz. STEP 10. 11. After memory times out. Press CAL Soft Key to display the Calibration Screen. S ET U P – R S 23 2 BA U D R A T E : 11 5 20 0 F L O W C O NT R O L : X0 N X O F F PA R IT Y = N O N E DA T A B IT S= 8 ST O P B I T S= 1 BAT 2 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP Calibration: 1. BAT 2 . see Cover Page for details. Press RS232 Soft Key to display the RS-232 Screen.5 H r PROCEDURE C A L IB R A T I O N Enter Password ---- 1 2 3 4 5 Calibration Screen Figure 39 2. Consult maintenance manual for required password. 1-2-4 Page 34 Dec 1/09 .5 H r P R EV P A RA M NE X T P AR A M RET URN RS232 Screen Figure 40 Subject to Export Control. 5 TCAS The IFR 6000 fully tests ATCRBS and Mode S. Table 3. TCAS establishes a volume of airspace around the aircraft based upon range.1 TCAS OPERATION CONCEPT TCAS is a system which provides situational awareness of the surrounding airspace of an aircraft to the pilot and crew. By manually defining a scenario or utilizing the factory default scenarios in test set memory.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. Figure 33. Refer to 1-2-4.5. speed and altitude. The test set simulates an Intruder Aircraft converging on the position of the TCAS UUT. the Test Set operator can verify the correct TA’s (Traffic Advisory) and RA’s (Resolution Advisory) have occurred on the TCAS display.000 ft Figure 41 Subject to Export Control. allowing the user to move the test set to different locations and headings from the Aircraft UUT. TCAS I and II (Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System). ACAS. Refer to 1-2-4. TCAS Protection Volume Example 5. By working in-conjunction with the aircraft Transponder system. 1-2-4 Page 35 Dec 1/09 . 4. TCAS can determine the relative threat of an aircraft and issue visual and audible advisories to assist the crew in taking action that prevents a collision. The IFR 6000 is used with the directional antenna attached. see Cover Page for details.000 ft to 10. 33 0.000 20.000 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 20 25 30 40 45 48 48 Protection Volume Parameters Versus Altitude Table 3 Subject to Export Control.20.000 >42.42.20 0.2350 2350 .35 0.30 DMOD (nmi) RA N/A 0.30 0.55 0.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 Your Altitude (ft) SL TA Tau (sec) RA N/A 15 20 25 30 35 35 TA 0.80 1.000 10.00 1. see Cover Page for details.10 Altitude Threshold (ft) TA 850 850 850 850 850 850 1200 RA (ALIM) N/A 300 300 350 400 600 700 <1000 1000 .10 1.75 1.000 .30 1.48 0.5000 5000 .10.000 . 1-2-4 Page 36 Dec 1/09 . Depending on altitude TCAS II displays a TA when the time to CPA is between 20 and 48 sec. TCAS II calculates that the intruder has reached the point where a Resolution Advisory is necessary. The time to closest approach with the intruder is now between 15 and 35 sec depending on altitude. see Cover Page for details.  Subject to Export Control. and still not considered a threat.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 Typical TCAS II Display Figure 42 Non-Threat Traffic: An open white diamond indicates that an intruder’s relative altitude is ±1200 ft vertically or distance is beyond 6 nm range and not yet considered a threat. The symbol appears together with an appropriate audio warning and a vertical maneuver indication on the RA/VSI.05 Numbers: Represents the intruder aircraft relative altitude ±100 ft levels from aircraft. Arrows: Indicate if the intruder aircraft is ascending or descending from relative position. . Resolution Advisory: A solid red square indicates that the intruding aircraft is projected to be a collision threat. 1-2-4 Page 37 Dec 1/09 . Proximity Intruder Traffic: A filled white diamond indicates that the intruding aircraft is ±1200 ft vertically and within 6 nm range. Traffic Advisory: A symbol change to a filled yellow circle indicates that the intruding aircraft is considered to be potentially hazardous. 5. 1-2-4 Page 38 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.5 H r S ET U P -T C A S R F P OR T : A N T E N N A ANT RANG E : 12 ft A N T H E IG H T : 1 ft U U T A D D R E SS : A U T O M A N U A L A A :0 0 00 0 0 D IR C A B L E L O SS : 1. 2 d B A N T C A B L E : 25 F T A N T C A B L E L O S S: 4 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. TCAS Screen Provides simulated encounters with intruding Mode S or Mode C aircraft.0 d B A N T G A IN ( d B i) SQ U IT T E R S: O N 1 . Displays RA broadcast interrogations UF16 field content. antenna gain parameters simulated and transponder Mode S address. 0 9 G Hz : 6 . Measures Peak Pulse Power or ERP (Effective Radiated Power) and TX Frequency of the interrogator.1 D IS PL AY ED A L T : R E L A T I V E T E ST SE T A A : A 9 24 9 3 R E PL Y PA R A M PR EV PA R A M NE X T P AR A M D I AG ST OR E/ R E CA L L SETUP-TCAS Screen Figure 43 STEP 1. Setup Screens Sets operational range and height from test set antenna to UUT antenna. figure (at 1090 MHz) marked on supplied long RF coaxial cable. NOTE: Enter Setup Screen information before conducting test operations. Interrogation spacing is also displayed. count of interrogations with no suppression.2 TCAS TESTING 4. Whisper-Shout Monitor: Displays whisper-shout sequence interval. SETUP-TCAS SCREEN: SETUP-TCAS Screen contains parameters which determine operational characteristics of the TCAS Functional Mode. 1 A L T R EP O R T I NG : O N 1. broadcast interval and count. Use DATA Keys to slew the data. BAT 2 . Unless otherwise stated. surveillance interval and count. NOTE: Cable loss range is 0.0 to 9. Subject to Export Control. cable loss. P2 or both S1 and P2. PROCEDURE Press SETUP Select Key to display SETUP TCAS Screen (1-2-4. ● DIR CABLE LOSS: Entered in dB. Monitor Screens Surveillance Monitor: Displays surveillance interrogations UF0 and UF16 field content.5. Broadcast Monitor: Displays TCAS broadcast interrogations UF16 field content. broadcast interval and count.0 3 G H z : 7.9 dB. last used values are retained on Power-Up.3 SETUP The IFR 6000 provides three basic TCAS test functions. Figure 35). 2. DF11 and DF16 field content. S1. Reply Parameters Screen allows control over Mode S DF0. 3 d B D IR C A B L E L O SS : 1. Set following parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field. ● RF PORT: Selects ANTENNA or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables.e. 0. Press TCAS Mode Key to return to TCAS Test Screen. ● ANT CABLE LOSS: Displays antenna cable loss in dB (1090 MHZ). NOTE: ● ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi.5 to 30. (25 and 50 foot cables optional). 25. Subject to Export Control. 3. 68. ● ALT REPORTING: Used to turn ON or OFF Simulated Transponder ATCRBS Mode C or Mode S altitude information. 25 FT. 50 or 60 feet selected. 1-2-4 Page 39 Dec 1/09 . 6. 50 or 60 feet results in 0. 6. ● STEP ● PROCEDURE UUT ADDRESS: If AUTO is selected the test set interrogates the TCAS UUT Transponder with an ATCRBS All Call. to obtain the Mode S address. ● MANUAL AA: User entered Transponder address for TCAS UUT Transponder. 60 FT.03 and 1.. 25.0 m). When USER DEFINED selected.0 to 9. If user defined. normally this is set once. ANT CABLE selection of 1. NOTE: UNITS parameter determines feet or meters. figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable NOTE: Cable loss range 0.0 m). which is used in subsequent Transponder interrogations to obtain the TCAS UUT altitude. NOTE: UNITS parameter determines feet or meters. 6 FT. 138 and 184 ns of delay. ● ANT HEIGHT: Test Set Antenna to TCAS antenna height difference (1 to 99 ft or 0.096 GHz marked on supplied Directional Antenna. then cable loss in dB is automatically calculated and displayed. SQUITTERS: Used to turn ON or OFF Simulated Mode S Transponder DF11 squitters containing address specified in TEST SET AA: field. If MANUAL is selected. 25.9 dB.0 to 20. With ABSOLUTE selected. ● TEST SET AA: Enter test set simulated Mode S Transponder address in HEX. ● ANT RANGE: Test Set Antenna to TCAS antenna horizontal range (6 to 250 ft or 2. Squitters are transmitted once per second and should be set to ON for normal interrogation/reply operation.0 to 75. see Cover Page for details. simulated altitude displayed in ALT field of TCAS screen is relative to UUT Altitude (i. 6. If preset length 1. ± UUT altitude). gain figures (0. 1 FT. the UUT address is obtained from the MANUAL AA field. cable loss may be manually entered by the user in ANT CABLE LOSS field. When 1. ANT CABLE LOSS field is automatically calculated.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● PROCEDURE ANT CABLE: Selections USER DEFINED. 50 or 60 feet is selected. ● DISPLAYED ALT: With RELATIVE selected. 50FT.9) for 1. simulated altitude displayed in ALT field of TCAS screen is actual altitude. 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables. The VS: field is transmitted in DF0 and DF16. DF11 and DF16 used in the TCAS test.5 H r USER CONTROL SOFT KEYS NEXT PARAM: Selects next control field. RETURN: Displays the SETUP-TCAS screen. Unless otherwise specified.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 TCAS REPLY PARAMETERS SCREEN: Press SETUP SELECT Key until TCAS-SETUP screen is displayed. 1-2-4 Page 40 Dec 1/09 . Press REPLY PARAM Soft Key to display TCAS Reply Param Screen (1-2-4. All fields are displayed in hexadecimal. RESET PARAMS: CA :0 VS : 0 SL :0 A R A : 00 0 0 R A C : 0 R Ia : 8 VD S : 30 R It : 3 Resets all parameters to factory default. CONTROL FIELD SOFT KEYS PR EV P AR A M NE X T PA R A M R ES ET PA R A M S R ET U R N VS: Enter vertical status. including selection of fields that have dedicated keys. Table 4) NOTE:The SL: field contains simulated sensitivity level information and does not actually set the IFR 6000 to a particular Sensitivity Level. INPUT DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DEFINITION No Sensitivity Level reported Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level Operates at Sensitivity Level SL: Field Valid Data Table 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Subject to Export Control. The message fields allow the user to program capability information and various advisories to the TCAS interrogator. SL: Enter simulated IFR 6000 Sensitivity Level (1-2-4. PREV PARAM: Selects previous control field. Figure 36). both single and continuous SLEW key depressions change values by 1. TCAS Reply Parameters Screen Figure 44 The reply parameters screen controls the content of the Mode S Replies DF0. see Cover Page for details. VS: field indicates intruding aircraft is airborne when ‘0’ or on the ground when ‘1’. T C A S. NOTE: Refer to Appendix I for detailed descriptions of the following displayed Downlink Format (DF) fields and subfields. including selection of fields that have dedicated keys.R EPL Y PA R A M DF 0 DF 11 DF 16 VS :0 SL : 0 BAT 2 . The field can be set from ‘0’ to ‘F’ but only ‘8’ to ‘E’ is valid (1-2-4. Table 6). The field can be set from ‘0’ to ‘F’ but only ‘0’ ‘3’ and ‘4’ are valid (1-2-4. CA: Field Valid Data Table 5 RIt: FIELD INPUT DATA 0 3 DEFINITION (TCAS CAPABILITY) No on-board TCAS On-board TCAS has vertical-only resolution ability. Table 7). Have Comm-A and Comm-B capability (airborne). or FS equals 2. The test set transmits the RAC: field in DF16 (part of MV field). INPUT DATA 0 1 2 4 8 DEFINITION No resolution advisory complements Don't turn right. see Cover Page for details. Don't climb. Table 8).4 or 5 (ground or airborne). RIa: Enter air-to-air Reply Information for an acquisition report.3. Rlt: Enter air-to-air Reply Information for a tracking report.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 CA: Enter transponder Capability (1-2-4. Table 5). The Test Set transmits the CA: field in DF11 (squitter transmissions). The RIa: field contains airspeed data. Don't descend. DR is not equal to 0. On-board TCAS has vertical and horizontal resolution ability. 4 RI: Field (Tracking) Valid Data Table 7 RAC: Enter simulated TCAS Resolution Advisory Complements. RIa: FIELD INPUT DATA 8 9 A B C D E DEFINITION (AIRSPEED) No data available ≤ 75 kts >75 kts and ≤ 150 kts >150 kts and ≤ 300 kts >300 kts and ≤ 600 kts >600 kts and ≤ 1200 kts >1200 kts NOTE: The sum of the Input Data codes indicates multiple active resolution advisories are being received. 1-2-4 Page 41 Dec 1/09 . Don't turn left. The Test Set transmits the RIa: field in DF0 and DF16 when interrogator requests an acquisition report. RAC: Field Valid Data Table 8 RI: Field (Acquisition) Valid Data Table 6 Subject to Export Control. INPUT DATA 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DEFINITION No communications capability (surveillance only) Not used Not used Not used Have Comm-A and Comm-B capability (ground). The RIt: field contains TCAS capability data. The RAC: field indicates current active Resolution Advisory Complements being received from all other TCAS aircraft with on-board resolution capability (1-2-4. Have Comm-A and Comm-B capability (ground or airborne). 0 d B m R A N G E = 21 . Turn right. modified and stored under a user named scenario. Don't turn left. The ARA: field indicates all current Active Resolution Advisories being transmitted by the intruding aircraft (IFR 6000) (1-2-4. S C EN A R I O : 0 .5. Turn left. TCAS S C EN A R I O : 0 . 0. The Test Set transmits the ARA: field in DF16 (part of MV field). Figure 37).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ARA: Enter simulated TCAS resolution advisory report. 0 0 n m R A N G E R AT E : 35 0 k t s A L T ST AR T : + 10 0 0 f t ST O P: 0 ft ALT RATE : 6 00 f p m C O N VE R G E : O F F UUT ALT : 31 2 00 f t A L T D E T E CT : O N F R E Q = 1 0 30 . Don't descend faster than 1000 fpm. Intruding flight patterns are programmed from the TCAS screen and stored in one of sixteen user named scenario data storage locations. Descend. see Cover Page for details. Don't descend faster than 500 fpm. 00 n m I N A L T = + 1 00 0 f t  T C A S S T A T U S= T R A C K IN G S T A T U S= N O N . Don't climb faster than 500 fpm. TCAS BAT 2 .0 d B m A L T = + 1 00 0 f t  E N C O U N T ER = 0 : 0 0 RUN T ES T PR EV P AR A M NEX T P AR A M M ON ST OR E/ R E CA L L TCAS Screen (ATCRBS) Figure 46 Subject to Export Control. 00 n m S T O P: 0. 00 n m I N S T A T U S= N O N . Set the VDS: field to ‘30’ for coordination reply messages (default value). 00 MH z R A N G E = 21 . Don't descend.5 H r INPUT DATA 0001 0002 0004 0008 0010 0020 0040 0080 0100 0200 0400 0800 1000 2000 DEFINITION Don't turn right. The test set transmits the CLI: field in DF16 (part of MV field). Table 9). 4.4 TCAS SCREEN Press TCAS Mode Key until TCAS Test Screen is displayed (1-2-4. 0 0 n m ST O P: 0 ft C O N VE R G E : O F F A L T D E T E CT : O N E R P= 57 . ARA: Field Valid Data Table 9 VDS: Enter MV message field content definition. Don't descend faster than 2000 fpm. ‘1’ is On). Don't climb.5 H r 100 NOTE: Data codes are added together to indicate multiple active resolution advisories are being transmitted. 00 0 M H z ER P= 57 . Don't climb faster than 2000 fpm. Climb. Eight factory pre-defined scenarios are provided which may be recalled. The TCAS screen is used to verify audio and visual TCAS operation (Traffic and Resolution Advisories). 1-2-4 Page 42 Dec 1/09 . Don't climb faster than 1000 fpm. CLI: Enter Coordination Lock Indicator (‘0’ is Off.T H R E AT E N C O U N T ER = 0 : 0 0 RUN T ES T PR EV P AR A M NEX T P AR A M M ON ST OR E/ R E CA L L TCAS Screen (Mode S) Figure 45 The TCAS screen provides simulated planned encounters with ATCRBS Mode C or Mode S intruders. The test set transmits the VDS: field in DF16 (part of MV field).C U ST O M T C A S T Y PE : T C A S II I N T R U D ER T YP E : A T C R B S R A N G E S T A R T : 1 0. 00 n m R A N G E R AT E : 35 0 k t s A L T ST AR T : + 10 0 0 f t ALT RATE : 6 00 f p m UUT ALT : 31 2 00 f t F R E Q = 1 0 30 .C U ST O M T C A S T Y PE : T C A S II % R EP L Y: 1 0 0 I N T R U D ER T YP E : M OD E S R A N G E S T A R T : 1 0.T H R E AT BAT % R EP L Y: S T O P: 2 . Intruder velocity is 600 kts and intruder distance is 20 nm. ALT RATE= ALT START x RANGE RATE START RANGE x 60 ALT RATE= 10. STOP (Range) and STOP (Alt) fields is cleared. NEXT PARAM: Selects next control field.000 ft above UUT altitude. MON: Selects the Surveillance or Broadcast Monitor Screens. Selectable in 1% steps. RATE: RATE Keys change RATE in 1kt steps (0 to 1200 kts). allowing easy programming of random but converging scenarios. see Cover Page for details. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Test Screen (1-2-4. Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys. Use DATA Keys to slew the data.000 ft Select CONVERGE: ON. Figure 37). CONTROL FIELDS SOFT KEYS STORE/RECALL: Selects Custom.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Calculation of Scenarios: Ex: Assume intruder at 10. STORE/RECALL: Selects the Setup-Scenario Data Screen. Range is 0 to 100%. PREV PARAM: Selects previous control field. STEP 1.7 for Directional Antenna use and setup procedure. STOP RANGE= 0 nm. Subject to Export Control. Altitude rate is automatically determined to achieve collision. 2. Manual calculation of altitude rate to ensure convergence: Select CONVERGE: OFF STOP ALT= 0 ft. PROCEDURE Refer to para 1-2-4. Set following parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field. DEDICATED KEYS AND CONTROL FIELDS RANGE: RANGE Keys change RANGE. Predefined or User defined scenarios. 3. TCAS TYPE: Selections are TCAS I or TCAS II. 1-2-4 Page 43 Dec 1/09 .000 x 600 20 x 60 ALT RATE = 5000 fpm Auto calculation of altitude rate to ensure convergence: Set the following: RANGE START: 20 nm RANGE RATE: 600 kts ALT START: +10. % REPLY: Selects simulated transponder % reply. USER CONTROLS SOFT KEYS RUN TEST: Starts the TCAS Test. Includes selection of fields that have dedicated Keys. CONVERGE: When converge is ON. Range is Mode S. NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios.00 nm or ATCRBS. RANGE START: Selects start range of scenario in nm. Range is +127. Range STOP and Alt STOP fields are blanked when converge is ON. an intruder should be displayed on the TCAS display (Mode S feature).35 to 260. ERP: Displays TCAS UUT transmitter ERP (Effective Radiated Power) in dBm. altitude displayed is either relative to UUT ALT or actual altitude.00 to 260. NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios.00. Range is Mode S. Range is +127. 1-2-4 Page 44 Dec 1/09 . Range is 0 to 10000 fpm. NOTE: ACQUIRING or TRACKING is determined from UF0 or UF16 discrete interrogations AQ field. STEP UUT ALT: Displays simulated intruder altitude in ft. When TRACKING is annunciated. TCAS STATUS: Displays TCAS status either ACQUIRING or TRACKING.00. enabling scenarios to be used at any altitude without reprogramming.700 ft. ALT RATE: Selects altitude rate of scenario in fpm. altitude START and STOP parameters are relative to UUT altitude. NOTE: In all IFR 6000 TCAS scenarios. dBW or W peak. Subject to Export Control. enabling scenarios to be used at any altitude without reprogramming. ALT DETECT: When set to ON. 0. 0. altitude START and STOP parameters are relative to UUT altitude. altitude rate is automatically calculated to achieve collision at 0 nm and 0 ft (relative to UUT). altitude START and STOP parameters are Relative to UUT altitude. This is either entered via the TCAS Screen or is obtained automatically from the TCAS UUT transponder when ALT DETECT is set to ON. RANGE STOP: Selects stop range of scenario in nm. 0.00 nm or ATCRBS. UUT altitude is obtained automatically from TCAS UUT transponder. 0. PROCEDURE ALT STOP: Selects stop altitude of scenario in ft. FREQ: Displays TCAS UUT transmitter frequency in MHz.35 to 260. see Cover Page for details.00 to 260. enabling scenarios to be used at any altitude without reprogramming.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP PROCEDURE INTRUDER TYPE: Selects intruder type MODE S or ATCRBS.700 ft. RANGE: Displays simulated range in nm. Depending on setup TCAS menu DISPLAYED ALT setting. RANGE RATE: Selects range rate of scenario (0 to 1200 kts). ALT: Displays simulated altitude. ALT START: Selects start altitude of scenario in ft. SET U P. Press STORE Soft Key to display SETUP-STORE NAME. 1-2-4 Page 45 Dec 1/09 .S T O R E N A M E BAT 2 . see Cover Page for details. “TRAFFIC” Time until encounter is 40 sec and >25 sec.b y + 2 00 f t co l li si o n – 20 0 f t c o l li si o n + 2 00 f t f ly . “NON THREAT” Range is >4 nm and time until encounter is >40 s. NOTE: There are usually two to three seconds of delay (target acquisition time) between the start of TCAS operation and when the UUT acquires the test set as a target.5. ? @ _ __ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ __ _ __ _ __ _ _ Pl e as e E n t er S t o r e N a m e E NTE R C HA R S ELEC T B A CK S P AC E C A NC EL Setup Store Name Screen Figure 48 Subject to Export Control..5 H r S TOR E SETUP-SCENARIO DATA SCREEN PROCEDURE The SETUP-SCENARIO DATA Screen may be accessed from either the TCAS Screen or SETUP-TCAS Screen by pressing the STORE/RECALL Soft Key. “RESOLUTION” Time until encounter is 25 sec. When any UUT antenna is being tested the target acquisition time increases. A B C D EF G H IJ K L M N O P QR S T U VW X YZ a b c d e f g h ij kl m n o p q r s tu vw xy z 0 12 3 45 6 78 9 ! ” ’ ( ) * .b y BAT 2 . use the Data Select Keys to highlight user storage locations 10 to 25.. 5.b y – 20 0 f t f l y.b y – 35 0 0 f t f l y. “PROXIMITY” Range is 4 nm and time until encounter is >40 sec. ENCOUNTER: Displays time in minutes and seconds to encounter.5 H r PR EV PA G E N EX T P A GE R ET U R N Setup Scenario Screen Figure 47 USER CONTROL SOFT KEYS STORE: To store a specific scenario. /: . Refer to Appendix K for target acquisition time probabilities. The Setup Scenario Screen allows the recall of nine factory predetermined scenarios and the Storage and Recall of up to 16 user defined and named scenarios. Four different status messages may be displayed.S C EN A R IO D AT A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 L a st Po w e r D o w n + 3 50 0 f t c o l lis i o n – 35 0 0 f t c o ll is io n + 3 50 0 f t f l y.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. SET U P. Press RUN Soft Key to start test.5 STEP STATUS: Displays simulated test set status in relationship to TCAS UUT. Use the Data Select Keys to highlight desired character. see Cover Page for details. RECALL: To recall a specific scenario use the Data Select Keys to select a specific scenario. Press the RECALL Soft Key. NOTE: Scenarios are also selected by using the DATA KEYS when in the scenario field of the TCAS screen. Repeat until all characters have been selected. Enter password by pressing the Soft Keys on the SETUP-TCAS SCENARIO Screen. Use backspace key to change any previous character selection.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 CHAR SELECT: Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to select character. ENTER: Press ENTER Soft Key to store name and data. RETURN: Press the RETURN Soft Key to display the previous screen. Y ES NO OVERWRITE EXISTING SCENARIO: To overwrite an existing TCAS scenario.5 H r O v er w r i t e e x is t in g s t ore ? Confirm Screen Figure 49 SE T U P.T C A S S C E N A R I O BAT 2 . C O N F IR M BAT 2 .5 H r Enter Password ---- 1 2 3 4 5 Setup-TCAS Scenario Screen Figure 50 Subject to Export Control. CANCEL: Press CANCEL Soft Key to cancel storage operation. press YES Soft Key on CONFIRM Screen. 1-2-4 Page 46 Dec 1/09 . U F 16 ● RL: Reply Length field. the Test Set monitors the Whisper-Shout sequence. 1-2-4 Page 47 Dec 1/09 . Mode S monitoring consists of two different Monitor screens. 4. ● UF0 R L = 0 AQ =0 C O U N T = 10 0 0 R L =1 AQ =0 M T B = 0 C VC = 0 H R C = 0 E SB = 0 C O U N T = 1 0 00 I N T ER V A L = 10 .6. (Test Set displays information from the last received or recalled Mode S interrogation.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. PROCEDURE If UUT simulates altitude and direct connection is not used.6 MONITOR SCREENS STEP 3. shield UUT Antenna being tested with Antenna Shield. ● UDS: The UDS: field. 0s U D S= 0 LCK=0 VR C = 0 CHC=0 MI D = 35 6 41 2 IN T E R V AL =1 0 .) The bottom line indicates running Monitor by displaying: *Testing*. PROCEDURE Connect UUT to IFR 6000 RF I/O Connector or IFR 6000 Directional Antenna (facing towards UUT Antenna) to Antenna Connector. Set INTRUDER TYPE: to MODE S. the surveillance monitor and the broadcast monitor. 2.5. defines the content of the MU message field. Refer to para 1-2-4. the Test Set monitors for Uplink Formats (UF) 0 or 16. Subject to Export Control. 5.6. Perform the Setup Procedure (para 1-2-4.5. indicates request for transponder (IFR 6000) to reply with DF0 if set to 0 or DF16 if set to 1. sent in UF0 and UF16. is displayed in decimal form.1 m) from UUT Antenna being tested. TCAS Surveillance Monitor Screen Figure 51 STEP 1.1 Surveillance Monitor The Surveillance Monitor is a general monitoring screen displaying the contents of the major interrogation fields incorporated in UF0 and UF16. T C A S. sent in UF0 and UF16. Press MON Soft Key to enter Surveillance Monitor screen. When INTRUDER TYPE selected is ATCRBS. The UDS: field indicates TCAS Resolution Advisories Lock Requests or Resolution Messages if set to 30 or TCAS Broadcast Messages if set to 32. indicates request for transponder (IFR 6000) to reply with capability (tracking) report if set to 0 or airspeed (acquisition) report if set to 1. When INTRUDER TYPE selected is Mode S. as received in the Mode S interrogation. Position Directional Antenna ≤20 ft (6.S U R V M O N BAT 2 .3). UF: Uplink Format number. Information is displayed in hexadecimal and can be used to verify interrogator bit accuracy (1-2-4. Figure 39). (Test Set displays information for the latest received interrogation.5. Refer to Appendix F for detailed description of the following displayed Uplink Format fields and subfields.) Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor Mode. RUN T ES T B R OA D MO N ● R ET U R N AQ: Acquisition field.5 H r 4.0 s Monitor Screens are accessed from the TCAS Screen by pressing the MON Soft Key. see Cover Page for details. sent in UF16 (part of MU field). VRC: Field Display Data Table 11 Subject to Export Control. Cancel. HRC: Field Display Data Table 13 VRC: FIELD 0 1 2 DEFINITION No complement sent Don't descend. don't turn right. Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/Don't turn right. Cancel. CHC: Field Display Data Table 12 HRC: Refer to 1-2-4. PROCEDURE CHC: FIELD 0 1 2 DEFINITION No cancellation Cancel. ● CVC: The Cancel Vertical Resolution Advisory Complement is received in UF16 (part of MU field) (1-2-4. CVC: Field Display Data Table 10 ● VRC: The Vertical Resolution Advisory Complement is received in UF16 (part of MU field) (1-2-4. don't turn left. HRC: FIELD 0 1 2 5 6 DEFINITION No complement sent Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/Don't turn left. CVC: FIELD 0 1 2 DEFINITION No cancellation Cancel.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● LCK: If set to 1. don't descend. Table 13 for the Horizontal Resolution Advisory Complement received in UF16 (part of MU field). Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/Don't turn left. see Cover Page for details. ● PROCEDURE STEP ● CHC: The Cancel Horizontal Resolution Advisory Complement is received in UF16 (part of MU field) (1-2-4. ● MTB: If set to 1 the Multiple Threat Bit received in UF16 (part of MU field) indicates the interrogator is receiving more than one collision threat. Don't climb. Table 10). don't climb. 1-2-4 Page 48 Dec 1/09 . Table 11). the Lock field indicates request for the transponder (IFR 6000) to send information for TCAS Resolution Advisory (transponder is a collision threat to the interrogator) and is received in UF16 (part of MU field). Table 12). Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/Don't turn right. B R D C A S T M O N R A B R O AD C A S T U D S= 3 1 C A C = 1 00 0 00 f t R AT =1 A R A = 1 11 01 0 1 00 00 0 0 0 MT E= 1 R AC = 1 0 10 A ID = 7 77 7 C O U N T = 10 0 0 T C A S B R O A D C A ST U D S= 3 2 M ID = A 9 24 9 2 C O U N T = 10 0 0 IN T ER V AL =1 0 .5 H r RUN T ES T SU R V MO N R ET U R N TCAS Broadcast Monitor Screen Figure 52 Subject to Export Control. The Broadcast Monitor also verifies the RA Broadcast content (1-2-4.6.5. Figure 40).53 sec (time to display information) and 1. 0 E 7 9 B 5 C 2 D 3 A 4 6 8 1 F PROCEDURE STEP ● PROCEDURE INTERVAL: The IFR 6000 displays time from the start of one interrogation to the start of the next interrogation. ● VALID CVC: FIELD VRC: FIELD ESB: FIELD 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 ESB: Field Display Data Table 14 ● MID: The MID: field. The IFR 6000 looks for the interval between 0.2 BROADCAST MONITOR The Broadcast Monitor verifies the TCAS Broadcast is transmitted in UF16 approximately every ten seconds. received in UF16 (part of MU field) displays the discrete Mode S address of the TCAS interrogator. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation.0 sec is nominal). COUNT: The COUNT: field displays the number of TCAS Surveillance Interrogations received during the test operation. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 49 Dec 1/09 .27 sec (1. T C A S. Table 14 for the Encoded/Vertical Sense Bits received in UF16 (now VSB. The Test Set detects a TCAS Broadcast when the AA address field decoded from the AP field in UF16 has all ones. 6.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● ESB: Refer to 1-2-4. part of MU field) to verify Vertical Resolution Advisory Complements. 4.0 s BAT 2 . ● ARA: The ARA= field indicates all current Active Resolution Advisories being transmitted by the UUT (1-2-4. 1-2-4 Page 50 Dec 1/09 . PROCEDURE Press BROAD MON Soft Key to enter Broadcast Monitor. 0000 1000 0000 0000 Don't descend. 0010 0000 0000 0001 NOTE: Data codes are added together to indicate multiple active resolution advisories are being transmitted. STEP PROCEDURE DEFINITION BINARY DATA Don't turn right. The one is set for 18 sec ±1 sec. 0000 0000 0000 1000 Don't climb faster than 2000 fpm. 0000 0000 0001 0000 Don't climb faster than 1000 fpm. the RA indicated by the ARA subfield has been terminated. 0000 0000 0010 0000 Don't climb faster than 500 fpm. 0000 0001 0000 0000 Don't descend faster than 2000 fpm.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP 1. Table 15). 0000 0000 0000 0100 Turn left. The Test Set displays information for the latest received interrogation. 0000 0100 0000 0000 Don't descend faster than 500 fpm. the RA indicated by the ARA subfield is currently active. ARA= Field Valid Data Table 15 2. If set to 0. 0000 0000 0000 0010 Turn right. ● RAT: The RAT= field received in UF16 (part of MU field) indicates that an RA has been terminated. The bottom line indicates running Monitor by displaying: *Testing*. 0000 0000 1000 0000 Descend. 0000 0000 0100 0000 Don't climb. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor mode. ● CAC: The CAC= field. displays the Mode C altitude code of the reporting aircraft. Subject to Export Control. NOTE: UDS and MID field descriptions are the same as the TCAS Surveillance Monitor. 0001 0000 0000 0000 Climb. see Cover Page for details. If set to 1. The Test Set displays information from last received TCAS Broadcast or RA Broadcast. 0000 0010 0000 0000 Don't descend faster than 1000 fpm. received in UF16 (part of MU field). 0000 0000 0000 0001 Don't turn left. Figure 41).S S EQ U EN C E I N T ER V A L = 10 . whisper-shout sequence operation and interrogation timing are effectively evaluated (para 1-2-4.5 H r SP A C IN G = 4.0 0 0 f t N O S U PP = 1 B OT H = 0 2 . 1-2-4 Page 51 Dec 1/09 . NOTE: The sum of the Input Data codes indicates multiple active resolution advisories are being received.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● RAC: The RAC= field indicates current active Resolution Advisory Complements being received from all other TCAS aircraft with on-board resolution capability (1-2-4. Don't climb. COUNT: The COUNT: field displays the number of TCAS Broadcast Messages received during the test operation. 3. 1= Two or more simultaneous threats are being processed by the resolution logic.3 ATCRBS (WHISPER-SHOUT) The Whisper-Shout Monitor screen provides information used to verify whisper-shout steps and Side Lobe Suppression (SLS). PROCEDURE STEP NOTE: PROCEDURE TCAS Broadcast Messages are jittered ±0. received in UF16 (part of MU field). if detected. received in UF16 (part of MU field). in seconds.5. 0= One threat is being processed by the resolution logic (when ARA bit 41=1). 3 m s W. 80 n m I AT T EN : 0. Don't turn left. 4. indicates if two or more simultaneous threats are currently being processed by the TCAS threat resolution logic.7).6. see Cover Page for details. or no threat is being processed by the resolution logic (when ARA bit 41=0).2 sec off the nominal 10 sec interval time. Table 16). RUN T ES T R ET U R N Whisper-Shout Monitor Screen Figure 53 ● INTERVAL: The INTERVAL= field displays the time interval. ● DATA 0 1 2 4 8 DEFINITION No resolution advisory complements Don't turn right. By conducting several tests from different points around the aircraft (para 1-2-4. The TCAS Broadcast Message may also be staggered between the directional antennas causing shorter intervals. Don't descend. the capabilities of the TCAS interrogator concerning coverage (directional and/or omni-directional). RAC= Field Valid Data Table 16 ● MTE: The MTE= field. 0 d B S1 = 0 P2 = 0 BAT A L T = 10 . T C A S. Subject to Export Control. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. displays the Mode A identity code of the reporting aircraft.W / SH O UT M O N R A NG E = 12 .0 s ● AID: The AID= field.5. between the latest two TCAS Broadcast Messages received (nominally 10 sec for each interrogator). Press MON Key to enter Whisper-Shout Monitor Screen.5. but without a detected P2 pulse. The IFR 6000 sets a default value internally based upon the UUT distance information entered in XPDR Setup Menu.) NOTE: Attenuation may be changed using the Whisper-Shout Monitor screen. This information can be used to verify correct SLS operation when the IFR 6000 is positioned between the directional antenna lobes. 4. NOTE: S1: field added with NO SUPP: field provides the number of whisper-shout steps received in latest sequence from the UUT Antenna directed towards the Test Set. but without a detected S1 pulse.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP 1. These interrogations solicit replies. Position Directional Antenna ≤20 ft (6. 2. the IFR 6000 sends the number of replies indicated in the NO SUPP: field. Use DATA Keys to slew data. containing a detected S1 pulse. Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 52 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. The latest sequence is displayed if the Test Set is already in the running mode. NOTE: If a TCAS Test has been activated. ● S1: The IFR 6000 displays the number of processed interrogations.) The bottom line indicates running Monitor by displaying *Testing*.5. 4. received in latest sequence containing a detected P2 pulse.1 m) from UUT Antenna being tested. ● P2: The IFR 6000 displays the number of interrogations. Perform the Setup Procedure (para 1-24. The IFR 6000 displays information from the last received or recalled whisper-shout sequence. ● NO SUPP: The IFR 6000 displays the number of processed interrogations. STEP 6. ● RANGE: The RANGE: field is the same as in TCAS Test (para 1-2-4.3). without detected S1 (whisper-shout suppression) and P2 (SLS) pulses. (The IFR 6000 displays latest whisper-shout sequence information. received in latest sequence. (The same attenuation is set for outgoing signals [IFR 6000 replies] when Scenario Test or Reply Test functions have been initiated. Set following parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM to select field. Refer to para 1-2-4. PROCEDURE Connect UUT to IFR 6000 RF I/O Connector or IFR 6000 Directional Antenna (facing towards UUT Antenna) to ANT Connector. Set INTRUDER TYPE: to ATCRBS. ● ATTEN: Set attenuation of incoming signals (UUT interrogations). 3.5. ● ALT: The ALT: field is the same as the ALT: field in TCAS Test (para 1-24. The P2: field indicates interrogations not directed towards the Test Set.4).4). Default value is restored upon exit from the screen. The BOTH: field added to the P2: field indicates the number of total interrogations not directed towards the Test Set (from the other UUT Antennas). shield UUT Antenna being tested with Antenna Shield. If UUT simulates altitude and direct connection is not used. ● BOTH: The IFR 6000 displays the number of processed interrogations. received in latest sequence containing both detected S1 and P2 pulses. received in latest sequence.6. PROCEDURE Press RUN Soft Key to initiate Monitor mode. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. Press RETURN Soft Key to exit WhisperShout Monitor Screen. The IFR 6000 looks for the interval between 0. 7. ● W-S SEQUENCE INTERVAL: The IFR 6000 displays time from the start of one whisper-shout sequence to the start of the next whisper-shout sequence. PROCEDURE Subject to Export Control.27 sec (1.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● SPACING: The IFR 6000 displays the minimum time spacing in ms between any two successive interrogations received in latest sequence.53 sec (time to display information) and 1. 8.0 sec is nominal). 1-2-4 Page 53 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. INTERVAL: 0. TCAS ADVISORY OPERATION AND BEARING ACCURACY 7. 12. Verify TCAS Broadcast Interval. 16.5. 17. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. 6. 3. Set ALT DETECT field to ON. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. Subject to Export Control. X 270° 8518014 Recommended Test Locations Figure 54 STEP INITIAL SETUP 1. 15. Press SETUP Key. Use NEXT PARAM and PREV PARAM Keys to enter UUT Antenna Range Height and Test Set Directional Antenna information. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE Position Test Set at Forward Sector Test Location (1-2-4. 2.7 RECOMMENDED TEST PROCEDURE 60° Y 45° Z 30° Y FORWARD 0° X SECTOR 330° Y 315° Z 300° Y 90° X Y 120° Z 135° Y 150° X 180° Y 210° Z 225° Y 240° NOTE: X. Figure 42) ≤50 ft (15. 1-2-4 Page 54 Dec 1/09 . Press BROAD MON Soft Key to display TCAS Broadcast Monitor screen. see Cover Page for details. 8. 9. (NUMBER)° IS BEARING. Press TCAS Mode key to display TCAS Screen. Press MON Key to display TCAS Surveillance Monitor Screen. Verify TCAS bearing reads 0° (±15°). Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. Verify UUT visual and audio operation: ● ● ● Verify Traffic Advisory at 40 sec until encounter time. Verify TCAS Surveillance Interval. 4. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation.27 sec. INTERVAL: 10 sec (±0. 5. 13.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. Y AND Z REPRESENT TEST LOCATIONS.2 sec) and MID: field contains correct UUT address.24 m) from and in line of sight with TCAS top antenna. 11. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to MODE S Select SCENARIO: field and slew to (6 +200 ft Collision). TCAS BROADCAST OPERATION 14.53 to 1. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. Verify Resolution Advisory at 25 sec until encounter time. TCAS SURVEILLANCE OPERATION 10. SLS PATTERN AT CROSSOVER 35. NOTE: NOTE: Subject to Export Control. 23. Reposition Test Set To a "Y" Test Location (1-2-4. 34. Verify power (ERP) is ≤3 dB below the greater ERP of the two adjacent "X" Test Locations. 19. Starting at 0. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. 30. Verify TCAS bearing is correct (±15°). Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. 44. Verify power (ERP) = 49. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to ATCRBS.1 regarding TCAS II control panels.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP PROCEDURE STEP PROCEDURE TCAS OPERATES AT EVERY STEP IN W-S SEQUENCE (Not available in V1. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Screen. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Screen. 20. Refer to para 1-2-4. slew ATTEN: field up in 1. 37. Stay at same distance from UUT as established in Steps 1 through 2. 36. Press STOP Soft Key to end test operation. Ensure aircraft installation is in airborne state. 26. Run test for >30 sec.01) 18. Verify NO SUPP: field is ≥2. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. 42. Stay at same distance from UUT as established in Steps 1 through 2.01 MHz). Figure 42) NOTE: TCAS II systems do not display RA’s unless Radio Altitude is above 500 ft. 28. Figure 42). verifying NO SUPP: field is ≥1 at each step. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS screen. 25. TCAS BEARING ACCURACY 29.0 dBm (±2 dBm) and frequency (FREQ) = 1030 MHz (±0. 31. Perform Steps 24 through 27 and 29 through 33 from all "X" Test Locations (1-2-4. Perform Steps 34 through 42 from all "Z" Test Locations (1-2-4. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. Perform Steps 28 through 33 from all "Y" Test Locations (1-2-4. Run test for >30 sec. 1-2-4 Page 55 Dec 1/09 . Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test operation. Press MON Key to enter Whisper-Shout Monitor Screen. 38. Figure 42). 45. 22. Stay at same distance from UUT as established in Steps 1 through 5. When simulating an intruder above the aircraft select ABOVE. UUT ANTENNA PATTERN AT CROSSOVER 39. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation.5. see Cover Page for details. Press TCAS Mode Key to display TCAS Screen. Set INTRUDER TYPE: field to ATCRBS.0 dB steps. Press MON Soft Key to enter Whisper Shout Monitor Screen. 32. Continue until S1: field is 0. Figure 42). 27. 43. UUT POWER (ERP) AND FREQUENCY 24. Reposition Test Set to a "Z" Test Location (1-2-4. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. 21. Press RUN Soft Key to initiate test operation. Press STOP Soft Key to terminate test. 41. 33. 40.0. Figure 42). The SETUP-ADS-B screen allows the setting of operational parameters for the ADS-B/GICB functional Mode.2 ADS-B SETUP The SETUP-ADS-B screen is accessed by pressing the ADS-B SETUP Soft Key on the SETUP-XPDR screen. velocity and intent. 1-2-4 Page 56 Dec 1/09 . The antenna beam becomes wider as the aircraft get farther away. The system is automatic because the pilot is not involved in initiating broadcasts. 3. Other uses may include obstacles transmitting a position message. heading.6. 2. both airground and air-air. a system using ADS-B creates and listens for periodic position and intent reports from aircraft.5 H r T ES T D A TA PR E V P AR A M NEX T PA R A M R ET U R N Setup ADS-B Screen Figure 55 NOTE: Enter Setup Screen information before conducting test operations. The enhanced accuracy of the information will be used to improve safety. A GICB mode fully decodes and displays all Enhanced Surveillance BDS register contents. support a wide variety of applications and increase airport and airspace capacity. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM (1-2-4. The application is surveillance. decoding and displaying full ADS-B DO-260/A DF17/DF18 extended squitter transmissions from Mode S transponders or DF18 extended squitters from 1090 MHz emitters. see Cover Page for details. When ADS-B is used. a system using ADS-B is most often discussed as a replacement for or an augmentation to current methods of monitoring aeronautical traffic. 4. and range is measured by the time it takes for the radar to receive the interrogation response. The ADS-B/GICB is a Sub-Mode of XPDR Mode. To understand the full capability of ADS-B. S ET U P .6 ADS-B GENERAL Automatic Dependent Surveillance Broadcast (ADS-B) is a technology where aircraft avionics broadcasts the aircraft position. Parameters are: STEP 1. making the position information less accurate. Aircraft. velocity and other parameters completely autonomously. Subject to Export Control. Capability to generate (ADS-B GEN mode) full DO-260/A DF17/DF18 extended squitter transmissions for testing ADS-B receivers is provided. Additionally. aircraft and other vehicles continuously broadcast a message including position.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. meaning integrity of the data is no longer susceptible to the range of the aircraft or the length of time between radar sweeps. The service is dependent on the aircraft position determination system. Because of this potential for broad utilization. detecting changes in aircraft velocity requires several radar sweeps that are spaced several seconds apart. altitude. such as the global positioning system (GPS) and Mode S transponders. ground-based stations and other users monitoring the channels can receive the information and use it in a wide variety of applications. In contrast.6.1 ADS-B/GICB MODES The IFR 6000 provides flight line test capability for receiving (ADS-B MON mode). PROCEDURE Press SETUP Key until the SETUPXPDR Screen is displayed Press ADSB SETUP Soft Key. Figure 43). 4. Press PREV PARAM to select the field. Use DATA Keys to slew the data. These reports are generated and distributed using precise instruments. consider how the current Air Traffic Control system creates information. Bearing is measured by the position of the rotating radar antenna when it receives a response to its interrogation from the aircraft.A D SB PO S D EC OD E : GL O B A L L A T : 3 7 2 5 35 N L O N G : 1 2 6 35 35 E A D SB G E N : D F 1 7 A D SB MO N : D F 1 7 G I CB : DF2 0 BAT 2 . The radar measures the range and bearing of an aircraft. O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● PROCEDURE POS DECODE: With GLOBAL selected simulated or decoded Latitude and Longitude will use the Global algorithm. ● GICB: Select DF20 or DF21 for GICB BDS transfer. / : . 1-2-4 Page 57 Dec 1/09 .5 and BDS 0. Figure 45). simulated or decoded Latitude and Longitude (BDS 0. A B C D E F G H I JK L M N O PQ RS T U V WX YZ ab c d e f g h ij kl m n o p q r st u vw xy z 0 2 34 5 67 8 89 ! ‘ “ ( ) * . S ET U P – S T O R E NAME BAT 2 .5 H r O v er w r i t e e x is t in g s t ore ? Confirm Screen Figure 57 SETUP TEST DATA The SETUP-ADS-B Screen allows storage and recall of all SETUP-ADS-B test screens. . ● ADS-B MON: Select Extended squitter type that test set will receive DF17 or DF18. The first storage memory retains the last power down data and cannot be overwritten. With LOCAL selected. ? @ _ 40 0 D5 F 10 / 10 /0 5 1 3: 4 3 : 06 Please enter store name EN T ER C HA R S ELEC T BA C K S PA C E C A NC EL Setup Store Name Screen Figure 58 Subject to Export Control. ● LAT: Local Latitude of UUT in Degrees.5 H r Y ES NO S ET U P – A D S B T E ST D A T A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 L a st p o w e r . including measurement data (1-2-4. Minutes and Seconds. Press the RETURN softkey to display the previous screen.5 H r ST O R E LO AD DUMP ST OR E D UMP L IV E R E TU R N S Setup Test Data Screen Figure 56 C O N F IR M BAT 2 . ● ADS-B GEN: Select Extended squitter type that test set will transmit. see Cover Page for details.6 requires a local LAT and LONG to resolve CPB positional algorithm ambiguity. ● LONG: Local Longitude of UUT in Degrees.. Minutes and Seconds. East or West. BDS 0. North or South. There are six storage memories.d o w n A T C 1 0 /5 /0 5 1 2: 4 5 : 13 4 00 D 5 F 1 0 /1 0 /0 5 1 3: 4 3: 1 6 BAT 2 .6) will use the local algorithm which requires a local LAT and LONG to be entered to resolve CPR positional algorithm ambiguity. DF17 or DF18. 4. The last five are defined by the Test Set operator. 6. see Cover Page for details. Figure 46). Press CHAR SELECT Soft Key to add selected character to the end of name string. 2.3 Data Storage Procedure: STEP 1. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP – XPDR Screen is displayed.B / GI C B M A IN BAT 2 . either via the Antenna port or RF I/O port.5 H r 8. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP-ADSB Test Data Screen (1-2-4. ADS-B MON List Screen Figure 60 Subject to Export Control. Figure 43). Press XPDR Mode Key until ADSB MAIN menu is displayed. Use DATA Keys to select desired character. Press RECALL Soft Key to recall test data. A D SB MO N A D SB G EN G I CB 4.6. 7. Press STORE Soft Key to display CONFIRM Screen (1-2-4. Press SETUP Select Key until SETUP – XPDR Screen is displayed. Press ADSB SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP ADS-B Screen (1-2-4. AV A IL NO T CAP AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL 2. Figure 43). ADS-B/GICB Main Menu Figure 59 Press the ADS-B MON softkey to display the ADS-B MON list screen. Press ENTER Soft Key to store name and display SETUP-ADSB TEST DATA Screen. Press XPDR Mode Key until ADS-B MAIN menu is displayed. SETUP STORE NAME Screen is displayed (1-2-4. 2 6.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. The squitters are captured in a buffer. 5 0. Figure 44). Figure 45). Figure 44). Press YES Soft Key to confirm overwrite. 8 0. Press ADSB SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP ADS-B Screen (1-2-4. A A I RB O R N E PO S S U RF A C E PO S I D EN T & C A T A I RB O R N E VE L A/ C S TATUS T A R G ST A T E A / C OP S T A T U S T EST M SG BAT 2 . Store name can be blank. Press the GICB softkey to display the GICB list screen. RUN T ES T B DS DA TA R ET U R N 3. 3.4 ADS-B MON 5.B M O N DF 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0. Use DATA Keys to select the required store. 4. A D S. decoded and displayed. 1 6. 1-2-4 Page 58 Dec 1/09 . Data Recall Procedure: 1. PROCEDURE A D S. Press BACK SPACE Soft Key to delete the selected character. Use DATA Keys to select the character line. Press TEST DATA Soft Key to display SETUP-ADSB Test Data Screen (1-2-4.5 H r ADS-B/GICB MAIN Press the XPDR mode key twice to display the ADS-B/GICB Main Menu (1-2-4 figure 47). The ADS-B MON mode of operation receives Transponder DF17 or Ground Emitter DF18 extended squitters.6. 9 6. 6 0. 5 0. O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 The ADS-B MON screen displays supported squitters that are identified by BDS register number and an abbreviated name (1-2-4 figure 48). Status of the received squitter is displayed to the right of the squitter name. Indications are AVAIL (squitter has been captured), NO SQTR (Squitter available but not captured), NOT CAP (transponder has identified squitter is not supported by transponder/subsystem). TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS ADS-B MON BDS 0,5 A D S- B M O N BD S 0 , 5 A V A IL BAT 2 .5 H r BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure Altitude) Indications: N/A Displayed for types 9 to 18, range –1000 to 126700 ft. GNSS ALTITUDE. Indications: N/A Displayed for types 20 to 22, RANGE -1000 TO 126700 ft. POS (Position Decode) Indications: GLOBAL (if Global LAT/LONG not entered in ADS-B/GICB setup menu). LOCAL (if Local LAT/LONG is entered in ADS-B/GICB setup menu). SURVEILLANCE STATUS Indications: NO INFO (No Information), SPI (Special Position Identification), PERM ALERT (Permanent Alert (Emergency), TEMP ALERT (Temporary Alert (change in Mode identity code). SAF (Single Antenna Flag) Indications: 0 (single antenna), 1 (dual antenna). T (Time Sync to UTC) Indications: N/UTC (not UTC), UTC. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields B D S= 0 ,5 A I R B OR N E PO S T YP E= 14 DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 P E R I O D = D EF AU L T L A T = 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G = 9 7 2 5 48 W PO S= GL O B A L SA F = 1 T = N /U T C SU R V EI L L A N C E ST A T US = N O IN F O B A RO P R ES A L T = 13 10 2 5 f t G N S S AL T = N/ A RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N ADS-B MON BDS 0,5 Screen Figure 61 DF17/18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays airborne position NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP, to receive data from subsystem. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit airborne position. NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run, range 0 to 9999. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) decoded CPR format in degrees, minutes and seconds. Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 59 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B MON BDS 0,6 A D S- B M O N BD S 0 , 6 A V A IL BAT 2 .5 H r B D S= 0 ,6 S U R F A C E PO S T Y PE =1 5 DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 P ER IO D = 1 0. 0 0 S L A T = 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G = 9 7 2 5 48 W MO VM E N T = 2 kt s T =N / U T C H D G= 23 0 d e g P O S = GL O B A L HDG (Heading) Indications: 0 to 357 Degrees or N/A if HDG Status not valid. T (Time Sync to UTC) Indications: N/UTC (Not UTC), UTC TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields. The surface position decode, including the global mode, has multiple valid results. It is necessary to set a ‘reference’ lat/long on the ADSB SETUP Screen that is close to the test set’s current location for the decode to work correctly. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N ADS-B MON BDS 0,6 Screen Figure 62 DF17/18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays surface position. NOTE: Installation must be in the ground state to transmit surface position. NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. LAT (Encoded Latitude) and LONG (Encoded Longitude) decoded Local unambiguous CPR format in degrees, minutes and seconds. MOVEMENT Indications: NO INFO (No Information Available), STOPPED 0.125-<1 Kt, 1-<2 Kt, 2-<15 Kt, 15-<70 Kt, 70-<100 Kt, 100-<175 Kt, >175 Kt, DECELERATING, ACCELERATING, BACKING UP Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 60 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B MON BDS 0,8 A D S- B M O N BD S 0 , 8 A VA I L BAT 2 .5 H r EMIT CAT B: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO, GLIDER/SAILPLANE, LIGHTER-THAN-AIR, PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER, ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER, RESERVED, UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLE, SPACE VEHICLE. EMIT CAT C: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO, SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE, SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE, FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR, CLUSTER OBSTR, LINE OBSTR, RESERVED, RESERVED EMIT CAT D: RESERVED, RESERVED, RESERVED, RESERVED, RESERVED, RESERVED, RESERVED AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) HEX field containing BDS plus flight ID. FLIGHT ID Indications: 8 ICAO character field. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields. B D S= 0 ,8 I D EN T & C A T T YP E= 2 DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 P E R I O D = 10 . 00 S A IS = 2 04 2 0C C B 9 C 10 F L IG H T I D = XP N3 4 5 12 EM IT C A T SE T = A EM IT C A T = L A R G E RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N ADS-B MON BDS 0,8 Screen Figure 63 DF17,18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays identification and category. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP, to receive data from subsystem. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. EMIT CAT SET (ADS-B Emitter Category Set). Indications: D,C,B,A. EMIT CAT (ADS-B Emitter Category). Indications: SMALL, MEDIUM or LARGE EMIT CAT A: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO, LIGHT, SMALL, LARGE, HIGH VORTEX, HEAVY, HIGH PERFORMANCE, ROTOCRAFT, Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 61 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B MON BDS 0,9 A D S- B M O N BD S 0 , 9 A VA I L BAT 2 .5 H r B D S= 0 ,9 A I R B OR N E V EL T Y PE =1 9 DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 P E R I O D = 10 . 00 S E- W V EL = 1 0 00 k t s E N A C V= 4 N- S VE L =1 0 0 0 kt s N H D G= N / A SU B T YP E= V EL OV R G ND N O R M VE R T R A T E = + 1 2 f t /m i n G E O A L T D IF F F R O M B A R O = - 3 12 5 f t SO U RC E= B A R O IN T EN T C H A N G E =Y ES A IR S PE ED = N / A A I R SP EE D T YP E= N / A IF R C A P AD S- B /C L AS S A 1 > =Y ES EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity). Indications: N/A (Not Available), 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1), 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2), NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) direction identifier. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available), 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1), 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2), NOTE: Followed by N (North ) or S (South) direction identifier. R ET U R N ADS-B MON BDS 0,9 Screen Figure 64 DF17,18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Airborne Velocity. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP, to receive data from subsystem. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit airborne velocity. VERT RATE (Vertical Rate). Indications: N/A (Not Available), <-32608 to >32608 ft/min (subtypes 1 and 2). SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate). Indications: N/A (Not Available), BARO (Barometric Source), GEO (i.e. GPS Source) GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude Difference from Barometric Altitude). Indications: <-3137 to ft >3137 ft HDG (Heading). Indications: N/A (Not Available), 0.0 to 359.6 Degrees. INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag) Indications: Yes, No IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability Flag). Indications: NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and above), YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above) AIRSPEED. Indications: N/A (Not Available), 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 3) 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 4) NOTE: SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). Indications: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO Mode S Specific Service manual) not supported, VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground Normal), VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over Ground Supersonic), AIR SPD NORM (Airspeed Normal), AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic), NOT ASSIGNED, NOT ASSIGNED, NOT ASSIGNED Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 62 Dec 1/09 O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B MON BDS 0,A AIR SPEED TYPE. Indications: IAS (Indicated Airspeed), TAS (True Airspeed). NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for Velocity) Indications: 0 to 4, reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO-260. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. ADS-B MON BDS 0,A BAT 2.5 Hr BDS=0,A TEST MESSAGE TYPE=23 DF17 AA=3 AC421 (1654 2041) COUNT=1000 ME=BF429000000000 PERIOD= 1.00 s SUBTYPE=7 A CODE=4122 RESERVED=000000000 RUN TEST PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN ADS-B MON BDS 0,A Screen Figure 65 DF17,18/19: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays ADS-B Test Message. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP, to receive data from subsystem. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18/19 squitter period in seconds. SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). Indications: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO Mode S Specific Service manual) not supported, Refer to DO-260/260A & change 1. A CODE Decodes & displays Mode A 4096 code. Range: 0000 to 7777. RESERVED Decodes & displays 9 Hex character Reserved field. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10, Vol lII, Part 1, Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO260A for detailed description of data fields. 1-2-4 Page 63 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control, see Cover Page for details. UNLAWFUL INTERFNC. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP. SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. HLD ALT (Holding Altitude). Subject to Export Control. RESERVED EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority Status Coding).1 Screen Figure 66 DF17. EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.F M S/ R N A V VE R T M O D E I N D = A C QU IR IN G S IL = 1 T A R G AL T T Y P E = M SL N I C B AR O = 1 T A R G AL T = 3 10 0 0 f t T A R G H D G = 24 0 d e g T C A S/ A C AS O PE R A T I ON A L = Y ES R A A = N O H O R IZ D A T A AV A IL /S OU R C E IN D = M C P/ F C U H O R IZ M O D E I N D = M AI N T A IN I N G NAC=0 EM E RG /P R IO R C O D E= U N L A W F U L IN T ER F N C ADS-B MON BDS 6.18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Target State.1 A / C S T A T U S T YP E= 2 8 DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 P E R I O D = 10 . to receive data from subsystem. GENERAL EMERGENCY. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit target state and status. Refer to table A-2 DO-260A V2.B M O N BD S 6 .2 A D S.2 Screen Figure 67 DF17.A C P. 1 A V A IL BAT 2 .B M O N BD S 6 . 00 S VE R T D A T A / SO U R C E IN F O =F MS /N A V T A R G AL T C A P =H L D G AL T . to receive data from subsystem. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N ADS-B MON BDS 6. RESERVED. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. MINIMUM FUEL.5 H r B D S= 6 . TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. 00 S EM E RG /P R IO R C O D E= U N L A W F U L IN T ER F N C R ES ER V ED = 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 SU B T Y PE = EM E RG EN C Y /P R IO R IT Y S T A T U S RESERVED subfield. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run.1 A D S. NO COMM. see Cover Page for details. DOWNED AIRCRAFT. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter in seconds.2 T A R G S T A T E T Y PE = 29 DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 P E R I O D = 10 . Indications: NO INFO.ADS-B MON BDS 6. FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System). 1-2-4 Page 64 Dec 1/09 . PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL. Autopilot must be engaged and stimulated by sensor data for some fields to display data.5 H r RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N B D S= 6 . 2 A V A IL BAT 2 . NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP.18: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Aircraft Status. Indications: NO EMERGENCY.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B MON BDS 6. NOTE NOTE: SUBTYPE= 0 VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: MCP/FCU (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit). 12 digit HEX field containing contents of bits 9 to 56. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). HLDG ALT-ACP-FMS/RNAV (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude. ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode). 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS Operational) Indications: YES. RESERVED H DATA AVAIL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State Data is available). 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). RESERVED. HLDG ALT-ACP (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude). FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System) TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle) Indications: 0 to 359 degrees. RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory Active) Indications: YES. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. NO. MAINTAINING (Capturing or Maintaining Mode). RESERVED TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude Capability) Indications: HLDG ALT (Capability for reporting Holding altitude only). or any FMS/RNAV level off altitude). (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable). ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode). MAINTAINING (Capturing or Maintaining Mode). see Cover Page for details. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. 1-2-4 Page 65 Dec 1/09 . MAINTAIN (Maintain Current Heading or Track angle). NO. INVALID HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode Indicator) Indications: UNKNOWN (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable). Subject to Export Control. NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 VERT MODE IND (Vertical Mode Indicator) Indications: UNKNOWN. MCP/FCU (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit selected track angle). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. 5.B M O N BD S 6 .3” with “BDS 6. see Cover Page for details. RESERVED. Figure A-10. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. RESERVED. Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (No capability for sending messages to support trajectory change reports) . RESERVED. 0 (No Capability of sending messages to support Air-Reference velocity).3/6. NOTE: Refer to RTCA/DO-260A. replaces “BDS 6.18/19: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Aircraft Operational Status. 1 TC+0 (Capability of sending messages to support TC+0 report only). RESERVED. RESERVED. RESERVED. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters received since test was run. Part 2 and Part 3. section §A. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP. Data is displayed over three screens Part 1. 260A/242A (RTCA DO-260A and DO-242A). surface position message heading or ground track determination bit) Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported) 1 (Target Angle Reported) IDENT (Ident Switch) Indications YES (Ident switch active). SURFACE (Surface Status message).5 are supported and data displayed is identical. 3 (Reserved) TRK ANGLE/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B participants.3 A / C O P ST A T U S T YP E= 3 1 DF 19 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 P E R I O D = 10 .5 H r B D S= 6 . NOTE SUBTYPE Indications: AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message).2 60 A / D O .” Both BDS 6. RESERVED. 1-2-4 Page 66 Dec 1/09 . RESERVED. 0 (No Capability of sending messages to support Target State Reports). to receive data from subsystem. CDTI (Cockpit Display of Traffic Information) Indications: 1 (Traffic Display operational). Appendix A.5 A D S. TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne. NO (Ident switch not active).5 Screen Figure 68 DF17.3 and 6.T C AS = 0 O P ER MO D E S U B F I EL D = 3 N I C B A R O= 1 H O R IZ R EF D I R= T RU E N O R T H ID E N T = 0 T R K /H D G =N / A N I C =5 L EN G T H /W ID T H = N / A R EC AT C S ER V =0 B 2 L O W =N / A P O A = N / A VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols supported) Indications: 260/242 (RTCA DO-260 and DO-242). 0 (Traffic Display not operational) ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne.2 42 N O T . RESERVED. RESERVED. RESERVED. Subject to Export Control. 3 A V A IL BAT 2 .1. Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 (Capability of sending messages to support Air-Reference velocity). 00 S SU B T Y PE = 0. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N ADS-B MON BDS 6.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B MON BDS 6. TS (Target State Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 (Capability of sending messages to support Target State Reports).3/6.8. RESERVED.A I R B O R N E C A P C L A SS = 00 0 0 NAC =5 B AQ = 0 SI L = 1 TC=0 C D T I= 0 A R V= 0 T S =0 RA=0 VE R N B R = D O . 2 MTC (Capability of sending information for multiple TC reports). PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. <28. <72m.52 km) 1 (EPU <18. <34m.5m.408 km) 3 (EPU <3. <=200m.6 m) 9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m) A (EPU <30 m and VEPU <15 m) B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m) C (reserved) D (reserved) E (reserved) F (reserved) BAQ Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (always 0 for airborne message) 1 (not specified) 2 (not specified) 3 (not specified) NOT TCAS Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (TCAS operations or unknown) 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational) OPER MODE Subfield Indications: 0 (TCAS RA Active. 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). <45m. <75m.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services) Indications: 1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services). <45m.2 m) 8 (EPU <92. <52m. <39.5m. A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) Indications: N/A (Airborne) <11.52 km) 2 (EPU <7. <25m.5m. 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) NAC Indications: 0 (EPU >18. 1-2-4 Page 67 Dec 1/09 . <23m. <65m. <67m. 0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services). =>80m. see Cover Page for details. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight).704 km) 4 (EPU <1852 m) 5 (EPU <926 m) 6 (EPU <555.5m. <80m. Receiving ATC Services) 1 (Reserved) 2 (Reserved) 3 (Reserved) NIC Indications: 0 (Rc unknown) 1 (Rc < 20 NM) B2 LOW Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (>70 W) 1 (<70 W) POA Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (Position transmitted is not the ADS-B position reference point) 1 (Position transmitted is the ADS-B position reference point) Subject to Export Control. <35m. SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown). <55m.6 m) 7 (EPU <185. <38m. A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) Indications: N/A (Airborne) <15m. <59. IDENT Switch Active. <33m. 8 0.5 BAT 2 . 1-2-4 Page 68 Dec 1/09 .5 H r E N A B L ED E N A B L ED E N A B L ED E N A B L ED E N A B L ED E N A B L ED E N A B L ED E N A B L ED RUN T ES T B DS DA TA BD S ON R ET U R N ADS-B GEN List Screen Figure 69 The ADS-B GEN screen displays supported squitters that are identified by BDS register number and an abbreviated name (1-2-4 figure 65).5 ADS-B GEN The ADS-B GEN mode of operation generates Transponder DF17 or Ground Emitter DF18 extended squitters. 5 0. Status of the generated squitter is displayed to the right of the squitter name. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.B GE N B D S 0 .6. 9 6. 6 0.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 CAPABILITY CLASS ME BITS 9-24(airborne) ME BITS 9-20 (surface) 0000-FFFF (airborne) 000-FFF (surface) HORIZ REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction) Indications: TRUE NORTH.5 Screen Figure 70 Subject to Export Control. 2 6.5 A I R B OR N E PO S T YP E: 9 DF 17 A A: 3 A C 4 21 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 49 0 84 4 A E8 3 19 E A P ER IOD : 1. A D S. Selections are ENABLED (squitter will be generated) or DISABLED (Squitter will not be generated) TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS ADS-B GEN BDS 0.5 A D S.B GE N D F 1 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0. see Cover Page for details. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields 4.5 H r B D S= 0 . 0 0 s L A T : 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G: 9 7 25 48 W PO S: SA F : 1 T : N /U T C SU R V EI L L A N C E ST A T US : N O IN F O B A RO P R ES A L T : 12 6 70 0 f t G N S S AL T : N /A RUN T ES T BD S OF F PR E V PA R A M NEX T PA R A M R ET U R N ADS-B GEN BDS 0. The squitters are encoded via data entered in individual data screens. MAGNETIC NORTH TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. either via the Antenna port or RF I/O port. A A I RB O R N E PO S S U RF A C E PO S I D EN T & C A T A I RB O R N E VE L A/ C S TATUS T A R G ST A T E A / C OP S T A T U S T EST M SG BAT 2 . 5 0. 1 6. 5 to 20. range –1000 to 126700 ft in 25ft increments. see Cover Page for details. Selection: . minutes and seconds. T (Time Sync to UTC) Selections: N/UTC (not UTC).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 DF17/18: Encodes Airborne Position and generates extended squitter. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. Range: 0. PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. UTC. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields Subject to Export Control. Range 0 to 9999.00 seconds with 0.NA (Not available) Selectable for types 9 to 18. BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure Altitude) Selection: . POS (Position Decode) SURVEILLANCE STATUS Selections: NO INFO (No Information). NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10. TEMP ALERT (Temporary Alert (change in Mode identity code). PERM ALERT (Permanent Alert (Emergency). LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) CPR format in degrees. SAF (Single Antenna Flag) Selections: 0 (single antenna).2 sec distribution. RANGE -1000 to 126700 ft in 25ft increments. Vol lII. 1 (dual antenna). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. GNSS ALTITUDE. Part 1. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. 1-2-4 Page 69 Dec 1/09 .NA (Not available) Selectable for types 20 to 22. SPI (Special Position Identification). TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. UTC TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. Subject to Export Control. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. Selections: NO INFO (No Information Available). DECELERATING. BACKING UP HDG (Heading) Selection: 0 to 359 Degrees or N/A if HDG Status not valid. RUN T ES T BD S OF F PR E V PA R A M NEX T PA R A M R ET U R N ADS-B GEN BDS 0. >175 Kt. 1-2-4 Page 70 Dec 1/09 . Part 1. Vol lII. Range: 0. 2 to <15 Kt.2 sec distribution. 100 to<175 Kt.5 H r B D S= 0 . NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10. Range 0 to 9999. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL). PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds.6 A D S.6 Screen Figure 71 DF17/18: Encodes surface position and generates extended squitter. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.6 S U R F A C E PO S T YP E: 5 DF 17 A A: 3 A C 4 21 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 28 C D 2 6B A0 6 67 A 7 P E R IO D : 1 . Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.0 0 s L A T : 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G: 9 7 25 48 W MO VM E N T : 1 k t t o < 2 k t T : N /U T C H D G: 23 0 d e g P OS : T (Time Sync to UTC) Selections: N/UTC (Not UTC). ACCELERATING. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) CPR format in degrees. 15 to <70 Kt. minutes and seconds.B GE N B D S 0 . Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO260A for detailed description of data fields.6 BAT 2 .5 to 20. see Cover Page for details.00 seconds with 0.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B GEN BDS 0.125 to <1 Kt. MOVEMENT. STOPPED 0. 1 to <2 Kt. 70 to <100 Kt. 1-2-4 Page 71 Dec 1/09 . EMIT CAT (ADS-B Emitter Category). EMIT CAT C: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO. RESERVED. HEAVY. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. LIGHT. RESERVED. RUN T ES T BD S OF F PR E V PA R A M NEX T PA R A M R ET U R N ADS-B GEN BDS 0. PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds.A.8 B D S= 0 . Part 1.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE. RESERVED EMIT CAT D: RESERVED. SMALL.B GE N B D S 0 . Range: 0. Selections: EMIT CAT A: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO. UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLE. Selections: D. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10. RESERVED.5 to 20. SPACE VEHICLE. see Cover Page for details. Vol lII. HIGH VORTEX. EMIT CAT SET (ADS-B Emitter Category Set). GLIDER/SAILPLANE.8 A D S. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. Range 0 to 9999.B. RESERVED. LIGHTER-THAN-AIR. CLUSTER OBSTR. Subject to Export Control.8 Screen Figure 72 DF17. PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. LARGE. FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR. ROTOCRAFT.0 0 s EMIT CAT B: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO.8 I D EN T & C A T DF 17 A A= 3 A C 42 1 M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 A IS = 6 10 3 B 3D 3 5C 72 F L IG H T I D : XP N 34 5 12 EM IT C A T SE T : A EM IT C A T : L A R G E BAT 2 . RESERVED AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) Indication: HEX field containing BDS plus flight ID. HIGH PERFORMANCE. LINE OBSTR.00 seconds with 0.2 sec distribution. SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE. RESERVED. RESERVED.5 H r T YP E: 4 C OU NT = 10 00 P E R IO D : 1 .18: Encodes Identification and Category and generates extended squitter. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. FLIGHT ID Selection: 8 ICAO character field. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX.C. ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER. RESERVED. 0.W V EL : 2 4 7 kt s E NACV :4 N. TAS (True Airspeed). Selections: NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and above). NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) direction identifier.NA (Not Available).(Not Applicable). . AIR SPD NORM (Airspeed Normal). YES.B /C L AS S A 1 >: Y ES NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity) Indications: . Selections: . Selections: .9 Screen Figure 73 DF17. Selections: . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and OCTAL.5 H r B D S= 0 .NA (Not Available). Selections: . 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1).0 Degrees.9 BAT 2 . GPS Source) GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude Difference from Barometric Altitude).9 A I R B OR N E V EL T Y PE : 19 DF 17 A A: 3 A C 4 21 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= 99 6 0F 80 EF 00 C 83 P E R I O D : 1 .(Not Applicable).(Not Applicable). NOT ASSIGNED EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity). GEO (i. 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2). BARO (Barometric Source). VERT RATE (Vertical Rate).NA (Not Available). <-3137 to ft >3137 ft HDG (Heading). ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. 00 s E. Selections: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO Mode S Specific Service manual) not supported.(Not Applicable).(Not Applicable).N/A (Not Available). YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above) AIRSPEED. RUN T ES T BD S OF F PR E V PA R A M NEX T PA R A M R ET U R N ADS-B GEN BDS 0. SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate).(Not Applicable). PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. . <-32608 to >32608 ft/min (subtypes 1 and 2). INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag) Selections: . 1-2-4 Page 72 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control. 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 3) 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 4) AIR SPEED TYPE.(Not Available). 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2).50 f t SO U RC E: B A R O I NT EN T C H A NG E: N O A IR S PE ED : A IR S PE ED T YP E: IF R C A P AD S. . .e. .18: Encodes Airborne Velocity and generates extended squitter.(Not Applicable). SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over Ground Supersonic). NOT ASSIGNED.V EL O V R G N D N O R M VE R T R A T E = 1 28 f t / m i n G E O A L T D IF F F R O M B A R O : . .NA (Not Available). AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic).5 to 20.(Not Applicable).2 sec distribution. VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground Normal).(Not Available).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. Selections: . see Cover Page for details. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. Range: 0. IAS (Indicated Airspeed). NOT ASSIGNED. Selections: .S VE L : 1 1 8 k t s N H D G: SU B T YP E: 1. Indications: .9 A D S. .B GE N B D S 0 . NOTE: Followed by N (North ) or S (South) direction identifier. NO IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability Flag).0 to 359. 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1).00 seconds with 0. see Cover Page for details.18/19: Encodes ADS-B Test Message and generates extended squitter. SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.00 seconds with 0. PERIOD Selection: DF17/18/19 squitter period in seconds. Range: 0000 to 7777. COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.A NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for Velocity) Selections: . NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10.2 sec distribution.5 to 20. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10. Fixed for Subtype 7 Radiated ADSB Test Message. A CODE Selection Mode A 4096 code. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. Refer to Do260/260A change 1.5 Hr B DS =0. RUN TEST BDS OFF PREV PARAM NEXT PARAM RETURN ADS-B GEN BDS 0. 1-2-4 Page 73 Dec 1/09 .A BAT 2. Part 1. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and OCTAL. Part 1. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. Range: 0. Vol lII. 0 to 4.00 s SUBTYPE:7 A CODE:4122 RESERVED:000000000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0. A AD S-B T EST ME SS AG E TYPE:23 DF17 AA:3AC421 (16542041) CO UNT=1000 ME=BF429000000000 PERIOD: 1. Subject to Export Control. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO260A for detailed description of data fields.(Not Applicable). Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260 for detailed description of data fields. Vol lII. RESERVED Selection: 9 Hex character Reserved field. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO260A.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B GEN BDS 0.A Screen Figure 74 DF17. GENERAL EMERGENCY. 0 0 s VE R T D A T A / SO U R C E IN F O : F MS /R N A V T A R G AL T C A P : H L D G A L T .5 to 20. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter in seconds. (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable).18: Encodes Aircraft Status and generates extended squitter. 00 s EM E RG /P R IO R C O D E: U N L A W F U L I N T ER F N C R ES ER V ED : 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 SU B T Y PE : EM E RG E NC Y/ PR IO R S T A T U S B D S= 6 . Selections: NO INFO. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.F M S/ R N A V VE R T M O D E I N D : A C Q U I R IN G S IL : 1 T A R G AL T T Y P E : M SL N IC B A R O: 1 T A R G AL T : 3 10 0 0 f t T A R G H DG : 24 0 d e g T C A S/ A C AS O PE R A T I ON A L : YE S R A A : N O H O R IZ D A T A AV A IL /S OU R C E IN D : M C P/ F C U H O R IZ M O D E I N D : MA I N T A IN I N G NAC:0 EM E RG /P R IO R C O D E: U N L A W F U L I N T ER F N C RUN T ES T BD S OF F PR E V PA R A M NEX T PA R A M R ET U R N RUN T ES T BD S OF F PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N ADS-B GEN BDS 6.ADS-B GEN BDS 6. UNLAWFUL INTERFNC.1 A D S.1 A / C S T A T U S T Y PE : 28 DF 17 A A: 3 A C 4 21 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C OU N T = 1 0 00 M E= E1 A 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 P ER I O D = 1 .00 seconds with 0.1 BAT 2 . 1-2-4 Page 74 Dec 1/09 . COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run. see Cover Page for details. TYPE= 29 VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data Available/Source Indicator) Selections: MCP/FCU (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit). COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run.2 T A R G S T A T E T Y PE : 29 DF 17 A A: 3 A C 4 21 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= E9 D 2 A 02 F 0 41 4 15 PE R IO D : 1.2 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL. RESERVED Subject to Export Control.5 H r B D S= 6 .2 sec distribution.18: Encodes Target State and generates extended squitter. MINIMUM FUEL.AC P . Refer to table A-2 DO-260A V2.00 seconds with 0. 12 digit HEX field containing contents of bits 9 to 56.(Not Applicable). NO COMM. FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System). ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. NO EMERGENCY. ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode).5 to 20. DOWNED AIRCRAFT. PERIOD Indications: Displays DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.2 Screen Figure 76 DF17. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. HLD ALT (Holding Altitude).2 sec distribution. Range 0 to 9999. SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). RESERVED EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority Status Coding).B GE N B D S 6 . RESERVED subfield.2 BAT 2 .B GE N B D S 6 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL).5 H r A D S. RESERVED. MAINTAINING (Capturing or Maintaining Mode). Selections: . VERT MODE IND (Vertical Mode Indicator) Selections: NOT AVAIL (no valid Vertical Target state data available) UNKNOWN. Range: 0. EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS.1 Screen Figure 75 DF17.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. Range: 0. HLDG ALT-ACP (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude). 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS Operational) Selections: YES. ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode). MAINTAINING (Capturing or Maintaining Mode). FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System) TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle) Selections: 0 to 359 degrees and INVALID HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode Indicator) Selections: UNKOWN (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable). TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. 1-2-4 Page 75 Dec 1/09 . or any FMS/RNAV level off altitude). RESERVED HORIZ DATA AVAL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal Data Available/Source Indicator) Selections: NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State Data is available). HLDG ALT-ACP-FMS/RNAV (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude. NO. MCP/FCU (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit selected track angle). RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory Active) Selections: YES. NO. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude Capability) Selections: HLDG ALT (Capability for reporting Holding altitude only). NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Selections: 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Selections: 0 (Unknown). MAINTAIN (Maintain Current Heading or Track angle). Subject to Export Control. 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). see Cover Page for details. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). RESERVED. <35m. PERIOD Selection: DF17/18 squitter period in seconds. ADS-B GEN BDS 6.5 H r B D S= 6 . SUBTYPE Selections: 0 . <55m. MTC (Capability of sending information for multiple TC reports).2 sec distribution. <=200m. 1TC+0 (Capability of sending messages to support TC+0 report only).B GE N B D S 6 . COUNT Indications: Displays total squitters generated since test was run.0 0 s SU B T Y PE : 0.(Airborne) <15m.5 to 20. A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) Selections: . 0 (No Capability of sending messages to support Air-Reference velocity). RESERVED. ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. see Cover Page for details. 260A/242A (RTCA DO-260A and DO-242A). Range: 0. 0 (No Capability of sending messages to support Target State Reports).5 BAT 2 . TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne.AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message). Selections: N/A (Surface) 1 (Capability of sending messages to support Air-Reference velocity). TRK/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B participants.18: Encodes Aircraft Operational Status and generates extended squitter. <65m. VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols supported) Selections: 260/242 (RTCA DO-260 and DO-242).5 A / C O P ST A T U S T YP E: 3 1 DF 17 A A: 3 A C 4 21 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) C O U N T = 10 0 0 M E= F 8 00 0 00 C 0 00 1 51 8 P ER IO D : 1 .TS (Target State Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne Selections: N/A (Surface) 1 (Capability of sending messages to support Target State Reports).5 Screen Figure 77 DF17. 1 . CDTI (Cockpit Display of Traffic Information) Selections: 1 (Traffic Display operational). Range 0 to 9999. Selections: N/A (Surface) 0 (No capability for sending messages to support trajectory change reports) . REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services) Selections: 1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services).T CA S : 0 O P ER MO D E S U B F I EL D : 3 N I C B A R O :1 H O R IZ R EF D I R: T R UE N O R T H ID E N T : N O T R K /H D G : N I C :1 L EN G T H /W ID T H : R EC AT C S ER V :0 B 2 L OW : PO A: - RUN T ES T BD S OF F PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne.5 A D S.2 60 A / D O . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX. <25m. NO (Ident switch not active).SURFACE (Surface Status message). 0 (Traffic Display not operational) Subject to Export Control. surface position message heading or ground track determination bit) Selections: .2 42 N OT . 0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services). 1-2-4 Page 76 Dec 1/09 .A I R B OR N E C A P C L A SS = 00 0 0 NAC :5 BAQ :0 SI L : 1 TC:0 C D T I: 0 A R V: 0 TS :0 R A: 0 VE R N B R : D O .(Airborne) 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported 1 (Target Angle Reported) IDENT (Ident Switch) Selections: YES (Ident switch active). <45m.00 seconds with 0.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. <75m. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Selections: N/A (Surface) 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) NAC Selections: 0 (EPU >18.(Airborne) 0 (>70 W) 1 (<70 W) POA Selections: .408 km) 3 (EPU <3. <34m.5m.5m. <80m.2 m) 8 (EPU <92. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). <45m.5m.(Airborne) <11.52 km) 1 (EPU <18.(Airborne) 0 (Position transmitted is not the ADS-B position reference point) 1 (Position transmitted is the ADS-B position reference point) CAPABILITY CLASS ME BITS 9-24(airborne) ME BITS 9-20 (surface) 0000-FFFF (airborne) 000-FFF (surface) HORIZ REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction) Selections: TRUE NORTH.5m. Receiving ATC Services) 2 (Reserved) 3 (Reserved) NIC Selections: 0 (Rc unknown) 1 (Rc < 20 NM) B2low Indications: .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) Selections: .(Surface) 0 (TCAS operations or unknown) 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational) OPER MODE Subfield Selections: 0 (TCAS RA Active.6 m) 9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m) A (EPU <30 m and VEPU <15 m) B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m) C (reserved) D (reserved) E (reserved) F (reserved) BAQ Selections: . <59. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields Subject to Export Control.(Surface) 0 (always 0 for airborne message) 1 (not specified) 2 (not specified) 3 (not specified) NOT TCAS Selections: . <52m. IDENT Switch Active. <28. SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Selections: 0 (Unknown). <38m.6 m) 7 (EPU <185. <23m. see Cover Page for details. <33m. <72m. =>80m. <39. MAGNETIC NORTH TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.704 km) 4 (EPU <1852 m) 5 (EPU <926 m) 6 (EPU <555. 1 (1x10(-3) per flight).52 km) 2 (EPU <7. 1-2-4 Page 77 Dec 1/09 . <67m. 6. NOT CAP (transponder has identified that this BDS is not supported by transponder/subsystem). which are decoded and displayed.2 8 M SP C A P R P T 2 9 .0 1 . 3 M S P C A P R PT 1. not all defined at this time. identified by BDS register number and an abbreviated name. 1-12 Figure 78 GI C B D F 2 0 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. 1 4. 13-24 Figure 79 1-2-4 Page 78 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control. 0 5.9 1. The Status of the received BDS is displayed to the right of the BDS name. anticipated altitude changes. 4.6 GICB GENERAL GI C B D F 2 0 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 2.6 3 F L I G H T ID A T A IR C R A F T R EG ACAS ARA V ER T IN T E N T TRACK & TURN H E AD IN G & S PE ED A /C ST AT U S C U R /N X T T C P C O O R D M SG BAT 2 . D 1. 2 4. see Cover Page for details. #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 AV A IL NO T CAP AV A IL AV A IL A VA I L AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL RUN T ES T B DS DA TA R ET U R N GICB List Screen.56 M S P C A P R PT 5 7.5 H r A VA I L AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL A VA IL N OT R U N NO T RUN RUN T ES T B DS DA TA R ET U R N GICB List Screen. 0 6. 0 2. 0 6. GI C B D F 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 0 .9 1 .7 GICB MODE AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL AV A IL NO T RUN RUN T ES T B DS DA TA P REV P A GE R ET U R N GICB mode of operation uses UF4 or UF5 interrogations with reply length set to long.7 1 .5 0 . 1 6. AVAIL (BDS is available). . 0 4. B 1.6. E 1. 0 6. 16-27 Figure 80 The GICB screen displays the supported BDS registers (determined by test set software version).5 H r GICB (Ground Intiated Comm B) is a protocol used by Mode S ground stations to extract DAP’s (Downlinked Aircraft Parameters) from Mode S transponder equipped aircraft. There are 255 BDS registers.8 0 . DAP’s are stored in the transponder BDS (B-Definition Subfield) registers. A 1. DAP’S are obtained from various sub-systems via a separate or transponder integral ADLP (Air Data Link Processor). to request DF20 or DF21 replies with MB message field containing transponder BDS register contents. 0 4. 3 5.7 0 .8 1 . C A I R B O R N E PO S S U R F A C E PO S S Q T R ST A T U S I D EN T & C A T A I R B O R N E V EL DATA LNK CAP C O M GI C B C A P S PE C S ER V C A P S PE C S ER V C A P S PE C S ER V C A P S PE C S ER V C A P S PE C S ER V C A P BAT 2 . NO DATA (BDS available but not reporting data). 1 3. 1 6. 2 6.e. 0 4. 5 F L I G H T ID A T A IR C R A F T R EG # ACAS ARA V ER T IN T E N T W A YP O I N T N A M E W A YP O I N T N A M E W A YP O I N T N A M E TRACK & TURN H E AD I N G & S PE ED A /C ST AT U S T A R G ST AT E A /C O P S T A T U S BAT 2 . 1 3. F 2. 0 2. DAP’s are utilized by Air Traffic Control equipment. to provide the air traffic controller with accurate and predictive tracks i.6 0 . Indications are NOT RUN (Test has not retrieved this BDS yet). 0 6.5 H r GICB List Screen. 2 6. 0 4.B 1.7 0.1 3.0 6.5 0.2 6.A 1.8 1. see Cover Page for details.2 4.D 1.0 4.0 6.9 1.F 2.3 5.7 1.E 1.C 1.6 0.5 DESCRIPTION Ext Squitter Airborne Position Ext Squitter Surface Position Ext Squitter Status Ext Squitter Type and Identification Ext Squitter Airborne Velocity Information Data Link Capability Report Common Usage GICB Capability Report Mode S Specific Services #1 Mode S Specific Services #2 Mode S Specific Services #3 Mode S Specific Services #4 Mode S Specific Services #5 Mode S Specific Service Capability Report 1-28 Mode S Specific Service Capability Report 29-56 Mode S Specific Service Capability Report 57-63 Aircraft Identification (Flight ID) Aircraft Registration Number ACAS Resolution Advisory Aircraft Vertical Intention Waypoint Name Waypoint Position Waypoint Details Track and Turn Report Heading and Speed Report Aircraft Status Target State A/C Operational Status DO-260A GICB Supported BDS Registers Table 17 Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 79 Dec 1/09 .9 1. are listed in 1-2-4 Table 17.1 4.0 1.8 0. BDS 0.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 BDS registers supported by software version 1.0 2.1.2 and above.1 6. BARO PRESS ALT (Barometric Pressure Altitude) Indications: N/A In feet. range –1000 to 126700 ft. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) decoded CPR format in degrees. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 0. SAF (Single Antenna Flag) Indications: 0 (single antenna). TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. GNSS ALT (Global positioning system derived altitude) Indications: N/A In feet. BDS 0. TEMP ALERT (Temporary Alert (change in Mode identity code). 1-2-4 Page 80 Dec 1/09 . range -1000 to 126700 ft. Displayed for types 20 to 22. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. Displayed for types 9 to 18.5 A VA I L BAT 2 . PERM ALERT (Permanent Alert (Emergency). SURVEILLANCE STATUS Indications: NO INFO (No Information).5 G I C B B D S 0 .5 A I R B OR N E PO S T YP E= 14 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 L A T = 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G = 9 7 2 5 48 W PO S= GL O B A L SA F = 1 T = N /U T C SU R V EI L L A N C E ST A T US = N O IN F O B A RO P R ES A L T = 13 10 2 5 f t G N S S AL T = N/ A POS (Position Decode) Indications: GLOBAL (if Global LAT/LONG not entered in ADS-B/GICB setup menu). 1 (dual antenna).5 Screen Figure 81 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. see Cover Page for details. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit airborne position.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 TEST SCREEN DESCRIPTIONS GICB BDS 0. minutes and seconds.5 H r B D S= 0 . T (Time Sync to UTC) Indications: N/UTC (not UTC). SPI (Special Position Identification). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. Subject to Export Control.5 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays airborne position. LOCAL (if Local LAT/LONG is entered in ADS-B/GICB setup menu). UTC. NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. minutes and seconds. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 0. DECELERATING. has multiple valid results. >175 Kt. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2. MOVEMENT Indications: NO INFO (No Information Available).6 G I C B B D S 0 .125-<1 Kt. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. 70-<100 Kt. 1-<2 Kt. 2-<15 Kt.5 H r B D S= 0 . see Cover Page for details. NOTE: NOTE: AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.6 S U R F A C E PO S T Y PE =1 5 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 L A T = 3 7 3 9 00 N L O N G = 9 7 2 5 48 W MO VM E N T = 2 kt s T =N / U T C H D G= 23 0 d e g P O S = GL O B A L HDG (Heading) Indications: 0 to 357 Degrees or N/A if HDG Status not valid. LAT (Encoded latitude) and LONG (Encoded longitude) decoded Local unambiguous CPR format in degrees. T (Time Sync to UTC) Indications: N/UTC (Not UTC).6 A VA I L BAT 2 . Installation must be in the ground state to transmit surface position. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. including the global mode.6 Screen Figure 82 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. 100-<175 Kt.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 0. for detailed description of data fields The surface position decode. 1-2-4 Page 81 Dec 1/09 . BDS 0. It is necessary to set a ‘reference’ lat/long on the ADSB SETUP Screen that is close to the test set’s current location for the decode to work correctly. STOPPED 0. ACCELERATING. BACKING UP Subject to Export Control. UTC TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.6 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays surface position. 15-<70 Kt. 8 I D EN T & C A T DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 A IS = 2 04 2 0C C B 9 C 10 F L IG H T I D = XP N3 4 5 12 EM IT C A T SE T = A EM IT C A T = L A R G E T YP E= 2 RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T NEX T TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 0. SURF SQTR TRAN RATE Indications: NOT CAP (No Capability to determine surface squitter rate). Indications: EMIT CAT A: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO.C.8 A VA I L BAT 2 .7 Screen Figure 83 Uses UF20/21 BDS 0. BDS 0.7 S Q T R ST A T U S DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 SU R F A C E S Q T R T R A N S R AT E= H IG H AL T T YPE = B A R O ES S= 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 B D S= 0 .8 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Squitter Ident and Category. ALT TYPE Indications: BARO. LOW (Low surface squitter rate selected). SMALL. ROTOCRAFT. Subject to Export Control.B. HIGH VORTEX. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. GICB BDS 0.5 H r B D S= 0 . EMIT CAT (ADS-B Emitter Category).A. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. LIGHT. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. bits 1 to 56 NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields. LARGE.8 Screen Figure 84 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. HIGH PERFORMANCE.5 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Squitter Status. EMIT CAT SET (ADS-B Emitter Category Set) Indications: D. 1-2-4 Page 82 Dec 1/09 .8 G I C B B D S 0 . see Cover Page for details. HEAVY.7 G I C B B D S 0 . GNSS ESS (Extended Squitter Status) Indications: 14 digit hex field.5 H r GICB BDS 0.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 0. HIGH (High surface squitter rate selected).7 A VA I L BAT 2 . NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. 9 A VA I L BAT 2 . 0 to >4086 Kts (subtype 2). PARACHUTIST/SKYDIVER. FLIGHT ID Indications: 8 ICAO character field. RESERVED. NOT ASSIGNED. RESERVED.3 12 5 f t SO U RC E= B A R O IN T EN T C H A N G E =Y ES A IR S PE ED = N / A A IR S PE ED T YP E =N / A IF R C A P AD S. RESERVED.9 EMIT CAT B: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO.S VE L =1 0 0 0 kt s N H D G= N / A SU B T YP E= V EL OV R G ND N O R M VE R T R A T E = + 1 2 f t /m i n G E O A L T D IF F F R O M B A R O = . NOTE: Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit airborne velocity. RESERVED. LINE OBSTR. Indications: 0 (ICAO DOC 9688 (First edition of ICAO Mode S Specific Service manual) not supported. RESERVED AIS (Aircraft Identity Subfield) HEX field containing BDS plus flight ID. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields A D S.9 Screen Figure 85 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. RESERVED. Subject to Export Control. VEL OVER GND SUPER (Velocity Over Ground Supersonic). AIR SPD SUPER (Airspeed Supersonic). SURFACE EMERGENCY VEHICLE. 0 to >1021 Kts (subtype 1). SURFACE SERVICE VEHICLE. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. EMIT CAT C: NO ADS-B EMITTER INFO. NOT ASSIGNED EAST-WEST VEL (East-West Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available) NO INFO (No Information). AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. NOT ASSIGNED. CLUSTER OBSTR.B /C L AS S A 1 > =Y ES RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 0. RESERVED EMIT CAT D: RESERVED. see Cover Page for details. RESERVED.W V EL = 1 0 00 k t s E N A C V= 4 N.9 A I R B OR N E V EL T Y PE =1 9 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 E. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. AIR SPD NORM (Airspeed Normal). 1-2-4 Page 83 Dec 1/09 .9 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Airborne Velocity. GLIDER/SAILPLANE. RESERVED. SPACE VEHICLE. VEL OVR GND NORM (Velocity Over Ground Normal).B M O N BD S 0 . BDS 0. SUB TYPES (Subtype Coding). LIGHTER-THAN-AIR. ULTRALIGHT/HANG-GLIDER. FIXED GND/TETHERED OBSTR.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 0.5 H r B D S= 0 . UNMANNED AERIAL VEHICLE. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. GEO (i. VERT RATE (Vertical Rate). Indications: N/A (Not Available) <-32608 to >32608 ft/min SOURCE (Source of Vertical rate). INTENT CHANGE (Intent Change Flag) Indications: YES. 0. NORTH-SOUTH VEL (North-South Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available) (subtype 1). Indications: N/A <-3137 to ft >3137 ft HDG (Heading) Indications: N/A (Not Available).e.(subtype 4) AIR SPEED TYPE Indications: IAS (Indicated Airspeed). reference tables A5-A7 RTCA DO-260. (subtype 2) NOTE: Followed by N (North) or S (South) direction identifier. NACV (Navigation Accuracy Category for Velocity) Indications: 0 to 4.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 NOTE: Followed by E (East ) or W (West) direction identifier. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 84 Dec 1/09 .6 Degrees. see Cover Page for details. TAS (True Airspeed).0 to 359. Indications: BARO (Barometric Source).(subtype 3) 0 to >4086 Kts. YES (ADS-B Capability Class A1 and above) AIRSPEED Indications: N/A (Not Available) 0 to >1021 Kts. NO IFR CAP ADS-B/CLASS A1> (IFR Capability Flag) Indications: NO (No ADS-B capability class A1 and above). GPS Source) GEO ALT DIFF FROM BARO (Geo Altitude Difference from Barometric Altitude). see Cover Page for details.6 which are not implemented in this revision) NO XPDR LEVEL Indications: 2-4 OR 5 AIRCRAFT ID CAP Indications: Yes NO TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.7 has changed) DELM Indications: NO DELM 4/15 8/15 16/15 16/500 ms 16/250 ms 16/125 ms unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned unassigned UELM Indications: NO UELM 16/5 16/500 MS 16/250 MS 16/128 MS 16/60 MS 16/30 MS unassigned RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1.0 A VA I L BAT 2 .1 up to BDS 1.5 H r B D S= 1 .7 have not changed) 1 (Capabilities reported in BDS code 1. SUBNET VER NBR Indications: 0-127 SI CAP Indications: YES (surveillance identifier code capability) NO (no surveillance identifier code capability) CONT FLAG Indications: YES (a continuation report may be found in registers BDS 1.4 C O N T F L A G= Y E S S Q U I T T E R C A P= Y ES SP EC SE R V C A P R EP = YE S D T E= Y ES U EL M SE G C A P = 16 / 25 0 m s D EL M SE G C A P = 16 / 25 0 m s C O M M U S E G I CB R EP = 0 SPEC SERV CAP REP Indications: YES (at least one MODE S specific service is supported and the particular capability report will be checked) NO (no MODE S specific service is supported and the particular capability report will not be checked) DTE Indications: YES (DTE supported) NO (DTE not supported) COMM USE GICB REP Indications: 0 = (Capabilities reported in BDS code 1.0 Screen Figure 86 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. Refer to table A-2 DO-260A V2.0 G I C B B D S 1 . NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.0 D A T A L IN K C A P DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 SU B N E T V ER N B R =1 S I C A P= Y ES A IR C R A F T ID C A P= YE S X PD R L EV EL =2 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. BDS 1.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Data Link Capability Report. 1-2-4 Page 85 Dec 1/09 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 1. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields Subject to Export Control. F : 6 . F : 0.5 : 0 .8 : 1 .7 : 4 . D :2 .6 : 0 .0 : 4 . 8 RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1.0 : 3 .1 : 8 .5 : 9 .5 : 5 . 9 :A . 9 : 4. Each BDS register supported by the transponder is displayed.9 : 6 .0 : 1 . E : 3.9 : 5 . B : 6. 6 :7 . 4 : 7. F :8 .6 : 5 . 7 : 7. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. 5 :4 . A :6 .4 : 4 .D : 3 . 3 : 2.8 : 4 .7 : 6 .2 : 4 . 1 :0 . 0 : 9. 3 : 9. E : 1.C : 6 . 3 :5 .8 RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1.5 H r B D S= 1 .E :3 .0 : 4 .5 H r B D S= 1 .3 : 4 .3 : 7 .7 : 8 . Table 17.6 : 2 .D : 1 . 5 : 8.8 : 9 . 6 :8 . B :A .3 : 8 .F : 2 .3 : 0 .3 : 0 .1 : 9 . B :9 .7 : 0.5 : 2 .A : 2 .9 : 8 . 4 : 5. 4 : 0.7 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Common GICB Capability Report. 5 : 0 .8 A VA I L BAT 2 .9 : 3 . 0 :A .5 : 7 . 1 : 3.1 : 1 . 8 :6 . 2 : 5.4 : 0. 2 : 6 .B : 3 . 1 : 5.D : 3 .C : 3 . 7 : 7. 2 : 7 .7 A V A IL BAT 2 .B : 4 . A : 4. 1 :5. 3 : 5. D : 5.3 : 1 .7 Screen Figure 87 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. 2 : 8. C :5 .A : 4 . E : A .1 : 2 . B :3 . B : 1. D :8 .A : 3 . C : 9. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.E : 2 .6 :7 . BDS 1.9 : 4 .A SP EC I F IC SE R V #3 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F F F F F F F F F :7 . F : 4.5 : 7 . 5 : 1.C : 4 .5 : 5 .D : 4 .2 : 7 .8 – 1.6 : 9 . D :9 . A A VA IL BAT 2 .C G I C B B D S 1 .5 H r B D S= 1 . E : 8. 4 : 7. 8 :7 .E : 9 .2 : 0 . 0 RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N NOTE: GICB BDS 1. 4 :2 . 6 : 4.0 : 5 .0 : 8 . 2 : 0 . C : 2.4 : 0 .8 : 5 .A : 5 .C : 8 .F : 3 .B : 2 . 1 :6 . A : A. 4 :8 .E : 5 .9 A V A IL BAT 2 . 0 : 2.8 Screen Figure 88 G I C B B D S 1 .7 : 4 . 0 :5. 9 : 2.6 : 6 . E :4 .E : 6 .7 C O M G I C B C A P DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F 0 00 00 0 00 : 0 .A : 9 . see Cover Page for details.6 : 0 .2 : 5 .B : 5 .8 : 8 .2 : 2 .1 : 4 . 9 : 7.3 : 7 .1 : 5 .8 : 2 . B : 8.F : 9 .9 : 1 .6 : 2 .1 : 4 .4 : 1 . F :1 . 1 :7 . 2 : 1.3 : 6 .4 : 5 . 2 :9 .8 S PE C IF I C S ER V # 1 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F F F F F F F F F :0 .9 S PE C IF I C S ER V # 2 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F F F F F F F F F : 3 .0 B D S= 1 . 6 :1 .0 : 6 .D :A.A : 1 .F : 5 .7 G I C B B D S 1 .5 : 6 . A : 3. 7 : 9. 6 : 0.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 1.5 : 2 .C : 1 . 1-2-4 Page 86 Dec 1/09 .C : 3 . 8 :0 . 9 : 9. 7 : 2.8 : 5 . Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields GICB BDS 1. 7 : 0.A : 8 .D : 6 .7 : 5 . 2 : 6. Refer to 1-2-4.4 : 6 .0 : 4 .A Screen Figure 90 Subject to Export Control.5 H r GICB BDS 1.5 :0.3 : 0 . F : 3. 4 :9 .1 : A.F : A .9 Screen Figure 89 GI C B B D S 1 . 8 :4.C : A .7 : 1 . B SP EC I F IC SE R V #4 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F F F F F F F F F :A .A : C . 8 :D . 7 :C.2 : F . 9 :B .5 : F . F : A. E :B .C Screen Figure 92 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. 1 :D .C RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1. 0 ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.2 : C .1 : C . A :E .C A VA IL BAT 2 .D : B . 7 : E.E : E .0 : F . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.1 : B .C SP EC I F IC SE R V #5 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 0F F F F F F F F :E . E :C . Subject to Export Control. A : A . C :C .B : D.6 : D . C :D .8 : B . C :F.A : B . 7 :B . see Cover Page for details.B : C .8 :E .F :F .2 : D.6 :F .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 G I C B B D S 1 . Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields NOTE: RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1.E :A .9 : D .9 : E.4 :F . C : A . 5 :D.4 : B .6 : C . 5 :B .1 :E . 3 :F. B : F .C : B .F : C .D : A .8 : C .6 :E . 0 :C.5 H r NOTE: B D S= 1 .7 : D . 3 :C .A :F.C register requests: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Mode S Specific Service GICB Capability Reports #1 through #5.8 through 1.D : C.B : E.B A VA IL BAT 2 .4 : D . E :D.D : D . 5 : E. Mode S Specific Service GICB Capability Reports advise which BDS registers are currently available from the transponder for data download via GICB protocol. A :D .B :A. 2 : E. B :B.3 : B . BDS 1. 8 :F. 2 :B.F : D . 0 :B . E : F .4 : C.B Screen Figure 91 G I C B B D S 1 .6 : B. 9 :C. 5 :C . 3 :D . 9 : F .7 : F . 4 : E.9 : E.0 : D .D : E.3 : E . F : E.D :F . 1-2-4 Page 87 Dec 1/09 .F : B. 1 :F.5 H r B D S= 1 . D MSP channels 1-28. The available channels are displayed over three screens BDS 1.F MSP channels 57-63.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 1.F. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.E Screen Figure 94 G I C B B D S 1 . BDS 1.E MSP Channels 29-56. 1. see Cover Page for details.28 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F F F F F F F F F U PL I N K 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 1 4 15 1 6 17 1 8 19 2 0 25 2 6 27 2 8 D O W N L IN K 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 13 1 4 15 1 6 17 1 8 19 2 0 25 2 6 27 2 8 10 21 10 21 11 22 11 22 12 23 12 23 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.5 H r B D S= 1 .6 3 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F F F F F F F F F U PL I N K 5 7 58 59 6 0 6 1 6 2 63 D O W N L IN K 5 7 58 59 60 61 62 63 RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1.F Screen Figure 95 Subject to Export Control.5 H r B D S= 1 .D through 1.D MS P C A P R PT 1 .56 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = F F F F F F F F F F F F F F U PL I N K 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 3 6 4 1 4 2 43 4 4 4 5 46 4 7 4 8 5 3 5 4 55 5 6 D O W N L IN K 2 9 3 0 31 3 2 3 3 34 3 5 3 6 4 1 4 2 43 4 4 4 5 46 4 7 4 8 5 3 5 4 55 5 6 37 49 37 49 38 50 38 50 39 40 51 52 39 40 51 52 RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1.F A VA I L BAT 2 .D BDS 1.D Screen Figure 93 G I C B B D S 1 .F G I C B B D S 1 . 1.F M SP C A P R PT 5 7.F register requests: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Mode S Specific Protocol Capability Reports 1. Mode S Specific Protocols (MSPs) utilize one or more of the 63 uplink or downlink channels provided by this protocol to transfer data in either short or long form MSP packets from the GDLP (Ground Data Link Processor) to the ADLP (Airborne Data Link Processor) or vice versa.5 H r B D S= 1 .E M S P C AP R P T 29 .D – 1.E A V A IL BAT 2 . NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 1.D A VA IL BAT 2 . 1-2-4 Page 88 Dec 1/09 .E and BDS 1. 0 G I C B B D S 2 .1 A IR C R A F T R EG # DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 A R N =1 2 34 5 A B A R = AA RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 2.5 H r B D S= 2 .0 A V A IL BAT 2 .1 A V A IL BAT 2 .5 H r GICB BDS 2. ARN (Aircraft Registration Number) up to seven characters.1 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Aircraft Registration Number. GICB BDS 2. see Cover Page for details. BDS 2.1 Screen Figure 97 Uses UF20/21 BDS 2.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 2.0 Screen Figure 96 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays AIS Flight ID. Flight Id is seven characters.1 G I C B B D S 2 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. AR (Airline Registration) two characters. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 89 Dec 1/09 .0 F L IG H T I D DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 F L IG H T I D = U A6 6 12 1 B D S= 2 . 0 A C A S A R A DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 T ID B = 7 0 d e g T ID A = 3 2 00 0 f t T ID R = 1 . Intruder Not Mode S Equipped.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 3. RAT (RA Terminated) indicator bit 59 displayed in binary.3.A L T /R AN G E/ B EA R I NG D AT A THREAT ADDRESS (Mode S threat address) displayed in 6 HEX digits N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 1. Subject to Export Control. Note: Only displayed when TTI = 1.2. BDS 3.2. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.3. N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays ACAS Active Resolution Advisory data.0 Screen Figure 98 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. Part 1. MTE (Multiple Threat Encounter) displayed in 1 bit binary.0 A V A IL BAT 2 .9. see Cover Page for details.3 MB fields used by TCASII RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 3. TTI (Threat Type Indicator) Indications: 0-NO DATA 1-MODE S ADDRESS 2-ALT/RANGE/BEARING DATA 3-NOT ASSIGNED NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10. Note: Normally 0 until an RA is terminated. TIDA (Threat Identity Data Altitude) displayed in feet.0 0 n m A R A =1 1 10 1 01 0 00 0 00 0 T I D =3 A 4 51 8 R A C =1 0 10 RAT=1 MT E= 3 T H R EA T A D D R ES S= N / A T T I= 2 . N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2. RAC (Resolution Advisory Compliment) bit 55-58 displayed in binary. TID (Threat Identity Data) Mode S address (HEX) of the threat. TIDR (Threat Identity Data Range) in nm. Also refer to RTCA D0-185A para 2. N/A (Not Available) Note: Only displayed when TTI = 2. Intruder Not Mode S Equipped. then will be 1 for 18 seconds. 1-2-4 Page 90 Dec 1/09 . ARA (Active Resolution Advisories) bits 4154 displayed in binary. Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields.5 H r B D S= 3 .0 G I C B B D S 3 . Intruder Not Mode S Equipped. Vol lII. TIDB (Threat Identity Data Bearing) in degrees. 0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Vertical Intent. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields.0 VE R T I N T EN T DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 MC P /F CU S EL AL T = 6 55 3 6 f t F M S SE L A L T = 65 5 36 f t A P P M O D E= Y E S SO U RC E IN F O = Y ES M O DE IN F O= Y ES T A R GE T A L T = F C U / MC P SE L A L T VN A V H O L D M OD E A C T I VE = YE S AL T H O L D M O D E A C T IV E = YE S B A RO P R ES S ET = 11 00 . NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.0 G I C B B D S 4 .5 H r B D S= 4 . NO (No Source Information Provided) BARO PRES SET (Barometric Pressure set) Indications: N/A (Not Available) 800 to 1209. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 4. 1-2-4 Page 91 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control.5 in mb. NO (Not Active) APP MODE (Approach Mode) Indications: YES. NO (Not Active) MODE INFO (Mode Information) Indications YES (Mode Information Provided). MCP/FCU SEL ALT (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit Selected Altitude) Indications in feet. BDS 4. NO (No Mode Information Provided). . NO (Not Active) ALT HOLD MODE (Altitude Hold Mode) Indications: YES.0 Screen Figure 99 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. N/A (Not Available) FMS SEL ALT (Flight management System) Indications in feet. N/A (Not Available) TARGET ALT (Target Altitude) Indications: N/A (Not Available) UNKNOWN.0 A V A IL BAT 2 . 0 m b VNAV HOLD MODE (Vertical Navigation Mode) Indications: YES. FCU/MCP SEL ALT. AIRCRAFT ALT. see Cover Page for details.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 4. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. FMS SEL ALT SOURCE INFO (Target Altitude Source Information) Indications: YES (Source information Provided). 2 A V A IL BAT 2 . LONGITUDE decoded format in degrees.1 G I C B B D S 4 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 4. 00 0 f t RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 4. 1-2-4 Page 92 Dec 1/09 .5 H r B D S= 4 . see Cover Page for details.2 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Waypoint Position.5 H r GICB BDS 4. LATITUDE decoded format in degrees. BDS 4. minutes and seconds North or South. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.2 W A YP O IN T PO S DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 L A T IT U D E = 3 2 5 3 48 N L O N G IT U D E = 97 02 1 6 W C R OSS IN G AL T IT U D E = 32 .2 G I C B B D S 4 . GICB BDS 4. minutes and seconds East or West. W A Y P O I N T N A M E 9 I CA O c h a r a c t e r n a m e NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 for detailed description of data fields. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 for detailed description of data fields. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.2 Screen Figure 101 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. CROSSING ALTITUDE range 0 to 131068 ft. BDS 4. Subject to Export Control.1 W A YP O IN T N A M E DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 WA Y PO IN T N A M E= D F W B D S= 4 .1 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Waypoint Name.1 Screen Figure 100 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.1 A V A IL BAT 2 . 0 n m R ES ER V ED = B D S= 5 . 1 d e g G N D S PE ED = 50 0 k t s T R U E A IR SP EE D = 560 kts T R U E T R A C K A N GL E= 9 0 .0 to 16 degrees/second (1 decimal place) GND SPEED (Ground Speed) Indications: 0 to 2048 Kts. ROLL ANGLE. Subject to Export Control. TRUE AIR SPEED (True Air Speed) Indications: 0 to 2048 Kts. BDS 4.5 H r GICB BDS 5.0 T R A C K & T U R N DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 R O L L A N GL E = 4 0.0 G I C B B D S 5 .3 G I C B B D S 4 .0 m in D IST A N C E T O G O= 10 0 .0 Figure 103 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.6 mins DISTANCE TO GO Indications: 0 to 6553.0 A V A IL BAT 2 . BEARING TO WAYPOINT Indications: +/-180 degrees (1 decimal place) TIME TO GO Indications: 0 to 409.0 d e g T IM E T O GO = 25 . BDS 5. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.3 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Waypoint Details.5 H r B D S= 4 . GICB BDS 5. RATE (True Track Angle Rate) Indications: +/.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Track and Turn Report. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem.3 d eg T R A C K A N G L E R AT E= 4 . Indications: +/-90 degrees (1 decimal place) TRUE TRACK ANGLE (True Track Angle) Indications: +/-180 degrees (1 decimal place). 2kt resolution. 1-2-4 Page 93 Dec 1/09 .3 Screen Figure 102 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. see Cover Page for details. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. 2kt resolution.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 4.3 W A YP O IN T D ET A IL S DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 B EA R I NG T O W A Y PO IN T = 1 1 0 .0 d e g / S RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 4.3 A V A IL BAT 2 .6 nm RESERVED NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688-AN/952 for detailed description of data fields. 096 mach number. 1 kt resolution. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP to receive data from subsystem. Subject to Export Control. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. resolution 32 ft/min.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 6.0 Screen Figure 104 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. 1-2-4 Page 94 Dec 1/09 . resolution 32 ft/min. 72 9 B A RO AL T R A T E = 1 40 0 f t / m in M AG H D G = 18 0. BDS 6. MAG HDG (Magnetic Heading) Indications: N/A (Not Available) 0 to 359 degrees.5 H r B D S= 6 . IND AIR SPEED (Indicated Air Speed) Indications: N/A (Not Available) 0 to 1023 Kts. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 6. BARO ALT RATE (Barometric Altitude Rate) Indications: N/A (Not Available) -16384 to +16352 ft/ minute. see Cover Page for details. MACH (Mach Number) Indications: N/A (Not Available) 0 to 4. NOTE: Refer to ICAO manual on Mode S specific services DOC 9688AN/952 and RTCA DO-260A V2 for detailed description of data fields.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Heading and Speed Report. 0 d e g I N E R T V ER T V E L = 14 0 0 f t /m i n INERT VERT VEL (Inertial Vertical Velocity) Indications: N/A (Not Available) -16384 to +16352 ft/ minute.0 H D G & S PE ED DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 IN D AI R S P EE D = 51 2 k t s M A C H = 0.0 G I C B B D S 6 .0 A V A IL BAT 2 . resolution to three decimal places. 5 H r GICB BDS 6.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Aircraft Status. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data.5 H r B D S= 6 . NO COMM. HLD ALT (Holding Altitude). MINIMUM FUEL. BDS 6.1 G I C B B D S 6 . DOWNED AIRCRAFT.1 Screen Figure 105 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long. ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode).F M S/ R N A V VE R T M O D E I N D = A C QU IR IN G S IL = 1 T A R G AL T T Y P E = M SL N IC B AR O = 1 T A R G AL T = 3 10 0 0 f t T A R G H D G = 24 0 d e g T C A S/ A C AS O PE R A T I ON A L = Y ES R A A = N O H O R IZ D A T A AV A IL /S OU R C E IN D = M C P/ F C U H O R IZ M O D E I N D = M AI N T A IN I N G NAC=0 EM E RG /P R IO R C O D E= U N L A W F U L IN T ER F N C RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB BDS 6. GENERAL EMERGENCY. RESERVED subfield. BDS 6. FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 6. Installation must be in the airborne state to transmit target state and status. RESERVED EMERG/PRIOR CODE (Emergency/Priority Status Coding). Refer to table A-2 DO-260A V2. see Cover Page for details. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP. . (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable). to receive data from subsystem. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP. GICB BDS 6. AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.2 Screen Figure 106 Uses UF4/5 Reply Length Long.1 A VA I L BAT 2 . AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) MB message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format.2 G I C B B D S 6 . LIFEGUARD/MEDICAL. RESERVED. MAINTAINING (Capturing or Maintaining Mode). NOTE NOTE: SUBTYPE= 0 VERT DATA/SOURCE INFO (Vertical Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: MCP/FCU (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit). Autopilot must be engaged and stimulated by sensor data for some fields to display data. EMERGENCY/PRIORITY STATUS.1 A / C S T A T U S T YP E= 2 8 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 EM E RG /P R IO R C O D E= U N L A W F U L IN T ER F N C R ES ER V ED = 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 SU B T Y PE = EM E RG EN C Y /P R IO R IT Y S T A T U S B D S= 6 . SUB TYPE (Subtype Coding). VERT MODE IND (Vertical Mode Indicator) Indications: UNKNOWN. UNLAWFUL INTERFNC. Indications: NO EMERGENCY. 12 digit HEX field containing contents of bits 9 to 56.2 T A R G S T A T E T Y PE = 29 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) MB = 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 VE R T D A T A / SO U R C E IN F O =F MS /N A V T A R G AL T C A P =H L D G AL T . to receive data from subsystem.A C P.0 register request: Receives DF20/21 reply and decodes MB message field containing BDS register contents and displays Target State. Indications: NO INFO.2 A VA I L BAT 2 . RESERVED 1-2-4 Page 95 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control. Subject to Export Control. TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. INVALID HORIZ MODE IND (Horizontal Mode Indicator) Indications: UNKNOWN (Unknown Mode or Information unavailable). RESERVED. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. HOLD+AUTOPILOT+FMS/RNAV (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude. 1-2-4 Page 96 Dec 1/09 . NO. ACQUIRING (Acquiring Mode). HOLD+AUTOPILOT (Capability for reporting either Holding altitude or Autopilot control panel selected altitude). FMS/RNAV (FMS/RNAV System) TARGET HDG (Target Heading Angle) Indications: 0 to 359 degrees. or any FMS/RNAV level off altitude). MCP/FCU (Mode Control Panel/Flight Control Unit selected track angle). RAA (TCAS/ACAS Resolution Advisory Active) Indications: YES. NO. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight). see Cover Page for details. 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) TCAS/ACAS OPERATIONAL (TCAS/ACAS Operational) Indications: YES. NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown). RESERVED H DATA AVAIL/SOURCE IND (Horizontal Data Available/Source Indicator) Indications: NOT VALID (No Valid Horizontal Target State Data is available).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 TARGET ALT CAP (Target Altitude Capability) Indications: HLD-ALT (Capability for reporting Holding altitude only). MAINTAINING (Capturing or Maintaining Mode). MAINTAIN (Maintain Current Heading or Track angle). 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. NOTE SUBTYPE Indications: AIRBORNE (Airborne Status message). RESERVED. TC (Target Change Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne. RESERVED. Data is displayed over three screens Part 1. RUN T ES T PR E V TE S T PR E V TES T R ET U R N GICB 6. 260A/242A (RTCA DO-260A and DO-242A). 0 (Traffic Display not operational) ARV (Air Referenced Velocity Report) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne. 0 (Aircraft not receiving ATC services). surface position message heading or ground track determination bit) Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (Target Heading Angle Reported 1 (Target Angle Reported) IDENT (Ident Switch) Indications YES (Ident switch active).O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 GICB BDS 6. to receive data from subsystem. Part 2 and Part 3. RESERVED. NOTE: ADLP (Air Data Link Processor) must be installed or transponder must have embedded ADLP.A I R B O R N E C A P C L A SS = 00 0 0 NAC =5 B AQ = 0 SI L = 1 TC=0 C D T I= 0 A R V= 0 T S =0 RA=0 VE R N B R = D O . RESERVED.5 H r B D S= 6 . SURFACE (Surface Status message).5 Screen Figure 107 DF20. NO (Ident switch not active). 0 (No Capability of sending messages to support Target State Reports).T C AS = 0 O P ER MO D E S U B F I EL D = 3 N I C B A R O= 1 H O R IZ R EF D I R= T RU E N O R T H ID E N T = 0 T R K /H D G =N / A N I C =5 L EN G T H /W ID T H = N / A R EC AT C S ER V =0 B 2 L O W =N / A P O A = N / A CDTI (Cockpit Display of Traffic Information) Indications: 1 (Traffic Display operational). TS (Target State Report Capability) Only Available when Subtype= Airborne Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 (Capability of sending messages to support Target State Reports). AA (Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) ME message field displayed in 14 digit HEX format. 1TC+0 (Capability of sending messages to support TC+0 report only).5 G I C B B D S 6 . RESERVED. RESERVED. RESERVED. 0 (No Capability of sending messages to support Air-Reference velocity). 1-2-4 Page 97 Dec 1/09 . RESERVED.5 A /C OP S T A T U S T Y PE = 31 DF 20 A A= 3 A C 42 1 ( 1 6 54 2 04 1 ) M E= 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 00 SU B T Y PE = 0. Subject to Export Control. REC ATC SER (Receiving ATC Services) Indications: 1 (Aircraft receiving ATC services). VER NBR (Reports formats and protocols supported) Indications: 260/242 (RTCA DO-260 and DO-242). RESERVED. RESERVED. RESERVED.5 AV A IL BAT 2 . Indications: N/A (Surface) 1 (Capability of sending messages to support Air-Reference velocity). 2 MTC (Capability of sending information for multiple TC reports) 3 (Reserved) TRK ANGLE/HDG (Used for surface ADS-B participants.21: Receives extended squitter decodes and displays Aircraft Operational Status.2 60 A / D O . RESERVED. Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (No capability for sending messages to support trajectory change reports) . see Cover Page for details.2 42 N O T . <23m. NOTE: Refer to ICAO Annex 10 Vol lII Chapter 5 and RTCA-DO-260A for detailed description of data fields. <38m. <25m. <75m. Subject to Export Control. <33m. Receiving ATC Services) 2 (Reserved) 3 (Reserved) NIC (NIC Supplement) Indications: 0 (Rc unknown) 1 (Rc < 20 NM) B2 LOW Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (>70 W) 1 (<70 W) POA Indications: N/A (Airborne) 0 (Position transmitted is not the ADS-B position reference point) 1 (Position transmitted is the ADS-B position reference point) CAPABILITY CLASS ME BITS 9-24(airborne) ME BITS 9-20 (surface) 0000-FFFF (airborne) 000-FFF (surface) HORIZ REF DIR (Horizontal Reference Direction) Indications: TRUE NORTH. IDENT Switch Active. A/V WIDTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Width) Indications: N/A (Airborne) <11.5m. =>80m. <65m. MAGNETIC NORTH TYPE Specifies class and accuracy of data. 1-2-4 Page 98 Dec 1/09 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 A/V LENGTH (Aircraft or Vehicle Length) Indications: N/A (Airborne) <15m. <45m. <35m.5m.6 m) 7 (EPU <185. SIL (Surveillance Integrity Level) Indications: 0 (Unknown). <39. 2 (1x10(-5) per flight).408 km) 3 (EPU <3.5m. see Cover Page for details. <55m. <=200m. <52m. <45m. <59. <67m.2 m) 8 (EPU <92. 3 (1x10(-7) per flight) NIC BARO (Navigation Integrity Baro) Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (Gillum Cross Checked) 1 (Gillum Not Cross Checked) NAC Indications: 0 (EPU >18.5m.52 km) 1 (EPU <18. 1 (1x10(-3) per flight). <72m.52 km) 2 (EPU <7.704 km) 4 (EPU <1852 m) 5 (EPU <926 m) 6 (EPU <555. <34m. <80m.6 m) 9 (EPU <30 m and VEPU <45 m) A (EPU <30 m and VEPU <15 m) B (EPU <3 m and VEPU <4 m) C (reserved) D (reserved) E (reserved) F (reserved) BAQ Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (always 0 for airborne message) 1 (not specified) 2 (not specified) 3 (not specified) NOT TCAS Indications: N/A (Surface) 0 (TCAS operations or unknown) 1 (TCAS not installed or not operational) OPER MODE Subfield Indications: 0 (TCAS RA Active. <28. Refer to table A-2 RTCA DO-260A V2. 1 1. the Traffic Information Service (TIS) data link provides automatic display of nearby traffic and warns the pilot of potentially threatening traffic conditions. including a 5-mile buffer required for TIS coverage. 03 G Hz : 7 . 09 G Hz : 6 . figure (at 1090 MHz) marked on supplied RF coaxial cable. Relative altitudes from –3. TIS can only provide traffic information to aircraft equipped with Mode S. 1-2-4 Page 99 Dec 1/09 . TIS can also integrate primary radar coverage to maintain tracks of non-transponder equipped aircraft. Because it is available to all Mode S transponders. Figure 103). although the system acquires and maintains track information on all aircraft equipped with an ATC Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS). 3 d B A NT C A B L E :6 F T A NT C A B L E L O S S: 1 . 03 G Hz : 7 . The aircraft TIS processor receives the data and displays the data on the TIS display. a TIS ground processor uplinks surveillance information generated by Mode S sensors to equipped aircraft. NOTE: Cable loss range 0.) Terminal Mode S installations currently provide 60 nautical mile coverage.9 dB. 4. Unless otherwise stated.7 TIS GENERAL DESCRIPTION Primarily a U.1 1.1 TIS MODE Press the TCAS mode key twice to display the TIS screen (1-2-4 figure 103). TIS data is obtained from the ground Mode S sensor that acquires and maintains aircraft tracks within its coverage area.000 to +3. NOTE: Enter Setup Screen information before conducting test operations. Use DATA Keys to slew the data.3 d B U UT A D D R E SS :A U T O M A N U A L A A : 12 3 45 6 A N T G A I N ( d B i) 1. TIS software and Mode S sensors are fielded at a number of terminals nationwide (U.7. A Mode S equipped aircraft requests TIS data via a downlink message at 1090 MHz.1 PR EV PA R A M NE X T P AR A M Setup TIS Screen Figure 108 STEP 1. The ground station sends TIS data to the aircraft via a datalink that operates at 1030 MHz.500 feet are also accommodated. see Cover Page for details. Set the parameters by pressing NEXT PARAM. TIS is inexpensive and its availability makes collision avoidance technology more accessible to the pricesensitive general aviation community. Parameters are: ● RF PORT: Selects ANTENNA (ANT CONNECTOR) or DIRECT CONNECT via RF I/O Connector. last used values are retained on Power-up. 4.2 TIS SETUP Setup TIS Screen contains parameters which determine operational characteristics of the TIS Functional Mode.0 to 9. BAT 2 . PROCEDURE Press SETUP Soft Key to display SETUP TIS Screen (1-2-4. Press PREV PARAM to select the field.5 H r S ET U P -T IS RF P O R T : AN T EN N A AN T R A N G E : 1 2 f t H EI G H T 12 f t D I R CA B L E L O S S: 1 . providing increased situational awareness and an enhanced “seeand-avoid” capability for pilots. Data formats for TIS are described in the Minimum Operational Performance Standards for Traffic Information Service (TIS) Data Link Communications RTCA DO-239.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. Subject to Export Control. ● DIRECT CABLE LOSS: Entered in dB. The TIS cockpit display provides at least 5 miles of display range and TIS encoding provides values up to seven miles in 1/8-mile intervals. 2. deployed system.S.7. Using the Mode-S data link.S. 0 to 9. When 1. AUTO uses manually entered address if no reply is received. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. then cable loss in dB is automatically calculated and displayed. ● ANT RANGE: Test Set Antenna to transponder antenna horizontal range (6 to 250). 60 FT. Figure 11). (25 and 50 foot cables optional) 25 and 50 foot cable selection compensates for delay of Aeroflex optional cables. ● ANT CABLE LOSS: Displays antenna cable loss in dB (at 1090 MHZ).0 to 20. STEP ● PROCEDURE ANT HEIGHT: Test Set Antenna Range to transponder antenna height difference (1 to 99).9 dB.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 STEP ● PROCEDURE ANT CABLE: Selections USER DEFINED. UUT placed in ground state) tests already running continue to use last ATCRBS/ Mode S All Call obtained address. Appendix F approved method). If preset length 1. ANT CABLE selection of 1. NOTE: Cable loss range 0. ANT CABLE LOSS field is automatically calculated. ● UUT ADDRESS: MANUAL or AUTO (defaults to AUTO on power-up).9 dB. Figure 11). 1-2-4 Page 100 Dec 1/09 . 6. 1 FT. 25. 6. 25.. 50 or 60 feet is selected. 0. NOTE: UNITS parameter determines feet or meters (1-2-4. figure marked on supplied RF coaxial cable NOTE: Cable loss range 0.e. 138 and 184 ns of delay. NOTE: Based on Aeroflex supplied cables. 68. NOTE: ● MANUAL ADDRESS: A six digit HEX address is entered if UUT ADDRESS: MANUAL is selected. If user defined. normally this is set once. On loss of ATCRBS/Mode S All Call reply (i. 25 FT. 6. NOTE: UNITS parameter determines feet or meters (1-2-4. 6 FT. gain figures for 1030 and 1090 MHz marked on supplied Directional Antenna. 50 FT. 50 or 60 feet is selected. 25. When USER DEFINED selected. NOTE: ICAO amendment 77 transponders only replies to Mode S discrete interrogations when installation is in ground state. ● ANT GAIN: Entered in dBi. 50 or 60 feet results in 0. Enter parameters for BOTTOM and TOP antenna if installation has diversity capability. cable loss may be manually entered by the user in ANT CABLE LOSS field. AUTO selection Mode S address is obtained via ATCRBS/Mode S All Call (FAR Part 43. UUT HDG: Provides entry for UUT Heading in degrees range 0 to 354.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 TIS TEST SCREEN TI S T A R G ET S : 5 BAT 2 . HDG: Sets target Heading TRAFFIC: Sets target traffic status on TIS display. Subject to Export Control. LEVEL. see Cover Page for details. The blue cross (bottom center). The Aircraft heading is shown at the top of the display and the target headings are shown as lines radiating from the target symbols. BRG: Sets target bearing relative to UUT (aircraft) range 0 to 354 degrees RNG: Sets targets range relative to UUT (aircraft) range 0 to 7 nm ALT: Sets target altitude relative to UUT (aircraft) range +/. Figure 105. 00 2 0 00 1 00 0 5 00 0 L E VE L L EV EL C L IM B L EV EL 1 78 56 22 0 PR O X PR O X PR O X T R F C A D D R = 3 A C4 2 1 ( 16 5 42 0 4 1) N 1 23 4 5 TS CR= 5 T SD R = 1 A L T = 12 6 70 0 f t T I S ST A T US = C O N N E CT IN G I N F O = 0 00 0 RUN T ES T P R EV P A RA M NEX T PA R A M TIS Operation Screen Figure 109 Test Screen Description: TARGETS: Sets the number of simulated targets 0 to 5. DESCEND. This orientates the target bearings with respect to UUT (aircraft) heading. UNUSED.0 0 1.5 H r ALT UUT= UUT Altitude in ft TIS STATUS: Indications CONNECTED (Up-linking data to UUTTSCR but not up-linking data to UUT) INFO= (Debug output of IFR 6000) 0x0001 0x0002 0x0004 0x0008 0x0010 0x0020 0x0040 0x0080 0x0100 0x0200 0x0400 0x0800 Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Reply to No reply Datalink Cap Report to Datalink Cap Report MSP Cap Report to MSP Cap Report Broadcast Cap Report to Broadcast Cap Report keep alive uplink to keep alive uplink TIS uplink to TIS uplink Reply lockout to lockout 1 B R G ( d e g ) : 1 20 R N G ( n m ) : 6 . is the UUT Aircraft.0 0 2 . PROX (Proximity). 1-2-4 Page 101 Dec 1/09 .3500 ft ALT RATE: Sets Altitude Rate annunciation on TIS display indications: CLIMB. 00 ALT(ft) : 35 0 0 A L T R A T E: C L IM B H D G ( d e g ) : 2 34 T R A F F I C : P R OX U U T H DG : 1 80 d e g 2 3 4 5 90 23 4 1 82 23 4 . 00 3 . TRFC (Traffic) ADDR= (UUT Aircraft Address) in HEX and (OCTAL) TSCR= Number of TIS connect requests received TSDR= Number of TIS disconnect requests received TIS DISPLAY Refer to 1-2-4. TIS Display Example Figure 110 Target status: White symbol Yellow symbol Proximity Traffic Relative altitudes are displayed alongside the targets with arrow symbols indicating climbing or descending. O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 TIS Operation Flow Chart Figure 111 1-2-4 Page 102 Dec 1/09 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. . Figure 108). 1-2-4 Page 103 Dec 1/09 . Deactivate other area transponders or position transponders at least three times the XPDR Setup Menu Range from Directional Antenna.7 DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA USE The Directional Antenna is used three ways. Connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector to Test Set ANT Connector via 72 in coaxial cable. Figure 109). Subject to Export Control. Figures 110 and 111). Connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector to Test Set ANT Connector via 72 in coaxial cable. Directional Antenna Mounted on Test Set Figure 112 Tripod Mounted Directional Antenna Figure 114 Mount Directional Antenna on friction hinge and connect Directional Antenna ANT Connector to Test Set ANT Connector via 12 in coaxial cable (1-2-4. see Cover Page for details. XPDR: XPDR antennas are top and bottom mounted on airframe. Figure 107). Verify which antenna(s) is transponder antenna(s) as the DME antenna(s) look similar. ladders and tool chests etc. to minimize multi-path reflections which cause random test failures.). Point Directional Antenna at UUT antenna (1-2-4. Hand Held Directional Antenna Figure 113 Distance for testing top UUT antenna should be sufficient so UUT antenna is visible (1-2-4. Mount Directional Antenna on tripod and point at UUT antenna (1-2-4. Position Directional Antenna in direct sight of UUT antenna. Shield with Antenna Shield (Appendix J) or disconnect and terminate UUT Antenna not being tested. avoiding close obstructions (such as gantries.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. Follow Avoid False TCAS RA’s on Overflying Aircraft or Altitude procedure. Verify which antenna(s) is DME Antenna(s) as the transponder lower antenna(s) look similar. For those units place Test Set according to 1-2-4.1 m) from UUT Antenna being tested.24 m) from the Directional Antenna. Position Directional Antenna ≤20 ft (6. Mode S effective coverage distance may be dependent on the Test Set simulated range. ladders and tool chests etc. to ensure that the antenna far field is tested Mode S Coverage Within 12 nmi Simulated Range Figure 115 Refer to 1-2-4. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 104 Dec 1/09 . Shield with another Antenna Shield or disconnect and terminate UUT Antenna(s) not being tested. Some aircraft are fitted with an omni-directional bottom antenna. to minimize multipath reflections which cause random test failures. Test Set antenna should be at the same height as the UUT antenna. avoiding close obstructions (such as gantries. TCAS 6000 Effective Test Coverage Figure 116 Subject to Export Control. When testing top antenna in a hanger use a gantry at the same height as the top antenna. Figure 110. Changing bearing may result in a more reliable track. Deactivate other area transponders or position transponder >50 ft (15.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Procedure to Avoid False TCAS RA’s on Overflying Aircraft or Altitude: If the aircraft barometric system is at altitude. Usual distance from UUT antenna is approximately 10 to 20 feet.0 m) of UUT antenna.). TCAS: Most TCAS installations have top and bottom directional antennas. Position the Test Set Directional Antenna in direct sight of UUT antenna. Due to high power density reduction in some TCAS interrogators. Figure 111. Figure 105 to ensure Test Set Directional Antenna is within effective coverage area for either ATCRBS or Mode S. shield UUT Antenna being tested with Antenna Shield (Appendix J). Refer to 1-2-4. Testing in aircraft hangers may result in erratic bearing of simulated intruder. ladders and tool chests) to minimize multipath reflections which cause erroneous intruder bearings. position test set within 30 ft (9. DME: DME Antennas are bottom mounted on airframe. Position Directional Antenna in direct sight of UUT antenna. For simulated ranges within 1 nm. Avoid close obstructions (such as gantries. NOTE: Directional Antenna should not be positioned closer than 6 feet. To minimize intruder bearing error. 1-2-4 Page 105 Dec 1/09 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 HANDLE ANTENNA PATTERN BEAMWIDTH BUILDING TNC CONNECTOR 6’ CABLE TO TEST SET ≈ H ± 20 VERTICAL ± 25 HORIZONTAL FLAT ANTENNA M MULT IPATH AIRCRAFT WITH UUT UL P TI AT BUILDING X TEST SET WITH ANTENNA FOR OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE: BUILDINGS. FOR ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE: OTHER AIRCRAFT SHOULD BE >3X DISTANCE FROM TEST SET. 05817A Suggested Layout to Reduce Multipath Errors Figure 117 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. VEHICLES AND OTHER AIRCRAFT SHOULD BE LOCATED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO OR BEHIND ANTENNA. BUILDINGS SHOULD BE AT OBLIQUE ANGLES OCCUPYING < 20 OF BEAMWIDTH. WHEN DESELECTING. TESTING BOTTOM ANTENNA 05818A Ramp Testing Figure 118 Subject to Export Control. SETUP HEIGHT C.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 A. C. USE SETUP POSITION THAT HAS AIRCRAFT BLOCKING LINE OF SIGHT TO TOP ANTENNA. B. 1-2-4 Page 106 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. SETUP RANGE E TESTING TOP ANTENNA A. LIN E OF SIG HT DIS TANC ANTENNA SHIELD B. TERMINATING OR SHIELDING TOP ANTENNA IS NOT POSSIBLE OR PRACTICAL. O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 4. The Test Set REMOTE Connector provides the main user signal interface for the Breakout Box. Figure 114). IFR 6000 with Breakout Box Figure 119 Subject to Export Control. 1-2-4 Page 107 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.8 BREAKOUT BOX The Breakout Box accessory provides access to individual user interfaces via standard connectors (1-2-4. see Cover Page for details. 1-2-4 Page 108 Dec 1/09 .O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . Subject to Export Control. 1-3-1 Page 1 Dec 1/09 .SPECIFICATIONS NOTE: A 5 minute warm-up period is required for all specifications. DME MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR Output Frequency: Reply Frequency: Range: Accuracy: Output Level: ANT Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Distance to UUT Antenna: RF I/O Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: -95 to -47 dBm: -115 to <-95 dBm: Reply Pulse Spacing: P1 to P2: P1 to P2: Reply Pulse Width: P1/P2: Echo Reply: Control: Position: Amplitude: On/Off 30 nmi (±1 nmi) -11 dB (±1 dB) relative to reply level 3. NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.5 µs) 12 µs (±100 ns) (X Channel) at 50% peak 30 µs (±100 ns) (Y Channel) at 50% peak ±1 dB ±2 dB -115 to -47 dBm 1 dB -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector 1 dB ±2 dB 6 to 300 ft with supplied antenna 962 to 1213 MHz ±10 kHz Subject to Export Control.5 µs (±0. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SECTION 3 . 5 µs (±0.25 µs) (10% to 90%) 2.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 DME MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR (cont) Reply Pulse Rise and Fall Times: All Pulses: Rise Time: Fall Time: Reply Delay: X Channel: Fixed Reply Delay: Y Channel: Fixed Reply Delay: Range Delay: X and Y Channel: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Range Rate: X and Y Channel: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Squitter: PRF: Accuracy: Distribution: Reply Efficiency: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Ident Tone: Selection: Frequency: Accuracy: Selectable three letter code 1350 Hz ±2 Hz 0 to 100% 1% increments ±0.00 nmi 0.5 µs (±0. tested to ±0.5% 2700 Hz ±2% Per ARINC 568 10 to 6500 kts 1 kts ±0.01 nmi 56 µs (±100 ns) 50 µs (±100 ns) 2.25 µs) (90% to 10%) Subject to Export Control.01 nmi ±0.5% 0 to 450. see Cover Page for details.01 % typical. 1-3-1 Page 2 Dec 1/09 . 00 MHz 10 kHz ±20 kHz +47 to +64 dBm 0. 1-3-1 Page 3 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 DME MODE UUT MEASUREMENTS ERP: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Direct Connection Peak Pulse Power: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Frequency: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Interrogation Pulse Width: P1 and P2 Pulse Widths: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Interrogation Pulse Spacing: P1 to P2 Spacing: Resolution: Accuracy: Interrogation PRF: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 1 to 300 Hz 1 Hz ±2 Hz 10 to 14 µs (X Channel) 34 to 38 µs (Y Channel) 10 ns ±20 ns 2.1 dB ±1 dB +47 to +64 dBm 0.1 dB ±2 dB Subject to Export Control.00 to 1150.00 to 5.00 µs 1 ns ±50 ns 1025. 00 µs (±25 ns) 10. automatically controlled for a MTL range of -83 to -68 dBm -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector 0.75 µs (±25 ns) 0.5 dB 1030 MHz ±10 kHz ATCRBS/Mode S Interrogation Pulse Spacing: Mode A: P1 to P2: P1 to P3: Mode C: P1 to P2: P1 to P3: Mode S: P1 to P2: P1 to P6: P1 to SPR: P5 to SPR: 2.00 µs (±25 ns) 8. automatically controlled -115 to -47 dBm 0.00 µs (±25 ns) 3.00 µs (±25 ns) Intermode Interrogation Pulse Spacing: Mode A: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: 8.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TRANSPO NDER MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR RF Output Frequency: Interrogation Frequency: Accuracy: RF Output Level: Ant Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Distance to UUT Antenna: RF I/O Connector: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: -95 to -47 dBm: -115 to <-95 dBm: ±1 dB ±2 dB MTL +6 dB typical.00 µs (±25 ns) Subject to Export Control.40 µs (±50 ns) 2.00 µs (±25 ns) 2. see Cover Page for details.00 µs (±25 ns) 21.50 µs (±25 ns) 4.5 dB ±2 dB 6 to 200 ft with supplied antenna MTL + 6 dB typical. 1-3-1 Page 4 Dec 1/09 . -0 to +1 dB relative to P6 level Off Subject to Export Control.80 µs (±50 ns) 21. S. -1 to +0 dB relative to P1 level 0 dB. Intermode: P1.80 µs (±50 ns) 0. P3: Mode S: P6 (Short DPSK Block): P6 (Long DPSK Block): P5 Intermode: P4 (Short): P4 (Long): 0.25 µs (±50 ns) 0. see Cover Page for details. -1 to +0 dB relative to P6 level +3 dB. -0 to +1 dB relative to P1 level Off Mode S: SLS Level (P5): NOTE 1 50 to 100 ns 50 to 200 ns ≤80 ns 180° (±10°) -12 dB. 1-3-1 Page 5 Dec 1/09 .60 µs (±50 ns) 16.80 µs (±50 ns) 1.00 µs (±25 ns) Interrogation Pulse Rise and Fall Times: All Modes: Rise Time: Fall Time: Phase Modulation: All Modes: Transition Time: Phase Shift: SLS Levels: ATCRBS: SLS Level (P2): -9 dB. P2.25 µs (±50 ns) 30.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TRANSPO NDER MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR (cont) Intermode Interrogation Pulse Spacing (cont): Mode C: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: Interrogation Pulse Widths: Mode A. C.00 µs (±25 ns) 23. 1-3-1 Page 6 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TRANSPO NDER MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR (cont) Interrogation Test Signals: Mode S: PRF: ATCRBS: PRF: 235 Hz (±5 Hz) 50 Hz (±5 Hz) Subject to Export Control. 5 to 800 W) 0.80 to 7. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TRANSPO NDER MODE UUT MEASUREMENTS ERP (at 1090 MHz): Range: Resolution: Accuracy: +45.1 dB ±2 dB.000 to 1093.00 to 131.1 dB ±1 dB Receiver Sensitivity. Radiated MTL: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: -79 to -67 dBm into 0 dBi antenna 0. 1-3-1 Page 7 Dec 1/09 .00 µs 10 ns ±50 ns -79 to -67 dBm 0. Direct Connection MTL: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Reply Delay: ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 1.5 to +59 dBm (35.5 to +59 dBm (45 to 800 W) 0.00 µs 10 ns ±50 ns Subject to Export Control. typical 1087.1 dB ±2 dB Direct Connection Peak Pulse Power (at 1090 MHz) : Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Transmitter Frequency: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Receiver Sensitivity.1 dB ±2 dB Mode S and ATCRBS Mode S All-Call: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 125.000 MHz 10 kHz ±50 kHz +46. 60 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 0.7 µs 4. see Cover Page for details. 1-3-1 Page 8 Dec 1/09 .3 to 4.2 µs 3.75 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 0.00 µs 1 ns ±20 ns Subject to Export Control.25 to 0.25 to 0.8 to 1.3 to 3.30 µs 1 ns ±20 ns Mode S and ATCRBS Mode S All-Call: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Pulse Spacing: F1 to F2: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Mode S Preamble: Range: P1 to P2: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: Resolution: Accuracy: Pulse Widths: F1 and F2: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Mode S Preamble: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 0.75 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 0.00 to 6.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TRANSPO NDER MODE UUT MEASUREMENTS (cont) Reply Delay Jitter: ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 0.00 to 2.70 to 21.7 µs 1 ns ±20 ns 19. (0.96 m (95 ft) Resolution: Accuracy: 0.01 dB via RCI) ±0.5 dB Subject to Export Control.83 m (6 ft) to 28. see Cover Page for details.1 dB ±3 dB 0.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TRANSPO NDER MODE UUT MEASUREMENTS (cont) Pulse Amplitude Variation: Range: Mode S (Relative to P1): ATCRBS (Relative to F1): Resolution: Accuracy: DF 11 Squitter Period: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Diversity Isolation: Range: 0 to >20 dB (Depending on Test Distance) Test Distance is 1.1 dB.88 sec 10 ms ±10 ms -3 to +3 dB -3 to +3 dB 0. 1-3-1 Page 9 Dec 1/09 .10 to 4. automatically controlled -67 to -2 dBm at ANT Connector 0.40 µs (±25 ns) 18.90 µs (±25 ns) 4.80 µs (±25 ns) 7.70 µs (±25 ns) 11.45 µs (±25 ns) 2.50 µs (±25 ns) 15.5 dB Simulates a 50.5 dB ±2 dB 6 to 300 ft with supplied antenna 1090 MHz ±10 kHz Subject to Export Control.35 µs (±25 ns) 5.5 dBm XPDR ERP at 10 nmi range.30 µs (±25 ns) 1.60 µs (±25 ns) 13. 1-3-1 Page 10 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TCAS MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR Output Frequency: Reply Frequency: Accuracy: Output Level (Simulated ERP) : ANT Connector: Radiated pwr at 0dBi UUT ant: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Distance to UUT Antenna: RF I/O Connector: Automatic mode: Manual Mode Range Resolution: Accuracy: -95 to -47 dBm: -115 to <-95 dBm: Reply Pulse Spacing: Mode C: F1 to F2: F1 to C1: F1 to A1: F1 to C2: F1 to A2: F1 to C4: F1 to A4: F1 to B1: F1 to D1: F1 to B2: F1 to D2: F1 to B4: F1 to D4: 20.05 µs (±25 ns) 14. -68 dBm typical at 10 nmi range. automatically controlled -115 to -47 dBm 0.25 µs (±25 ns) 8.95 µs (±25 ns) 17.85 µs (±25 ns) ±1 dB ±2 dB -68 dBm at 10 nmi range. see Cover Page for details. 00 µs (±25 ns) 3. 1 µs chip width TCAS I / II Mode C (with altitude reporting) TCAS II Mode S formats 0.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TCAS MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR (cont) Reply Pulse Spacing (cont): Mode S: P1 to P2: P1 to P3: P1 to P4: P1 to D1: D1 to Dn (n = 2 to 112): Reply Pulse Widths: Mode C: All Pulses: Mode S: P1 through P4: D1 through D112: Reply Modes: 0. 11. 16 Reply Pulse Amplitudes: ATCRBS: Mode S: Reply Pulse Rise and Fall Times: All Modes: Rise Time: Fall Time: Percent Reply: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Reply Delay ATCRBS: Mode S: Range Delay: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 0 to 260 nmi 0.50 µs (±50 ns).45 µs (±50 ns) 1.00 µs (±25 ns) 1.50 µs (±50 ns) 0.50 µs (±25 ns) 4.02 nmi 3.0 µs (±50 ns) 128 µs (±50 ns) 0 to 100% 10% ±1% 50 to 100 ns 50 to 200 ns ±1 dB relative to F1 ±1 dB relative to P1 0.50 µs (±25 ns) 8. 1-3-1 Page 11 Dec 1/09 .00 µs times (n-1) (±25 ns) Subject to Export Control.1 nmi ±0. see Cover Page for details. 000 fpm 100 fpm 10% 100 ft 25 ft -1000 to 126.000 ft -1200 to +1200 kts 10 kts 10% Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 1-3-1 Page 12 Dec 1/09 . randomly distributed -10.2 sec.000 to +10.8 to 1.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TCAS MODE SIGNAL GENERATOR (cont) Range Rate: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Altitude Range: Range: Resolution: Mode C: Mode S: Altitude Rate: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Squitter: Control: Rate: On/Off 0. 1-3-1 Page 13 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TCAS MODE UUT MEASUREMENTS Pulse Spacing: A TC R B S ( Mo d e C A l l C a l l ) : S1 to P1: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) P1 to P3: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) P1 to P4: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) Mo d e S : P1 to P2: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) P1 to SPR: Accepts: Rejects: (<10% Replies) Suppresion A TC R B S ( P 2 o r S 1 ) : >0.0 us 21.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.1 dB ±1 dB Subject to Export Control.5dB above level of P1 ERP (at 1030 MHz): ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Mode S: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0.75 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.1 dB ±2 dB <10% Replies 2. see Cover Page for details.0 us 4.1 dB ±2 dB +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.0 us ≤ ±200 ns ≥ ±1.5 us 2.0 us 23.0 us Direct Connection Peak Pulse Power (at 1030 MHz): ATCRBS: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0. see Cover Page for details. 1-3-1 Page 14 Dec 1/09 .2 sec Subject to Export Control.0 sec 0.100 MHz 1 kHz ±10 kHz +43 to +58 dBm (20 to 631 W) 0.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TCAS MODE UUT MEASUREMENTS (cont) Direct Connection Peak Pulse Power (at 1030 MHz) (cont): Mode S: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: Frequency: Range: 1029.1 dB ±1 dB Resolution: Accuracy: TCAS Broadcast Interval: Range: Resolution: Accuracy: 1.0 to 12.1 sec ±0.900 to 1030. 1-3-1 Page 15 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 MISCEL L ANEO US Inputs/Outputs: RF I/O: Type: Impedance: Maximum Input Level: Input/Output 50 Ω typical 4 kW peak 10 W average VSWR: Antenna: Type: Impedance: Maximum Input Level: Input/Output 50 Ω typical 10 W peak 1/2 W average Video Type: Impedance: Generate Video Level: Receive Video Level: Test Antenna: VSWR: Gain: Time Base (TCXO): Temperature Stability: Aging: Accuracy: Test Limit: Battery: Type: Duration: Li Ion >4 hrs continuous operation >6 hrs.1 ± 0. see Cover Page for details.5:1 6 dB. 32 Vdc. Typical Output 50 Ω typical 1.4V peak into 50 Ω Proportional to IF level <1.3:1 Subject to Export Control. Typical Input Power (Test Set): Input Range: Power Consumption: 11 to 32 Vdc 55 W Maximum 16 W Nominal at 18 Vdc with charged battery Fuse Requirements: 5 A.3 ppm <1. Type F ±1 ppm ±1 ppm per year ±1 ppm ±0. 9 cm) <8 lbs. 1-3-1 Page 16 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.5 A Max.5 cm) 9.1 in (23.000 m 0°C to 40°C -20°C to 71°C Subject to Export Control.2 in (28. 47 to 63 Hz ≤10% of the nominal voltage According to Installation Category II 95% (±5%) from 5°C to 30°C 75% (±5%) from 30°C to 40°C 45% (±5%) from 40°C to 55°C Environmental (Supplied External AC to DC Converter): Use: Altitude: Operating Temperature: Storage Temperature: Physical Characteristics: Dimensions: Height: Width: Depth: Weight (Test Set only): 11.1 cm) 2. 1.6 kg) Indoors ≤10.7 in (6.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 MISCEL L ANEO US ( co n t ) Input Power (Supplied External AC to DC Converter): Input Range: Mains Supply Voltage Fluctuations: Transient Overvoltages: Environmental (Test Set): Use: Altitude: Operating Temperature: Storage Temperature: Relative Humidity: Pollution Degree 2 ≤4800 m -20°C to 55°C -30°C to 71°C NOTE 2 NOTE 3 100 to 250 VAC. (3. Class 2 MIL-STD-810F. Method 5007. Class 2 MIL-PRF-28800F. Method 510.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SUPPLEMENTAL INF O RMAT IO N: Test Set Certifications: Altitude. Method 512. Procedure 1 MIL-PRF-28800F. Non-Operating: Transit Drop: Safety Compliance: MIL-PRF-28800F.2 No 61010-1 EN 61326 NOTE 4 NOTE 5 EMC: External AC-DC Converter Certifications: Safety Compliance: UL 1950 DS CSA 22. Class 2 MIL-PRF-28800F. Class 2 MIL-PRF-28800F. Operating: Altitude. Class 2 MIL-PRF-28800F. Category I MIL-STD-810F.1 Immersion: MIL-STD-810F. Level A ATA 300. 234 VDE EN 60 950 EMI/RFI Compliance: EMC: Transit Case Certifications: Drop Test: Falling Dart Impact: Vibration. Paragraph 6. Class 2 MIL-PRF-28800F.3. Category I FED-STD-101C. Non-Operating: Bench Handling: Blowing Dust Drip Proof: Explosive Atmosphere: Relative Humidity: Shock. 1-3-1 Page 17 Dec 1/09 .7. Procedure A. Procedure 1 MIL-PRF-28800F.4. Class 2 MIL-PRF-28800F.4. Method 5019 ATA 300. Operating: Temp. Sec 6. see Cover Page for details. Method 506. Class 2 UL-61010B-1 EN 61010-1 CSA 22.1. Method 511. Loose Cargo: Vibration. Curve “B” EN 61326 Subject to Export Control. Method 5009.2 No.2 FED-STD-101C. Functional: Vibration Limits: Temperature. Sweep: Simulated Rainfall: FED-STD-101C. Class 2 MIL-PRF-28800F. Class 2 MIL STD -810F. Procedure II of 4.1.4 FCC Docket 20780.4.1. Li Ion Battery must be removed below -20° C and above 60° C. Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. 1-3-1 Page 18 Dec 1/09 . Temperature range reduced to -30°C to 71°C.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 NO TES NOTE 1 NOTE 2 NOTE 3 NOTE 4 NOTE 5 SLS level is automatically controlled in the SLS LEVEL test. Battery charging temperature range is 5° to 40°C (controlled by internal charger). Temperature range extended to -20°C to 55°C. SHIPPING 1. Subject to Export Control. ( See “ War r anty Pac k et” for fr eight c har ge polic y on war r anty c laims .) Freight Insurance Aeroflex recommends that customers obtain freight insurance with the freight carrier when shipping Test Set. Tagging Test Sets All Test Sets must be tagged with: ● ● ● ● Identification and address of owner Nature of service or repair required Model Number Serial Number NOTE: Test Set must be properly packaged or freight company may not honor insurance [email protected] Shipping Containers Test Sets must be repackaged in original shipping containers using Aeroflex packing molds. Aeroflex is not responsible for cost of repairs for damages that occur during shipment on warranty or non-warranty items. service or repair must be repackaged and shipped according to the following conditions: Authorization Do not return any products to factory without first receiving authorization from Aeroflex Customer Service Department. see Cover Page for details. Contact Aeroflex: Customer Service Dept. Freight Costs All fr eight c os ts on non. If original shipping containers and materials are not available.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SECTION 4 . 1-4-1 Page 1 Dec 1/09 . contact Aeroflex Customer Service for shipping instructions. Contact Aeroflex Customer Service for Test Set shipping instructions. SHIPPING T EST SET S Aeroflex Test Sets returned to factory for calibration. Telephone: (800) 835-2350 FAX: (316) 524-5330 E-Mail: americas.war r anty s hipments ar e as s umed by the c us tomer . Carefully wrap Test Set with polyethylene sheeting to protect finish. see Cover Page for details 1-4-1 Page 2 Dec 1/09 .2 ● ● ● REPACKING PROCEDURE Make sure bottom packing mold is seated on floor of shipping container. Tie all sides of container with break resistant rope. twine or equivalent. Place Test Set into shipping container. ● Place top packing mold over top of Test Set and press down until top packing mold rests solidly on Test Set.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 1. making sure Test Set is securely seated in bottom packing mold. ● Subject to Export Control. Close shipping container lids and seal with shipping tape or an industrial stapler. Refer to the Battery/Voltage Instructions.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TRANSIT CASE SHIPPING TAPE SHIPPING CONTAINER 056P-05 Repacking Procedure Figure 1 SECT IO N 5 . 1-5-1 Page 1 Dec 1/09 . Disconnect and store ac power cable and other accessories with Test Set. see Cover Page for details. Disconnect the wire harness connecting the battery to the Test Set and remove the battery. Cover Test Set to prevent dust and debris from covering and entering Test Set. ● ● Subject to Export Control.Stor age Perform the following storage precautions whenever the Test Set is stored for extended periods: ● ● Disconnect Test Set from any electrical power source. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. 1-5-1 Page 2 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . 30 W CW MAX RF. APPENDIX A Page 1 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX A . 5.5 W CW MAX MIXED INPUT/OUTPUT INPUT/OUTPUT INPUT/OUTPUT R e f e r t o A p p e n d i x A .5 mm center. T a b l e 2 f o r R E M O T E C o n n e c t o r d e s c ri p t i o n . I/O CONNECTORS SYNC VIDEO DC POWER RF I/O ANT SYNC VIDEO RF I/O ANT REMOTE REMOTE 05806 CONNECTOR SYNC VIDEO DC POWER TYPE BNC BNC 2.5 mm CIRCULAR (2. I/O Connectors Table 1 Subject to Export Control. center positive) SIGNAL TYPE TTL TTL 11 to 32 Vdc INPUT/OUTPUT OUTPUT OUTPUT INPUT RF I/O ANT REMOTE TNC TNC 44-Pin Female RF. 0.5 mm outer diameter.CONNECTOR PIN-OUT TABLES 1. see Cover Page for details. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 VBUS_DN1 GND_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST-RTS A2 A4 C2 C4 GND REM_IN1 REM_OUT2 GND GND H_DH_D+ D_DD_D+ GND HOST_TXD HOST_CTS B1 B2 D2 Supply Ground Supply Ground Ground Output Input Input Input Input Ground Input Output Ground Ground In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out Ground Output Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION +5V supply for USB device port Ground for USB device port +5V supply input from USB host Ground for USB host port System Ground RS-232 Request to send Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input System Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Output System Ground System Ground USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True System Ground RS-232 Data Output RS-232 Clear to send Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table Table 2 Subject to Export Control. REMOTE CONNECTOR PIN-OUT TABLE 1 15 30 44 31 16 05807 PIN NO. APPENDIX A Page 2 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX A Page 3 Dec 1/09 . SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 GND REM_IN2 REM_IN3 REM_OUT4 GND VBUS_DN1 VBUS_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST_RXD A1 B4 C1 REM_SP1 D4 REM_IN4 REM_OUT1 REM_OUT3 Input Input Output Output Ground Input Input Output Ground Supply Supply Supply Ground Ground Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION System Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output System Ground +5V supply for USB device port +5V supply for USB device port +5V supply input from USB host Ground for USB host port System Ground RS-232 Data Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Spare Pin Altitude Encode Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output General Purpose Output REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table (cont) Table 2 Subject to Export Control. REMOTE CONNECTOR PIN-OUT TABLE (cont) PIN NO.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. APPENDIX A Page 4 Dec 1/09 . Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . 5921 0.4536 0.281 3.37 3.097 0.048 1.3048 0.645 grams inches kg kg/cm km km km km/hr km/hr km/hr knots knots knots 2 ounces cm pounds psi feet miles nmi ft/sec knots miles/hr ft/sec km/hr miles/hr Subject to Export Control.8532 1853.3048 1.6214 1.894 1.281 39.5396 0.5396 0.6 2.3937 30.METRIC/BRITISH IMPERIAL CONVERSION TABLE WITH NAUTICAL DISTANCE CONVERSIONS TO CONVERT: cm cm feet feet ft/sec ft/sec ft/sec ft/sec ft/sec 2 2 INTO: feet inches cm meters km/hr knots miles/hr cm/sec m/sec 2 2 MULTIPLY BY: 0.689 1.1516 TO CONVERT: meters meters m/sec m/sec m/sec miles miles miles miles miles/hr miles/hr miles/hr nmi nmi nmi nmi ounces pounds psi 100 ft 100 ft 100 ft INTO: feet inches ft/sec km/hr miles/hr feet km meters nmi ft/sec km/hr knots feet km meters miles grams kg kg/cm km miles nmi 2 MULTIPLY BY: 3.6818 30.54 2.48 0.609 1609 0.1516 28.6214 0.8532 1.609 0.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX B .0703 3.8684 6080.237 5280 1.2 1.0703 3281 0.48 0.205 0.27 1. APPENDIX B Page 1 Dec 1/09 .34953 0.03281 0.03527 2.9113 0. see Cover Page for details.8684 1.467 1. Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX B Page 2 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX C .FACTORY/POWER UP PRESETS Setup General CONTROL POWER DOWN E RP U N I T S UNITS R E M O T E O P E RA T I O N FACTORY 10 mins dBm Feet RS-232 POWER UP Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Setup XPDR Screen FIELD A NT E NNA S E L E CT I O N RF PORT A NT E N N A R A N G E A NT E N N A H E I G H T DIR CABLE LOSS A NT C A B L E A NT C A B L E L O S S A NT G A I N 1 . 0 9 G H Z UUT A DDRE S S MANUAL AA DI V E RS I T Y T E S T CO NF I G T Y P E FACTORY Bottom Antenna 12 feet 1 foot 1. see Cover Page for details.1 dB 7.2 dB User Defined 0. APPENDIX C Page 1 Dec 1/09 . 0 3 G H Z A NT G A I N 1 .1 dB A UT O 000000 ON G E NE RI C M O DE S POWER UP L a s t Us e d Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used A UT O Last Used L a s t Us e d L a s t Us e d Subject to Export Control.1 dB 6. 00/17X Maximum 0 nm 10 kts OUT 100% OFF ON ON POWER UP 978/108.1 dB 7.1 dB 5.5 dB 7.8 dB 400 nm POWER UP Last Used Last Used L a s t Us e d Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used Last Used DME Screen FIELD VOR / FREQ / CHAN RF L V L RANGE RA T E RA T E DI RE CT I O N % REPLY E CHO I DE NT SQTR FACTORY 978/108.0 dB 2. see Cover Page for details.00/17X Maximum 0 nm 10 kts OUT 100% OFF ON ON Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 Setup DME Screen FIELD RF PORT A NT E N N A R A N G E I DE NT T O NE DIR CABLE LOSS CABLE LOSS A NT C A B L E A NT C A B L E L O S S A NT G A I N 0 . 9 6 G H Z A NT G A I N 1 . 2 2 G H Z MAX RANGE FACTORY Antenna 12 feet IFR 1.3dB User Defined 0. 0 3 G H Z A NT G A I N 1 .1 dB 6. APPENDIX C Page 2 Dec 1/09 . 1 5 G H Z A NT G A I N 1 .2 dB 1. 0 9 G H Z A NT G A I N 1 . see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 XPDR Auto Test Screen FIELD CONF I G A NT E N N A LEVEL RE P L I E S F RE Q T O P E RP TOP MTL B O T E RP BOT MTL A CO DE C ALT S CO DE S ALT TAIL DF17 FLIGHT ID AA FS VS COUNT RY FACTORY GE NE RI C M O DE S Bottom Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank B l ank POWER UP Las t Us ed Last used Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank Blank B l ank Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX C Page 3 Dec 1/09 . 1dB ON ON Re l a t i v e A92493 POWER UP Last used Last used Last used Auto Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used TCAS Screen FIELD S CE NA RI O T CA S T Y P E REPLY I NT RUDE R T Y P E R A N G E S T A RT RANGE STOP RANGE RATE A L T S T A RT ALT STOP ALT RATE CO NV E RG E UUT A L T A L T DE T E CT FACTORY 0 Custom T CA S I I 100% Mode S 10.00 nm 0.00 nm 300 kts +1000 ft 0 ft 500 fpm OFF 0 ft OFF Subject to Export Control. 0 9 G H Z SQUITTERS A L T R E P O R T I NG DI S P L A Y E D A L T TEST SET AA FACTORY Antenna 12 ft 1 ft Auto 000000 1.00 nm 0. 0 3 G H Z A NT G A I N 1 .00 nm 300 kts +1000 ft 0 ft 500 fpm OFF 0 ft OFF POWER UP 0 Custom T CA S I I 100% Mode S 10. see Cover Page for details.1dB 7.2dB User defined 0.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 TCAS Setup Screen FIELD RF PORT A NT R A N G E A NT H E I G H T UUT A DDRE S S MANUAL AA DIR CABLE LOSS A NT C A B L E A NT C A B L E L O S S A NT G A I N 1 . APPENDIX C Page 4 Dec 1/09 .1dB 6. APPENDIX C Page 5 Dec 1/09 .00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E 0 N/ UT C No i n f o 0 ft - Subject to Export Control.5 Screen FIELD TYPE DF AA P E RI O D LAT LONG POS SAF T S URV E I LLA NCE S T A T US B A RO P RE S A L T G NS S A L T 9 18 FACTORY 9 POWER UP Last used A92492 1. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ADS-B Setup Screen FIELD POS DECODE LAT LONG A DS -B G E N A DS -B M O N GICB Global FACTORY POWER UP Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used 90 0 O N 180 0 0 E DF17 DF17 DF20 ADS-B GEN BDS 0.00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E 0 N/ UT C No i n f o 0 ft - A92492 1. 8 Screen FIELD TYPE DF COUNT AA P E RI O D FLIGHT ID E M I T CA T S E T E M I T CA T 1 18 0 FACTORY 1 POWER UP Last used Last used A92492 1. APPENDIX C Page 6 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.00 s ++++++++ D Res e rv ed Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0.6 Screen FIELD TYPE DF AA P E RI O D LAT LONG M O V E M E NT T HDG 5 17 FACTORY 5 POWER UP Last used A92492 1.00 s ++++++++ D Res e rv ed A92492 1.00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E No i n f o N/ UT C 0 deg A92492 1.00 s 0 0 0 N 0 0 0 E No i n f o N/ UT C 0 deg ADS-B GEN BDS 0. 00 s 0 – No info 000000000000 0 – No i n f o Subject to Export Control.1 Screen FIELD TYPE DF AA P E RI O D E M E RG / P RI O R C O D E RE S E RV E D S UB T Y P E 28 18 FACTORY 28 POWER UP Last used A92492 1.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 0.00 s 0 kts E 0 0 kts N 1 – vel ovr gnd norm 0 ft / min 0 ft GEO NO ADS-B GEN BDS 6. APPENDIX C Page 7 Dec 1/09 .00 s 0 – No info 000000000000 0 – No i n f o A92492 1.9 Screen FIELD TYPE DF AA P E RI O D E -W NA CV N-S HDG S UB T Y P E V E RT RA T E G E O A L T DI F F F RO M B A RO SOURCE I NT E NT CHA NGE A I RS P E E D A I RS P E E D T Y P E I F R CA P A DS -B / CL A S S A1> NO 19 17 FACTORY 19 POWER UP Last used A92492 1. see Cover Page for details.00 s 0 kts E 0 0 kts N 1 – vel ovr gnd norm 0 ft / min 0 ft GEO NO NO - A92492 1. 2 Screen FIELD TYPE DF AA P E RI O D V E RT DA T A / S O URCE I NF O TARG ALT CAP V E RT M O D E I N D SIL T A RG A L T T Y P E N I C B A RO T A RG A L T TARG HDG T CA S / A CA S O P E RA T I O NA L RA A HO RI Z DA T A A V A L / S O URCE I ND HORI Z M O DE I ND NA C E M E RG / P RI O R C O D E 29 17 FACTORY 29 POWER UP Last used A92492 1. see Cover Page for details.00 s Not used HLDG ALT Unknown 0 FL 0 0 ft 0 deg No No No t v a l i d Unk nown 0 No Emergency A92492 1.00 s Not used HLDG ALT Unknown 0 FL 0 0 ft 0 deg No No No t v a l i d Unk nown 0 No Emergency Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 6. APPENDIX C Page 8 Dec 1/09 . O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 ADS-B GEN BDS 6.00 s D-a i rb o rn e D D 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do -2 6 0 / Do -2 4 2 0 0 0 T rue Nort h No 0 0 - Subject to Export Control.00 s D-a i rb o rn e D D 0 0 0 0 0 0 Do -2 6 0 / Do -2 4 2 0 0 0 T rue Nort h No 0 0 - A92492 1. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX C Page 9 Dec 1/09 .3 Screen FIELD TYPE DF AA P E RI O D S UB T Y P E NA C BAQ SIL TC CDTI A RV TS RA VER NBR NO T -T CA S O P E R M O DE S UB F I E L D N I C B A RO HORI Z RE F DI R I DE NT T RK / HDG NI C L E NG T H/ W I DT H RE C A T C S E RV B2 LOW POA 31 18 FACTORY 31 POWER UP Last used A92492 1. 1 dB 7.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 Setup TIS Screen FIELD RF PORT A NT R A N G E A NT H E I G H T DIR CABLE LOSS A NT C A B L E A NT C A B L E L O S S A NT G A I N 1 . 0 3 G H z A NT G A I N 1 .5 ) RNG (nm) (1-5) ALT (ft) (1-5) ALT RATE HDG (1-5) TRAFFIC (1-5) 5 0 0 0 0 Level 0 P ro x FACTORY POWER UP Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Subject to Export Control. 0 9 G H z UUT A DDRE S S MANUAL AA FACTORY Antenna 12 ft 1 ft 1. APPENDIX C Page 10 Dec 1/09 .2 dB User defined 0.1 Auto 000000 POWER UP Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Last used Auto Last used TIS Screen FIELD TARGETS UUT HDG B RG ( d e g ) ( 1 .1 6. see Cover Page for details. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX D Page 1 Dec 1/09 .ABBREVIATIONS A A AA AC AC ac ACAS ACS A/D ADC ADDR ADLP ADS AIS ALT AP AQ ASCII ATC ATC ATCRBS ATE ATTEN AUTO AVG Amperes Address Announced Altitude Code Alternating Current Alternating Current Airborne Collision Avoidance System Comm-A Capabilitiy Subfield Analog to Digital Analog to Digital Converter Address Airborne Data Link Processor A-Definition Subfield Comm-A Capability Subfield Altitude Address Parity Acquisition Special American National Standard Code for Information Interchange Air Traffic Control ATCRBS (screen abbreviation) Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System Automatic Test Equipment Attenuation Automatic Average B BAT BCS BD BDS BIT BOT bps BR BT Battery Comm-B Capability Subfield Comm-B Data B-Definition Subfield Built In Test Bottom Bits per Second Bridge Rectifier Battery C CA CC ccw CFS CHAN CHC CLOS cm Cont CPU CrLf CTRL CTS CTS/DTR CVC CW cw C Celsius or Centigrade Transponder Capability Crosslink Capability Counterclockwise Continuation Subfield Channel Cancel Horizontal Resolution Advisory Closeout -2 Centimeter (10 Meters) Continued Central Processing Unit Carriage Return and Line Feed Control Clear to Send/(One-way hardware) Two-way hardware Cancel Vertical Resolution Advisory Complement Continuous Wave Clockwise D D/A DABS DAC dB dBi dBm 2 dB W/m DCD DCXO DELM DF DI DMM DPSK DR DSP DSR DTR Digital to Analog Discrete Address Beacon System Digital to Analog Converter Decibel Decibels above isotropic Decibels above one milliwatt Decibels above one watt per square meter Data Carrier Detect Digitally Compensated Crystal Oscillator Downlink Extended Length Message Downlink Format Designator Identification Digital Multimeter Differential Phase Shift Keying Downlink Request Digital Signal Processor Data Set Ready Data Terminal Ready Subject to Export Control.6000 APPENDIX D .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R. APPENDIX D Page 2 Dec 1/09 . COMM-U Message. COMM-B Multisite COMM-B Subfield Message. COMM-V N N/A NC ND nmi No ns Not Applicable C-Segment Number D-Segment Number Nautical Miles Number -9 Nanosecond (10 Seconds) O Subject to Export Control. COMM-A Maximum Message. COMM-D Message. see Cover Page for details. COMM-C Message. ELM 3 Kilogram (10 Grams) 3 Kilohertz (10 Hertz) 3 Kilometer (10 meters) Knots (Velocity) o OUT Ω Octal Output Ohm LCA LCD LED LF LO LOS LSB LSD L Logic Cell Array Liquid Crystal Display Light Emitting Diode Line Feed Local Oscillator Lockout Subfield Least Significant Bit Least Significant Digit M m MA MAX MB MBS MC MD ME MEAS MES MHz µs MID MIN MPU ms MTB MTE MTL MU MV Meters Message.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R.6000 E ECS ELM EMC EMI EOL ERP ESB ESD EXT Extended Capability Subfield Extended Length Message Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic Interference End of Line Effective Radiated Power Encoded Sense Bits Electrostatic Discharge External F FCC FPM FREQ FS FT Ft Federal Communications Commission Feet Per Minute Frequency Flight Status Foot/Feet Foot/Feet G GEN GND Generator Ground H h Hz HRC Hexadecimal Hertz Horizontal Resolution Advisory Complement I ID IDS IFF II IIS IN INTERR I/O ITM Identification Identifier Des ignators Subfield Identification Friend or Foe Interrogator Identification Interrogator Identification Subfield Input Interrogation Input/Output Intermode K KE kg kHz km Kts Control. COMM-E Measuring Multisite ELM Subfield 6 Megahertz (10 Hertz) -6 Microsecond (10 Seconds) Mode S Address Minimum Microprocessing Unit -3 Millisecond (10 Seconds) Multiple Threat Bit Multiple Threat Encounter Minimum Threshold Level Message. Direct Current V-Definition Subfield Version Video Random Access Memory Vertical Resolution Advisory Complement Volts Root Mean Square Vertical Status Vertical Sense Bits Voltage Standing Wave Ratio W W Watt X XMTR Xon/Xoff XPDR Transmitter Software Handshake Transponder Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R. .6000 P PC PC PC PI PLCS PN PPM ppm PR PRF PROM psi PWM PWR Personal Computer Printed Circuit Protocol Parity/Interrogator Identity Places Part Number Pulse Position Modulation Parts per Million Probability of Reply Pulse Repetition Frequency Programmable Read Only Memory Pounds per Square Inch Pulse Width Modulation Power R RAM RAC RAT RC RCI RCVD RCVR Ref RF RI RL RMS ROM RR RRS RSS RTCA RTS RX RXD Random Access Memory Resolution Advisory Complement Resolution Advisory Termination Reply Control Remote Control Interface Received Receiver Reference Radio Frequency Reply Information Air-to-Air Reply Length Root Mean Square Read Only Memory Reply Request Reply Request Subfield Reservation Status Subfield Requirements and Technical Concepts for Aviation organization Request to Sent Receive Receive Data S SCOPE SCPI SD Sec SL SLM SLS SPI SQTR SRQ SRS SSR SYNC Oscilloscope Standard Commands for Programmable Instruments organization Special Designator Second Sensitivity Level Standard Length Message Side-Lobe Suppression Special Identifier Pulse Squitter Service Request Segment Request Subfield Secondary Surveillance Radar Synchronous APPENDIX D Page 3 Dec 1/09 TAS TCAS TID TMS Trig TTI TTL TX TXD T Transmission Acknowledgment Subfield Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System Threat Identity Data Tactical Message Subfield Trigger Threat Type Indicator Transistor-Transistor Logic Transmit Transmit Data U UDS UELM UF UM UUT U-Definition Subfield Uplink Extended Length Message Uplink Format Utility Message Unit Under Test V V VAC VCO Vdc VDS VERS VRAM VRC Vrms VS VSB VSWR Volt Volts. see Cover Page for details. Alternating Current Voltage Controlled Oscillator Volts. Subject to Export Control.6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R. APPENDIX D Page 4 Dec 1/09 . Front View Figure 2 Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX E .Top View Figure 1 AUX OUT 1 AUX OUT 2 IFR 6000 BREAKOUT BOX 51190 / 7005-5841-000 REMOTE AUX OUT 3 AUX OUT 4 05815 Breakout Box . see Cover Page for details.BREAKOUT BOX USB HOST USB DEVICE ALTITUDE ENCODER AUX IN RS-232 05821 Breakout Box . APPENDIX E Page 1 Dec 1/09 . SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 VBUS_UP D_DD_D+ GND_UP Supply In/Out In/Out Ground DESCRIPTION +5 V supply input from USB host USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True Ground for USB host port USB DEVICE Connector Table Table 2 Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX E Page 2 Dec 1/09 . SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 VBUS_DN1 H_DH_D+ GND_DN1 Supply In/Out In/Out Ground DESCRIPTION +5 V supply for USB device port USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True Ground for USB device port USB HOST Connector Table Table 1 2. USB DEVICE CONNECTOR 2 3 1 4 05811 PIN NO. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 1. USB HOST CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 05810 PIN NO. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 3. ALTITUDE ENCODER CONNECTOR 8 1 15 9 05814 PIN NO. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX E Page 3 Dec 1/09 . SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 D2 D4 GND Input Input Ground A1 A2 A4 B1 B2 B4 C1 C2 C4 Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input System Ground ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector Table Table 3 Subject to Export Control. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 REM_IN1 REM_IN2 REM_IN3 REM_IN4 GND GND GND GND DNU Input Input Input Input Ground Ground Ground Ground Supply DESCRIPTION General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Input System Ground System Ground System Ground System Ground Do Not Us e. APPENDIX E Page 4 Dec 1/09 . AUX IN CONNECTOR 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 05813 PIN NO. see Cover Page for details. Res erv ed AUX IN Connector Table Table 4 Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 4. APPENDIX E Page 5 Dec 1/09 .232 CO NNECT O R 1 5 6 9 05812 PIN NO. RS. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 RS-232 Connector Table Table 5 HOST_CTS HOST_RTS BIPOLAR BIPOLAR GND Ground HOST_TXD HOST_RXD BIPOLAR BIPOLAR DESCRIPTION RS-232 Data Output RS-232 Data Input System Ground RS-232 Clear to Send (Input) RS-232 Clear to Send (Output) Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 5. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX E Page 6 Dec 1/09 . AUX OUT CONNECTORS AUX OUT 1 AUX OUT 2 IFR 6000 BREAKOUT BOX 51190 / 7005-5841-000 REMOTE AUX OUT 3 AUX OUT 4 05816 CONNECTOR SIGNAL TYPE AUX OUT 1 AUX OUT 2 AUX OUT 3 AUX OUT 4 Output Output Output Output DESCRIPTION Mode S Interrogation Trigger ATCRBS Interrogation Trigger Not Us ed Not Us ed Remote OUT Connector Table Table 6 Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 6. see Cover Page for details. REMOTE CONNECTOR 1 15 30 44 31 16 05807 PIN NO.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 7. APPENDIX E Page 7 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 VBUS_DN1 GND_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST-RTS A2 A4 C2 C4 GND REM_IN1 REM_OUT2 GND GND H_DH_D+ D_DD_D+ GND HOST_TXD HOST_CTS B1 B2 D2 Supply Ground Supply Ground Ground Output Input Input Input Input Ground Input Output Ground Ground In/Out In/Out In/Out In/Out Ground Output Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION +5 V supply for USB device port Ground for USB device port +5 V supply input from USB host Ground for USB host port System Ground RS-232 Request to send Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input System Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Output System Ground System Ground USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True USB Host Data Compliment USB Host Data True System Ground RS-232 Data Output RS-232 Clear to send Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table Table 2 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX E Page 8 Dec 1/09 . REMOTE CONNECTOR (cont) PIN NO. SIGNAL NAME SIGNAL TYPE 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 GND REM_IN2 REM_IN3 REM_OUT4 GND VBUS_DN1 VBUS_DN1 VBUS_UP GND_UP GND HOST_RXD A1 B4 C1 REM_SP1 D4 REM_IN4 REM_OUT1 REM_OUT3 Input Input Output Output Ground Input Input Output Ground Supply Supply Supply Ground Ground Input Input Input Input DESCRIPTION System Ground General Purpose Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output System Ground +5 V supply for USB device port +5 V supply for USB device port +5 V supply input from USB host Ground for USB host port System Ground RS-232 Data Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Altitude Encode Input Spare Pin Altitude Encode Input General Purpose Input General Purpose Output General Purpose Output REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table (cont) Table 2 Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 7. 5 to 57.0 48.0 51.0 RX MTL (dBm) -73 (±4) -73 (±4) -73 (±4) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) -74 (±3) TX Freq (MHz) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) 1090 (±1) 1090 (±3) Subject to Export Control.0 48.0 to 57.0 51.0 48.0 48.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX F . see Cover Page for details.5 to 57.0 51.5 to 57.5 to 57.0 to 57.0 to 57.CONFIGURATIONS Configuration GENERIC ATCRBS A TC R B S C L A S S A A TC R B S C L A S S B GENERIC MODE S MODE S CLASS A MODE S CLASS B MODE S CL B OPT FRQ MODE S CL B OPT POW TX Power (dBm) 48. APPENDIX F Page 1 Dec 1/09 .5 to 57. APPENDIX F Page 2 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . see Cover Page for details.C3FFFF 458000 .3FFFFF 488000 . For an expanded list of Mode S codes. COUNTRY Belgium Canada Denmark France Germany Poland Switzerland USA ADDRESS BLOCK 448000 .448FFF C00000 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX G .3AFFFF 3C0000 .4B7FFF A00000 .AFFFFF Subject to Export Control.MODE S ADDRESS BLOCKS This table contains Mode S address blocks for countries whose tail numbers are decoded by the IFR 6000. APPENDIX G Page 1 Dec 1/09 . refer to Appendix H.45FFFF 380000 .48FFFF 4B0000 . Subject to Export Control.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. APPENDIX G Page 2 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. 096FF 06C000 .034FFF C00000 . refer to Appendix G.084FFF E80000 .457FFF 09C000 .894FFF 702000 .0AA3FF 510000 .06CFFF Brunei Darassalam Bulgaria Burkin Faso Burundi Cambodia Cameroon Canada Cape Verde Central African Republic Chad Chile China Colombia Comoros Congo Cook Islands Costa Rica Côte d/Ivoire Croatia Cuba Bahamas Bahrain Bangladesh Barbados Belarus Belgium Belize Benin Bhutan Bolivia Bosnia and Herzegovina Botswana 0A8000 . For countries whose tail numbers are decoded by the IFR 6000.5133FF 084000 .7FFFFF 440000 .C3FFFF 096000 .036FFF 901000 .0943FF 680000 .600BFF Brazil COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK E40000 .0353FF 036000 .0AB3FF 094000 .700FFF 501000 .0AEFFF 038000 .038FFF 501C00 .6803FF E94000 .501FFF 0B0000 .090FFF 0CA000 .0A8FFF 894000 . APPENDIX H Page 1 Dec 1/09 .0303FF Cyprus 4C8000 .78BFFF 0AC000 .09CFFF 032000 .70EFFF 034000 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX H .6003FF 7C0000 . COUNTRY Afghanistan Albania Algeria Angola Antigua and Barbuda Argentina Armenia Australia Austria Azerbaijan ADDRESS BLOCK 70000 .E3FFFF 600000 .4C83FF Subject to Export Control.E94FFF 513000 .0A7FFF 090000 .5013FF 0A0000 .032FFF 70E000 .9013FF 0AE000 .E4FFFF 895000 .5103FF 448000 .447FFF 600800 .MODE S ADDRESS BLOCKS This table contains a complete list of Mode S ad dress blocks.0B0FFF 030000 . see Cover Page for details.0ACFFF 035000 .0CA3FF E00000 .448FFF 0AB000 .E80FFF 780000 .702FFF 0AA000 .8953FF 450000 . 73FFFF 300000 .33FFFF 0BE000 .72FFFF 4CA000 .03EFFF 09A000 .467FFF 380000 .706FFF 601000 .08CFFF 458000 .0CC3FF 0B4000 .477FFF 4CC000 .0B6FFF 0B800 .74FFFF 04A000 .04CFFF C8E000 .4CCFFF 800000 .C88FFF 460000 .49FFFF 72000 . Islamic Rep Iraq Ireland Israel Italy Jamaica Japan Jordan Kazakhstan Kenya Kiribati Kuwait Kyrgyzstan Lao Dem Rep Latvia Lebanon Lesotho ADDRESS BLOCK 048000 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 COUNTRY Czech Rep Dem Republic Korea Dem Republic Congo Denmark Djibouti Dominican Rep Ecuador Egypt El Salvador Equatorial Guinea Eritrea Estonia Ethiopia Fiji Finland France Gabon Gambia Georgia Germany Ghana Greece Grenada Guatemala Guinea ADDRESS BLOCK 498000 .0C4FFF E84000 .0483FF 0B6000 .09AFFF 514000 .E84FFF 010000 . see Cover Page for details.0B2FFF 042000 .0983FF 0C4000 .727FFF 08C000 .042FFF 202000 .3FFFFF 044000 .87FFFF 740000 .040FFF C88000 . APPENDIX H Page 2 Dec 1/09 .2023FF 511000 .747FFF 683000 .046FFF COUNTRY Guinea-Bissau Guyana Haiti Honduras Hungary Iceland India Indonesia Iran.6013FF 708000 .044FFF 468000 .0BAFFF 470000 .46FFFF 0C000 .502FFF 748000 .737FFF 728000 .04A3FF Subject to Export Control.83FFFF 8A0000 .0B8FFF 0BA000 .8A7FFF 730000 .45FFFF 098000 .6733FF 04C000 .3AFFFF 03E000 .0BEFFF 840000 .C8E3FF 706000 .5143FF 3C0000 .5113FF 040000 .4CAFFF 738000 .017FFF 0B2000 .0B4FFF 046000 .708FFF 502C0 . O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 COUNTRY Liberia Libyan Arab Jam Lithuania Luxembourg Madagascar Malawi Malaysia Maldives Mali Malta Marshall Islands Mauritania Mauritius Mexico Micronesia.05A3FF 05C000 .C8C3FF 0BC000 .70C3FF 760000 .704FFF 201000 .050FFF 018000 .C87FFF 0C0000 . Federal States Monaco Mongolia Morocco Mozambique Myanmar Namibia Nauru Nepal ADDRESS BLOCK 050000 .71FFFF 504C00 .06EFFF C8C000 .767FFF 684000 .027FFF 006000 .E88FFF E8C000 .006FFF 704000 .C8A3FF 70A000 .503FFF 4D0000 .0C0FFF 062000 .2013FF C8A000 .47FFFF 70C000 .05CFFF 4D2000 .06A3FF 718000 .05D3FF 060000 .9003FF 05E000 .4D43FF 682000 .487FFF 902000 .4D03FF 054000 .6813FF COUNTRY New Zealand Nicaragua Niger Nigeria Norway Oman Pakistan Palau Panama Papua New Guinea Paraguay Peru Philippines Poland Portugal ADDRESS BLOCK C80000 .898FFF E88000 . Kingdom 480000 .75FFFF 488000 . see Cover Page for details.48FFFF 490000 .0603FF 0D0000 .0C2FFF 898000 .0D7FFF 681000 .504FFF 4A0000 .0BC3FF Netherlands.6823FF 020000 .01FFFF 503C00 .1FFFFF 06E000 .6843FF 0C2000 .058FFF 75000 .4A7FFF 100000 .062FFF 064000 .E8CFFF 758000 .4D23FF 900000 . APPENDIX H Page 3 Dec 1/09 .70AFFF Qatar Rep of Korea Rep of Moldova Romania Russian Fed Rwanda Saint Lucia St Vincent and Grenadines Samoa 06A000 .054FFF 057000 .497FFF 4D4000 .757FFF 05A000 .9023FF Subject to Export Control.064FFF 478000 . 088FFF 710000 .8973FF 078000 .07A3FF 4A8000 .C8D3FF 0C6000 .02FFFF 4B8000 .887FFF A00000 .00FFFF Tonga Trinidad and Tobago Tunisia Turkey Turkmenistan Uganda Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United Rep of Tanzania United States Uruguay Uzbekistan Vanuatu Venezuela Viet Nam Yemen Zambia Zimbabwe C8D000 .07CFFF 0C80000 .068FFF 508000 .37FFFF 770000 .E00FFF 507C00 .080FFF Spain Sri Lanka Sudan Suriname Swaziland Sweden Switzerland Syrian Arab Rep Tajikistan Thailand 340000 .5003FF COUNTRY The Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia Togo ADDRESS BLOCK 512000 .0763FF 768000 .070FFF 074000 .890FFF 08A000 .4BFFFF 601800 .76FFFF 505C00 .5153FF 880000 .08AFFF 004000 .777FFF 07C000 .0043FF Subject to Export Control.50FFFF 896000 .77FFFF 515000 .09E3FF 08800 .601BFF 068000 .0C8FFF 07A000 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 COUNTRY San Marino ADDRESS BLOCK 500000 .505FFF 506C00 . APPENDIX H Page 4 Dec 1/09 .4AFFFF 4B0000 .88FFFF 890000 .423FFFF 080000 .0C6FFF 028000 .4B7FFF 778000 .C903FF 0D8000 . see Cover Page for details.078FFF 008000 .717FFF 070000 .507FFF C90000 .0DFFFF 888000 .506FFF 897000 .5123FF Sao Tome and Principe Saudi Arabia Senegal Seychelles Sierra Leone Singapore Slovakia Slovenia Solomon Islands Somalia South Africa 09E000 .0743FF 076000 .AFFFFF E90000 .896FFF 400000 . APPENDIX H Page 5 Dec 1/09 . It is intended that the temporary address is to be relinquished as soon as practicable when the 24-bit aircraft address is assigned by a Stat of Registry or common mark registering authority in conformance with the provisions in 4.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 COUNTRY ADDRESS BLOCK Non-Contracting States Yugoslavia Other Allocations ICAO (1) ICAO (2) ICAO (2) F00000 . The State concerned is then expected to inform ICAO or its designate regarding the release of the temporary address. 5 and 6 of the ICAO Annex 10 Vol. see Cover Page for details.8993FF F09000 .F093FF 4C0000 . III.4C7FFF (1) ICAO or its designate administers this block for assigning temporary aircraft addresses if and when an immediate action is to be taken to avoid the assignment of an unauthorized 24-bit aircraft address. (2) Block allocated for special use in the interest of flight safety Subject to Export Control.F07FFF 899000 . APPENDIX H Page 6 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. see Cover Page for details. Subject to Export Control. Mode S provides the reliable communications necessary for data link services. the aircraft reports altitude (DF04) or ATCRBS 4096 code as well as flight status (airborne. Data is expressed in decimal unless otherwise specified. For the Mode S transponder. Refer to Appendix B. In supporting ATC automation.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 APPENDIX I . Special Position Identification [SPI]. The text of the reply includes the discrete address of the transponder. 4 and 5 in Appendix B contain the signal formats and definitions. SIGNAL FORMATS Signal formats for uplink and downlink messages are outlined in Chapter 2. Interrogation and reply formats of the Mode S system contain sufficient coding space to transmit data. In the All Call reply. 2. alert. a sequence of up to sixteen 80-bit message segments (each with a 112-bit transmission) is transmitted. RTCA DO181 and Chapter 2. the 24 parity check bits are overlaid on the address of the Mode S interrogator. etc. 2. and is generally used in place of a surveillance interrogation and/or reply. either ground-to-air or air-to-ground and is acknowledged with a single reply/interrogation. An efficient transmission of longer messages is accomplished by the extended length message (ELM) capability (UF24 and DF24). Subject to Export Control. Table 6 for conversion to hexadecimal.SIGNAL FORMATS 1. octal or binary.3 DATA LINK COMMUNICATIONS The discrete addressing and digital encoding allow Mode S transmissions to be used as digital data links.1 ADDRESS/PARITY (FIELD AP) All discrete Mode S interrogations (56-bit or 112-bit) and replies (except the All Call reply) contain the 24-bit discrete address of the Mode S transponder upon which 24 errordetecting parity check bits are overlaid. NOTE: TCAS operates in Mode S and many signals pertain only to TCAS. 3. 3.2 SURVEILLANCE The primary function of Mode S is surveillance. Using this capability. ELMs do not contain surveillance data and thus cannot substitute for a surveillance interrogation-reply cycle. Most Mode S data link transmissions are handled as one 56-bit message included as part of long 112-bit interrogations or replies. Tables 1. this function is accomplished by using short (56-bit) transmissions in both directions. APPENDIX I Page 1 Dec 1/09 . Volume I of RTCA DO-185. Table 7 shows the ATC-601-2 fixed formats for Mode S using Front Panel operation. 2. Appendix B. on the ground. see Cover Page for details. OPERAT ING G OAL S Mode S combines secondary surveillance radar and a ground-air-ground data link system to provide aircraft surveillance and communications necessary for supporting automated ATC in dense traffic environments. 2. In these transmissions. The transmissions include the message in addition to surveillance data.). MO DE S MESSAG E CO NT ENT 2. Mode S provides common-channel interoperation with the ATC beacon system and may be implemented over an extended ATCRBS-to-Mode S transition period. Altitude Request (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (MA:56) (AP:24) ........... The following three bits (xxx) vary with the interrogation content. Identity Request 6 (0 0110)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 7 (0 0111)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 8 (0 1000)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 9 (0 1001)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 10 (0 1010)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 11 (0 1011) (PR:4) (II:4) 19  (AP:24) . Altitude Request (AP-24) .. Format number 24 is arbitrarily defined as the format beginning with Ones in the first two bit positions... Comm-C (ELM) (XX:M) represents a field designated XX containing M number of assigned bits...... Long Air-Air Surveillance 17 (1 0001)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 18 (1 0010)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 19 (1 0011)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 20 (1 0100) 21 (1 0101) (PC:3) (RR:5) (DI:3) (SD:16) (MA:56) (AP:24) .. Identity Request 22 (1 0110)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 23 (1 0111)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 24 (1 1xxx) NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: (RC:2) (NC:4) (MC:80) (AP:24) ........... UF 0 (0 0000)  3 (RL:1) 4 (AQ:1) (BD:8) 10  (AP:24) .. Mode S Only All Call 12 (0 1100)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 13 (0 1101)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 14 (0 1110)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 15 (0 1111)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 16 (1 0000)  3 (RL:1) 4 (AQ:1) 18 (MU:56) (AP:24) ... although a number of them are unused... All formats are shown for completeness.... Comm-A.... APPENDIX I Page 2 Dec 1/09 . coded as Zeros for transmission. N represents free coding space with N available bits. Overview of Mode S Interrogation Formats Table 1 NOTE: Subject to Export Control.. Comm-A.. Surveillance... the format number corresponds to the binary code in the first 5 bits of the interrogation..... Surveillance... Short Air-Air Surveillance 1 (0 0001)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 2 (0 0010)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 3 (0 0011)  27 or 83  (AP:24) 4 (0 0100) 5 (0 0101) (PC:3) (PC:3) (RR:5) (RR:5) (DI:3) (DI:3) (SD:16) (SD:16) (AP:24) ....... For Uplink Formats (UF) 0 through 23... see Cover Page for details...O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FORMAT NO.... ........... Comm-B..... Identity Reply  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (CA:3) (AA:24) (PI:24) ... Comm-D (ELM) (XX:M) represents a field designated XX containing M number of assigned bits... (P:24) represents a 24-bit field reserved for parity information....... Comm-B..... Altitude Reply (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (ID:13) (MB:56) (AP:24) .... APPENDIX I Page 3 Dec 1/09 .. Format number 24 is arbitrarily defined as the format beginning with Ones in the first two bit positions. DF 0 (0 0000) (VS:1) (CC:1)-1-(SL:3)-2-(RI:4)-2-(AC:13) (AP:24) .... Identity Reply  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (KE:1) (ND:4) (MD:80) (AP:24) .. see Cover Page for details......... Long Air-Air Surveillance (CA:3) (AA:24) (ME:56) (PI:24) . coded as Zeros for transmission........O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FORMAT NO.. Extended Squitter  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (FS:3) (DR:5) (UM:6) (AC:13) (MB:56) (AP:24) ....... although a number of them are unused.. Altitude Reply (AP-24) .. Overview Of Mode S Reply Formats Table 2 NOTE: Subject to Export Control. N represents free coding space with N available bits..... All Call Reply/Squitter  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (VS:1)-2-(SL:3)-2-(RI:4)-2-(AC:13)(MV:56)(AP:24) . Surveillance........... Short Air-Air Surveillance 1 (0 0001) 2 (0 0010) 3 (0 0011) 4 (0 0100) 5 (0 0101) 6 (0 0110) 7 (0 0111) 8 (0 1000) 9 (0 1001) 10 (0 1010) 11 (0 1011) 12 (0 1100) 13 (0 1101) 14 (0 1110) 15 (0 1111) 16 (1 0000) 17 (1 0001) 18 (1 0010) 19 (1 0011) 20 (1 0100) 21 (1 0101) 22 (1 0110) 23 (1 0111) 24 (1 1xxx) NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE:  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24)  27 or 83  (P:24) (FS:3) (FS:3) (DR:5) (DR:5) (UM:6) (UM:6) (AC:13) (ID:13) (AP:24) . the format number corresponds to the binary code in the first 5 bits of the reply...... Surveillance........... The following three bits (xxx) vary with the reply content.. For Downlink Formats (DF) 0 through 23. All formats are shown for completeness..... NOTE: Codes 1 to 3 were used by earlier Mode S transponders that did not use CA code 7. The altitude code used in formats DF=0. 3 or 4.3 or 4. 1 = Not Used 2 = Not Used 3 = Not Used 4 = Level 2. OF BITS 24 13 BITS POSITION 9-32 20-32 FORMATS UP DOWN X X CONTENT The aircraft address announced in the clear. 6 = Level 2. Acquisition Squitter & DF17 Extended Squitter or All Call reply. Used in DF=0. Indicates transponder has ability to support crosslink capability (decode the contents of the UF=0 BD field and respond with the contents of the specified ground-initiated Comm-B register in the MV field of the corresponding DF=16 reply. Parity overlaid on the Address appears at the end of all transmissions. Contains metric altitude if M-bit (26) is One. repeats AQ as received by transponder. and is on the ground. Designates formats UF=0. 3 or 4. Contains the identity of the ground-initiated Comm-B register contents to appear in the MV field of the corresponding reply. 16). ability to set code 7. 16 and 20.4 or 5. used in DF=11. 0= Aircraft Cannot Support 1= Aircraft Can Support AP 24 24 33-56 89-112 X AQ 1 14 X BD 8 15-22 X CA 3 6-8 X CC 1 7 X Overview of Format Definitions Table 3 Subject to Export Control. either on the ground or airborne. 4. and is airborne. ability to set code 7. 17. 5 = Level 2.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD AA AC SUB FIELD NO. with the exception of format DF=11. Codes are: 0 = Signifies no communications capability (surveillance only. ability to set code 7. to report transponder capability. DF=0. see Cover Page for details. Bit 14 (RI. 16 as acquisition transmissions. uplink and downlink. 7 = DR≠0 or FS=3. All bits are Zeros if altitude information is not available.) no ability to set CA code 7. Used in DF=11. APPENDIX I Page 4 Dec 1/09 . used in UF=0. LOS. 5. MES. Codes 1-15 take priority over codes 16-31. Identifies coding contained in the SD codes are: 0 = SD has Interrogator Identifier (IIS). OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 14-16 FORMATS UP DOWN X Coding in Binary CONTENT 000=IC Field contains the II code 001=IC Field contains SI codes 1 to 15 010=IC Field contains SI codes 16 to 31 011=IC Field contains SI codes 32 to 47 100=IC Field contains SI codes 48 to 63 DF DI 5 3 1-5 14-16 X X The first field in all downlink formats is the transmission descriptor. 2 = SD used for extended squitter surface control 3 = SD contains SIS. 6 = TCAS information and Comm-B Broadcast #1 available. RSS. RRS. 20. RRS 4-6 = Not assigned. 4 = Comm-B Broadcast #1 available. 1 = Request to send Comm-B message (B bit set). APPENDIX I Page 5 Dec 1/09 . 7 = TCAS information and Comm-B Broadcast #2 available. TMS Requests extraction of downlink messages from the transponder by the interrogator and appears in formats DF=4. 1 = SD contains (IIS. The codes are: 0 = No downlink request. 5 = Comm-B Broadcast #2 available. 8-15 = Not assigned.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD CL SUB FIELD NO. 16-31 = Request to send n-segments. DR 5 9-13 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. MBS. LSS. TMS). see Cover Page for details. 3 = TCAS information available and request to send Comm-B message. 2 = TCAS information available. signified by 15 + n. 7 = SD contains IIS. LOS. 21. ADS1 ADS2 4 4 33-36 37-40 X X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. SI: Surveillance Identifer (lower 4 bits of 6 bit SI code) NOTE: Surveillance Identifier is derived from CL and IC fields of UF11. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 6-8 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Reports flight status of aircraft and is used in formats DF=4. set by the pilot. Messages directed to the aircraft. ADS1 (33-36) and ADS2 (37-40). numbers . 21. Codes are: CODE ALERT 0 no 1 no 2 yes 3 yes 4 yes 5 no 6 -Reserved SPI no no no no yes yes ON THE AIRBORNE GROUND yes no yes no either either no yes no yes 7. or directly in the SIS subfield of SD field value of CL field in formats UF4. Contains II or SI depending on value of CL field. Part of the A-Definition Subfield and is set to 5 for TCAS Sensitivity Level Commands. UF=20. DF=24. NOTE: The same information may also appear in the IIS subfields. as.20 and 21 KE MA ADS 1 56 8 4 33-88 33-40 X X X Defines the content of the ND and MD fields in Comm-D replies. 20. II: Identifies the interrogator and appears in UF=11. in DF=5. part of Comm-A interrogations. the Mode S Only All Call. 21. 21.Not assigned. Part of the A-Definition Subfield and is set to 0 for TCAS Sensitivity Level Commands. Defines the content of the MA message field in Comm-A requests and is expressed in two groups of 4 bits each.5. 5.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD FS SUB FIELD NO. APPENDIX I Page 6 Dec 1/09 . ID IC 13 4 2-32 10-13 X X The 4096 identification code. see Cover Page for details. 45-Don’t descend faster than 2000 FPM. AIS contains up to eight 6-bit characters as defined in Table 4. 6 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 6. OF BITS 4 BITS POSITION 41-44 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Sensitivity Level Command for the TCAS aircraft. Messages to be transmitted to interrogator. 21) contains RR=18 and DI=anything but 7. 4 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 4. 44-Don't descend faster than 1000 FPM. TCAS Resolution Advisory Report indicating current Active Resolution Advisories (if any) generated by own TCAS unit against one or more threat aircraft. 47-Don't climb. 5. Bit indications are: 41-Climb. 49-Don't climb faster than 1000 FPM. Each bit indicates a specific resolution advisory with One being active and Zero being inactive. Comm-A capability subfield reports data link service(s) supported by the installation. If all bits are Zeros. DF=20. reported when a surveillance or Comm-A interrogation (UF=4. see Cover Page for details. 1 = Not Assigned. part of the Comm-B replies.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD MA SUB FIELD SLC NO. 7 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 7. 3 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 3. APPENDIX I Page 7 Dec 1/09 . 46-Descend. 15 = Cancel previous Sensitivity Level. 20. 53-Don't turn left. The codes are: 0 = No command. Aircraft Identification. 2 = Select TA_ONLY mode of operation. The field contains Data Link. 21. MB 56 33-88 X ACS 20 45-64 X AIS 48 41-88 X MB ARA 14 41-54 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. 48-Don't climb faster than 500 FPM. 8-14 = Not Assigned. 52-Turn right. 43-Don't descend faster than 500 FPM. 5 = Set TCAS Sensitivity Level to 5. 51-Turn left. no Comm-A data link services are supported. 50-Don't climb faster than 2000 FPM. 54-Don't turn right. Capability Reports or Aircraft Identification Reports or TCAS Resolution Advisory Reports. 42-Don't descend. 57-Don’t turn left. Continuation subfield contains the BDS2 value of the next additional capability report available from the installation. Basic report uses BDS2=0. Defines the content of the MB message field in reply to ground-initiated Comm-B and is expressed in two groups of 4 bits each. More complex Mode S installations report additional capabilities in various formats assigned to BDS2 codes other than 0 as requested by interrogator. 3 = MB contains TCAS Resolution Advisory. APPENDIX I Page 8 Dec 1/09 . 20. no data is accessible by a ground-initiated Comm-B. Data Link Capability subfield reports ELM capability of installation. Bits are set to One when active and Zero when inactive. BDS1 (33-36) and BDS2 (37-40). Multiple Threat Encounter bit indicates ≥2 simultaneous TCAS threats. Corresponds with RR in UF=4. 5. BDS 8 33-40 X BDS1 4 33-36 X BDS2 4 37-40 X CFS 4 41-44 X MB ECS 8 81-88 X MTE RAC 1 4 60 55-58 X X RAT 1 59 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD MB SUB FIELD BCS NO. see Cover Page for details. 2 = MB contains Aircraft Identification. No ELM data link services are supported if all bits are Zeros. 58-Don't turn right. advisory complements (if any) received from all other TCAS aircraft with on-board resolution capability. 4-15 = Not assigned. Bit indications are: 55-Don't descend. 1 = MB contains Data Link Capability Report. If all bits are Zeros. 56-Don't climb. OF BITS 16 BITS POSITION 65-80 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Comm-B capability subfield reports installed data sources that can be accessed by the ground for transmission via a groundinitiated Comm-B. 21. Resolution Advisory Complements subfield indicates currently active resolution. specified in the RRS subfield of SD. Resolution Advisory Terminated indicator is set to One for 18 seconds (±1 second) following termination of a previously reported resolution advisory. The codes are: 0 = MB contains Air-initiated Comm-B. TIDA TIDB TIDR TTI MC 13 6 7 2 80 63-75 83-88 76-82 61-62 9-88 X X X X X IIS 4 SRS 16 9-12 (if RC=0 to 2) or 25-28 (if RC=3) 9-24 X X MD 80 9-88 X TAS 16 17-32 X ME MU 56 56 33-88 33-88 X X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. Field. Threat Type Indicator subfield defines type of data in TID field. Starting with bit 17 denoting the first segment. If a Comm-C interrogation (UF=24) contains RC=3. Threat Identity Data. It may contain a summary of received MC segments of an uplink ELM. contains one segment of a sequence of segments transmitted by the transponder in the ELM mode. Bearing subfield reports most recent bearing of the threat. each successive bit is One if the corresponding segment was received. Comm-D field. part of DF=17. part of the long air-air surveillance interrogation UF=16. Starting with bit 9. OF BITS 26 BITS POSITION 33-88 FORMATS UP DOWN X FIELD MB CONTENT Threat Identity Data subfield contains data according to TTI field. part of DF=24. Refer to Table 5. Extended squitter message. If TTI=2. Refer to Table 5 for values. range and bearing data. TID contains altitude. Reports segments received in a Comm-C sequence. each of the following bits is set to One if the transmission of the corresponding segment is requested. If TTI=1. Interrogator Identifier subfield reports the identity of the interrogator (See SD and UM fields). Threat Identity. denoting the first segment. see Cover Page for details. the SRS subfield contains a list of segment request-authorizations for DELMs in the 16-bit (9-24) SRS subfield. Range subfield reports most recent range of the threat. APPENDIX I Page 9 Dec 1/09 . Resolution Messages and TCAS Broadcast Messages). contains broadcast messages. Comm-C field contains one segment of a sequence of segments transmitted to the transponder in the ELM mode. TAS appears if KE=1 in the same reply. MC is part of UF=24. Altitude subfield reports Mode C altitude code of the threat.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 SUB FIELD TID NO. Threat Identity. contains information used in air-to-air exchanges (TCAS. TID contains Mode S address of threat in bits 63-85 (bits 87-88 are Zero). Encoded Sense Bits for Horizontal Resolution Complements provide a parity coding field protecting the six horizontal sense bits (CHC and HRC) and are used in TCAS III Resolution Messages. Horizontal Resolution Advisory Complement. Contains discrete address of interrogating aircraft and is in TCAS Resolution Advisories Lock Requests. 1 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/do not turn left. 1 = Cancel. The codes are: 0 = No horizontal resolution advisory complement sent. 3 = Not assigned. 2 = Cancel. see Cover Page for details. TCAS Resolution Messages and TCAS Broadcast Messages. NOTE: TCAS Broadcast Message is sent at 10-second intervals. don’t climb. 2 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn left/do not turn right. 3-7 = Not assigned. 3-4 = Not assigned. don't turn right.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD MU SUB FIELD CHC NO. In TCAS Resolution Messages transmitted by TCAS without horizontal resolution capability. HRC is set to 0. 7 = Not assigned. 1 = Cancel. The codes are: 0 = No cancellation. don't turn left. 6 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/do not turn right. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 47-49 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Cancel Horizontal Resolution Advisory Complement. 2 = Cancel. Cancel Vertical Resolution Advisory Complement. The codes are: 0 = No cancellation. CHC is set to 0. don't descend. 5 = Intruder TCAS sense is turn right/do not turn left. APPENDIX I Page 10 Dec 1/09 . CVC 2 43-44 X HRC 3 50-52 X HSB 5 56-60 X MID 24 65-88 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. In TCAS Resolution Messages transmitted by TCAS without horizontal resolution capability. Encoded Sense Bits for Vertical Resolution Complements provide a parity coding field to protect four vertical sense bits (CVC and VRC) in all TCAS Resolution Messages. UDS1 (33-36) and UDS2 (37-40). see Cover Page for details. 1 = Don't descend. APPENDIX I Page 11 Dec 1/09 . Complement. If bits 43-46 do not agree with bits 61-64. Is set to 0 for TCAS Resolution Messages or set to 2 for TCAS Broadcast Messages. Bits are as follows: 43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 44 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 45 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 46 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 61 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 62 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 63 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 64 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 UDS 8 33-40 X UDS1 UDS2 VRC 4 4 2 33-36 37-40 45-46 X X X VSB 4 61-64 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. Vertical Resolution Advisory. The codes are: 0 = No vertical resolution advisory complement sent. 2 = Don't climb. OF BITS 1 BITS POSITION 42 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Multiple Threat Bit indicates more than one TCAS threat when set to One and no more than one threat when set to Zero. Is set to 3 for TCAS Resolution Messages and TCAS Broadcast Messages. Defines the content of the MU message field and is expressed in two 4-bit groups. the TCAS receiver assumes an error and disregards message. 3 = Not assigned.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD MU SUB FIELD MTB NO. Contains operating commands to the transponder and is part of surveillance and Comm-A interrogations UF=4. VDS1 (33-36) and VDS2 (37-40). 5. Is set to 0 for Coordination Reply Message. PI is part of the reply. 3 = Not assigned. UF=24. Same as in MB field. 2 = Not assigned. 5 = Cancel C. see Cover Page for details. DF=24. ARA MTE RAC RAT MV VDS 14 1 4 1 8 41-54 60 55-58 59 33-40 X X X X X VDS1 VDS2 NC 4 4 4 33-36 37-40 5-8 X X X ND 4 5-8 X PC 3 6-8 X PI 24 33-56 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. 7 = Not assigned. contains information used in air-to-air exchanges (Coordination Reply Message). Provides the segment number transmitted in a downlink ELM and is part of a Comm-D reply. 20. 4 = Cancel B. Contains the parity overlaid on the interrogator identity code. 6 = Cancel D. part of the long air-air surveillance reply DF=16. 1 = Non-selective All Call lockout. Is set to 3 for Coordination Reply Message. Provides the segment number transmitted in an uplink ELM and is part of a Comm-C interrogation. 21. OF BITS 56 BITS POSITION 33-88 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Field. The codes are: 0 = No changes in transponder state. DF=11. APPENDIX I Page 12 Dec 1/09 . Same as in MB field. Same as in MB field. Defines the content of the MV message field and is expressed in two 4-bit groups. Same as in MB field. to the Mode S Only All Call.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD MV SUB FIELD NO. intermediate or final if coded 0. 1 or 2 respectively. 15 = Do not reply. 3 = Reply with probability = 1/8.7 = Do not Reply. reply with probability = 1/2. 1 = Reply with probability = 1/2. NOTE: On receipt of a Mode S Only All Call containing a PR code other than 0 or 8. 11 = Disregard lockout. 5. RC=3 is used to request C o mm. see Cover Page for details. reply with probability = 1/8. reply with. 13. R C i s part of Comm-C interrogation. UF=24.6.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD PR SUB FIELD NO. Designates transmitted segment as initial. 12 = Disregard lockout. Random occurrence of replies enables interrogator to acquire closely spaced aircraft when replies would otherwise synchronously garble each other. 10 = Disregard lockout. The assigned codes are: 0 = Reply with probability = 1. A command to disregard any lockout state can also be given. 9 = Disregard lockout. OF BITS 4 BITS POSITION 6-9 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Field contains commands to the transponder specifying the reply probability to the Mode S Only All Call interrogation. RC 2 3-4 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. transponder executes a random process and makes a reply decision for the interrogation in accordance with the commanded probability. 8 = Disregard lockout. probability = 1/4. 14. reply with probability = 1. UF=11 containing the PR. 2 = Reply with probability = 1/4.D D E L M s b y the transponder. APPENDIX I Page 13 Dec 1/09 . 4 = Reply with probability = 1/16. reply with probability = 1/16. 2 = On-board TCAS with resolution capability inhibited. In UF=16. Zero solicits DF=0 reply and One solicits no reply. 10 = Airspeed is >75 kts and ≤150 kts. 5-7 = Not assigned. Contains length and content of interrogator requested reply. see Cover Page for details. 8 = No maximum airspeed data available. 4 = On-board TCAS with vertical and horizontal resolution capability. sent in UF=0. The codes are: 0 = No on-board TCAS.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD RI SUB FIELD NO. 11 = Airspeed is >150 kts and ≤300 kts. APPENDIX I Page 14 Dec 1/09 . 1 = Not assigned. 3 = On-board TCAS with vertical-only resolution capability. solicits DF=0 reply if Zero and DF=16 reply if One (only if transponder is associated with Airborne Collision Avoidance System [ACAS] equipment). BDS2 is assumed to be Zero if not specified by DI=7 and RRS. Zero solicits DF=16 reply and One solicits no reply. 14 = Airspeed is >1200 kts. 20. decimal equivalent of last four bits of RR code designates code for BDS1 in reply (ground initiated). 9 = Airspeed is ≤75 kts. RR is part of surveillance and Comm-A interrogations UF=4. 16. 21. in UF=0. Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. 15 = Not assigned. 5. 16. 12 = Airspeed is >300 kts and ≤600 kts. Otherwise. Command. RR CODE 0-15 16 17 18 19 20-31 REPLY LENGTH Short Long Long Long Long Long MB CONTENT N/A Air initiated Comm-B Data link capability Aircraft Identification Resolution Advisories Not Assigned RL 1 9 X RR 5 9-13 X NOTE: If first bit of RR code is One. OF BITS 4 BITS POSITION 14-17 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Information in DF=0. 13 = Airspeed is >600 kts and ≤1200 kts. Lockout subfield. see Cover Page for details. Lockout surveillance subfield. 20. sent when DI=1. 2 = Comm-C closeout. is assigned the following codes: 0 = No Comm-B action. sent when DI=1. IIS 4 17-20 X LOS 1 26 X LSS 1 23 X MBS 2 21-22 X MES 3 23-25 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. 5 = Comm-C reservation and Comm-D closeout. if set to One. APPENDIX I Page 15 Dec 1/09 . 5. 3 = Comm-D reservation. if set to One. 21. IIS is sent only when DI=0. initiates a multisite All Call lockout to Mode S Only All Calls (UF=11) from the Interrogator indicated in IIS of the interrogation. 2 = Comm-B closeout. 1 = Comm-B reservation. 4 = Comm-D closeout. 6 = Comm-C closeout and Comm-D reservation. Multisite ELM subfield. IIS=0 is not a valid interrogator identifier for multisite purposes. 1 or 7. shall signify a multisite lockout command from the interrogator indicated in SIS. If LOS is set to Zero. contains reservation and closeout commands for ELM as follows: 0 = No ELM action. LSS set to zero shall be used to signify that no change in lockout state is commanded.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD SD SUB FIELD NO. 7 = Comm-C and Comm-D closeouts. 1 = Comm-C reservation. OF BITS 16 BITS POSITION 17-32 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Contains control codes. Interrogator Identifier subfield contains the self-identification code of the interrogator and is numerically identical to the II code transmitted by the interrogator in Mode S Only All Calls. LOS is sent only if DI=1 or 7. Multisite Comm-B subfield. as specified by the DI field affecting transponder protocol and is part of surveillance and Comm-A interrogations UF=4. IIS codes are 0 through 15. no change in lockout state is commanded. 2 = Report Comm-C reservation status. The codes are: 0 = No antenna command. Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. sent when DI=1. sent when DI=7. contains coding corresponding to the requested BDS2 code. Surface Antenna Subfield. The codes are: 0 = No squitter rate command 1 = Report high surface squitter rate for 60 seconds 2 = Report low surface squitter rate for 60 seconds 3 = Suppress all surface squitters for 60 seconds 4 = Suppress all surface squitters for 120 seconds 5-7 Not assigned RRS 4 21-24 X Reply Request subfield.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD SD SUB FIELD RCS NO. Reply Request subfield. use the top antenna 1 = Alternate top and bottom antennas for 120 seconds 2 = Use bottom antenna for 120 seconds 3 = Return to the default RRS 4 24-27 X RSS 2 27-28 X SAS 2 27-28 X SIS 6 17-22 X Surveillance Identifier Subfield. contains coding corresponding to the requested BDS2 code. 1 = Report Comm-B reservation status. shall control the diversity antenna that is used for the acquisition and extended squitters when the aircraft is reporting the surface format. shall contain an assigned SI code of the interrogator. The codes are: 0 = No request. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 24-26 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Rate control subfield shall control the squitter rate of the transponder when it is reporting the surface format. APPENDIX I Page 16 Dec 1/09 . 3 = Report Comm-D reservation status. requests transponder to report reservation status in the UM field. sent when DI=3. Reservation Status subfield. see Cover Page for details. 6 = Linked 1st Segment. 4 = Linked 1st Segment. Priority. c o n t a i n s c o d i n g f o r l i n k i n g t h e C o m m A message segments. Priority. 14 = Final Segment. Priority. Priority. sent when DI=1 or 7 . OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 21-23 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Type Control Subfield. TMS 4 29-32 X T a c t i c a l Message subfield. Multiple ADS.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD SD SUB FIELD TCS NO. 12 = Second Segment. Single ADS Priority. Acknowledge. Acknowledge. shall control the position type reported by the transponder. Acknowledge. 2 = Unlinked. Acknowledge. 9 = Linked 1st Segment. see Cover Page for details. 11 = Linked 1st Segment. Multiple ADS. 5 = Linked 1st Segment. 3 = Unlinked. Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. The codes are: 0 = No position type command 1 = Use surface position type for the next 15 seconds 2 = Use surface position type for the next 60 seconds 3 = Cancel surface type command 4-7 = Not assigned. 13 = Third Segment. 10 = Linked 1st Segment. Single ADS. 1 = Unlinked. Single ADS Acknowledge. Priority. The codes are: 0 = No Action. Multiple ADS. APPENDIX I Page 17 Dec 1/09 . 7 = Linked 1st Segment. Acknowledge. 8 = Linked 1st Segment. Multiple ADS. Single ADS. 15 = Not Assigned. 5. Contains transponder status readouts in replies DF=4.O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 FIELD SL SUB FIELD NO. 21. UF UM IDS 5 6 2 1-5 14-19 18-19 X X X IIS 4 14-17 X VS 1 6 X Overview of Format Definitions (cont) Table 3 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. DF=0. APPENDIX I Page 18 Dec 1/09 . 3 = Comm-D reservation active. 16. Interrogator Identifier subfield reports the identity of the interrogator that has made a multisite reservation. The first field in all uplink formats is the transmission descriptor in all interrogations. 5 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 5. 16. VS is a part of DF=0. 2 = Comm-C reservation active. 20. 6 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 6. The codes are: 0 = No TCAS sensitivity level reported. OF BITS 3 BITS POSITION 9-11 FORMATS UP DOWN X CONTENT Reports the current operating sensitivity level of the TCAS unit and is a part of airair surveillance replies. 1 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 1. Assigned coding is: 0 = No information available. 4 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 4. Identifier Designator subfield reports the type of reservation made by the interrogator identified in IIS and corresponds with the RSS subfield of SD. NOTE: The SL field has no meaning for aircraft with RI=0 (no on-board capability to generate resolution. Indicates aircraft is airborne when Zero or aircraft is on the ground when One. 1 = Comm-B reservation active. 2 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 2. advisories). 3 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 3. 7 = TCAS operates at sensitivity level 7. O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 B5 B6 B4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B3 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B2 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 SP=SPACE 0 0 0 1 P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 1 0 SP 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O code 6-Bit Character Set for AIS Subfield Table 4 SRS OR TAS SUBFIELD VALUE OCTAL 100000 140000 160000 170000 174000 176000 177000 177400 177600 177700 177740 177760 177770 177774 177776 177777 HEXADECIMAL 8000 C000 E000 F000 F800 FC00 FE00 FF00 FF80 FFC0 FFE0 FFF0 FFF8 FFFC FFFE FFFF NUMBER OF SEGMENTS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Valid Values for SRS and TAS Subfields Table 5 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 19 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX I Page 20 Dec 1/09 .O P ERAT IO N MANUAL I FR 6000 BINARY 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 10000 OCTAL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 DECIMAL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 HEXADECIMAL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 10 Number Systems Conversion Table 6 UF# 0 4 5 11 16 20 21 24 VS(b) FS(d) FS(d) CA(d) VS(b) FS(d) FS(d) KE(b) h=hex DR(d) DR(d) ND(d) b=binary CC(b) DR(d) DR(d) PI(h) SL(d) U M( h ) U M( h ) RI(d) SL(d) U M( h ) U M( h ) RI(d) FIELDS AC(h&o) IIS(d) IIS(d) AC(h&o) ID(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) MV ( h ) IIS(d) IIS(d) IIS(d) MB ( h ) MB ( h ) AC(h&o) AC(h&o) ID(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) AA(h&o) IDS(d) IDS(d) IDS(d) IDS(d) IDS(d) d=decimal Mode S UF Fields Numeric Units Table 7 Subject to Export Control. ● 72 in. Coaxial Cable Used to connect the Test Set to the UUT. AUXILIARY EQ UIPMENT Refer to Appendix J. Figure 1. ● Power Cord (European) Used to connect AC power from an external AC power source to AC PWR Connector. Coaxial Cable Used to connect Test Set ANT Connector to Directional Antenna ANT Connector. ● 12 in. see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX J . ● Antenna RF antenna used with Test Set when power accuracy is most critical. Auxiliary Equipment Figure 1 Subject to Export Control. ITEM DESCRIPTION ITEM DESCRIPTION ● DC Power Supply Used to power the Test Set. APPENDIX J Page 1 Dec 1/09 . ● 5 A Fuse Spare Fuse ● Power Cord (US Only) Used to connect AC power from an external AC power source to AC PWR Connector. ● Breakout Box Provides means of accessing individual user interfaces via standard connectors ● Antenna Shield Used with Antenna Clamp Assembly to cover UUT Antenna not being tested.STANDARD ACCESSORIES 1. Shield by tightening 2. Tighten captive screws. Secure Antenna thumbscrews. Loosen Thumbscrews if necessary.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 2. NOTE: It may be necessary to remove UUT Antenna Guard if access to UUT Antenna is restricted. ANTENNA SHIELD PROCEDURE Refer to Appendix J. ANTENNA CLAMP ASSEMBLY ANTENNA SHIELD PLATE CAPTIVE SCREW THUMB SCREW 8107007 Antenna Shield Figure 2 Subject to Export Control. see Cover Page for details. PROCEDURE Position Antenna Clamp Assembly inside the slot in the Antenna Shield Plate. STEP 3. 4. APPENDIX J Page 2 Dec 1/09 . STEP 1. Figure 2. PROCEDURE Cover UUT Antenna with Antenna Shield. aligning captive screws into the respective screw holes. . The table indicates. see Cover Page for details. APPENDIX K Page 1 Dec 1/09 . NOTE: The table only applies when testing one UUT Antenna.4% 0.7% 0.2% 0. there is a 10% probability the target acquisition time increases by more than ten sec.TARGET ACQUISITION TIME PROBABILITY TABLE The following table shows the probability of target acquisition time increasing by more than a specified time (in addition to the normal two to three sec). disabled or out of the line of sight path with the IFR 6000 TCAS. Other UUT Antennas are shielded. INCREASE IN TARGET ACQUISITION TIME >3 sec >4 sec >5 sec >6 sec >7 sec >8 sec >9 sec >10 sec >11 sec >12 sec >13 sec >14 sec >15 sec >16 sec >17 sec >18 sec >19 sec >20 sec PROBABILITY PERCENTAGE 91% 76% 59% 44% 31% 22% 15% 10% 7% 4% 3% 2% 1% 0. for example.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 APPENDIX K .3% 0.1% Target Acquisition Time Probability Table 1 Subject to Export Control. Subject to Export Control. APPENDIX K Page 2 Dec 1/09 .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . see Cover Page for details. p 4 App E. App E. p 1 1-3-1. p 7 1-2-4. p 6 App J 1-2-4. p 5 USB DEVICE Connector App E. p 29 1-2-4. p 6 REMOTE Connector App E. p 4 AUX OUT Connector App E. p 8 1-2-4. App E. p 68 1-1-2.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 INDEX Abbreviations AC Power Requirements ADS-B ADS-B GEN ADS-B/GICB ADS-B MON ADS-B Setup ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector Altitude Encoder Test Pin-Out Table Antenna Shield Procedure Auto Test AUX IN Connector Pin-Out Table AUX OUT Connectors Pin-Out Table App D 1-2-1. p 1 1-2-4. p 14 1-3-1. p 1 1-2-1. p 2 Breakout Box Connectors App E Operation 1-2-4. p 1 Operation 1-2-1. p 8 1-1-2. see Cover Page for details. p 28 App E. 1-2-1. p p p p 1 1 2 1 1-2-1. Transponder Description 1-2-4. p 9 1-2-1. p 1 1-2-4. p 2 USB HOST Connector App E. p 13 1-3-1. p 8 App E. p 2 1-5-1. p 16 1-3-1. p 3 App J. p 2 1-2-4. p 1 Description Direct Connect Procedure Directional Antenna Use Description Direct Connect Setup Setup Antenna Testing External Cleaning 1-1-1. 1-2-1. p 1 Configurations. p 9 1-2-4. p 1 1-1-1. p 2 1-2-4. p 6 1-2-4. p 2 Test Set I/O Connectors App A. p 32 1-1-2. p 58 1-2-4. p 1 App I 1-3-1. p 29 1-2-4. p 2 Controls. Connectors and Indicators 1-2-2. p 2 App A. p 3 1-3-1. p 78 1-1-2. 1-1-2. p 56 1-1-2. p 7 RS-232 Connector App E. p 1 1-2-1. p 1 1-4-1. p 1 1-2-3. p 1 1-2-3. p 1 App A. p 3 1-2-1. p 1057 Complying with Instructions 1-2-1. p 1 App B App G App H 1-2-4. p 1 1-1-2. p 3 AUX IN Connector App E. p 2 Table App F Connector Pin-Out Tables Breakout Box ALTITUDE ENCODER Connector App E. p p p p 2 7 1 5 Battery Charging 1-2-1. p 10 1-3-1. p 30 1-2-2. p 6 Factory/Power Up Presets Functional Capabilities General Description and Capabilities General Operation General Setup Grounding Power Cord Installation I/O Connectors Metric/British Conversion Table Mode S Address Blocks Product Specific List Complete List Operating Procedures Operating Safety Operation Over the Air Ground Test Over the Air Simulated Altitude Test Performance Evaluation General Self Test Quick Start Regulatory Responsibilities REMOTE Connector Pin-Out Table Test Set Breakout Box Repacking Procedure RS-232 Connector Pin-Out Table Safety Precautions Self Test Shipping Information Repacking Procedure Signal Formats Specifications DME Mode Signal Generator UUT Measurements Miscellaneous Supplemental Information TCAS Mode Signal Generator UUT Measurements Transponder Mode Signal Generator UUT Measurements Standard Accessories Start-Up Storage App C 1-1-1. p 30 1-2-3. INDEX Page 1 Dec 1/09 . p 1 REMOTE Connector App A. p 1 Recharging 1-2-1. p 1 1-1-1. 1-4-1. p 1 1-3-1. p 56 1-2-4. p 1 Subject to Export Control. p 1 1-4-1. p 1013DME 1-2-4. p 4 1-3-1. 1-1-2. p 2 1-2-4. p 47 1-2-4. p 45 1-2-4. p 11 1-2-4. p 35 1-2-4. p 3 1-1-2. 1-2-4. p 47 1-1-2. p 54 1-2-4. p 38 1-1-2. p 1 1-1-2. p 11 1-2-4. p 29 1-2-4. see Cover Page for details. p 29 1-2-4. p 38 1-2-4. p 28 1-2-4.35 1-2-4. INDEX Page 2 Dec 1/09 . p 49 1-2-4. p 4 1-2-4. 1-2-4. p 8 1-2-4. p 10 1-1-2. p 42 1-2-4. p 35 1-2-4. p 2 1-2-4. 1-1-2. p 2 1-2-4. p 2 App E. 1-1-2. p 5 Subject to Export Control.O PE R AT I O N MA NU A L I FR 6 0 00 Target Acquisition Time Test List TCAS Mode Broadcast Monitor Description Monitor Screens Operation Concept Recommended Test Procedure Screen Setup Setup Antenna Setup Scenario Data Screen Surveillance Monitor Testing TIS Mode General description Mode Setup Setup Antenna Setup Direct Connect Testing USB DEVICE Connector USB HOST Connector Pin-Out Table XPDR Altitude Encoder Auto Test Configurations Description Direct Connect Procedure Over The Air Tests Setup Setup Antenna Test List Testing App K 1-2-4. p. p 10 1-2-4. p p p p p p 99 99 99 12 13 13 App E. O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY BATTERY/FUSE INSTRUCTIONS . .O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 T H I S P A G E I N T E N T I ON A L L Y L E F T B L A N K . O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 SAFETY FIRST: TO ALL SERVICE PERSO NNEL REFER ALL SERVICING OF UNIT TO QUALIFIED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL. broken nor expose bare wiring when operating this equipment. WARNING: USING THIS EQUIPMENT IN A MANNER NOT SPECIFIED BY THE ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION MAY IMPAIR THE SAFETY PROTECTION PROVIDED BY THE EQUIPMENT. SAFETY IDENTIFICATION IN TECHNICAL MANUAL This manual uses the following terms to draw attention to possible safety hazards. SAFETY SYMBOLS IN MANUALS AND ON UNITS CAUTION: Refer to accompanying documents. IF IGNORED. to prevent electrical shock or damage to the equipment. . POWER CORDS Power cords must not be frayed. that may exist when operating or servicing this equipment. CAN RESULT IN EQUIPMENT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE (E. AC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or alternating voltage. OVERHEAT OR EXPLODE. current and power ratings of any connector on the Test Set before connecting it with a probe from a terminal device. USE RECOMMENDED FUSES ONLY Use only fuses specifically recommended for the equipment at the specified current and voltage ratings. (This symbol refers to specific CAUTIONS represented on the unit and clarified in the text. CASE. CAUTION: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT. DO NOT CRUSH. THE FOLLOWING WARNINGS CONCERNING LITHIUM ION BATTERIES MUST BE HEEDED: ● ● ● DO NOT RECHARGE OUTSIDE THE IFR 6000. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING PRECAUTION Improper grounding of equipment can result in electrical shock.) AC OR DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with ac or dc voltage. CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. FIRE). USE OF PROBES Check specifications for the maximum voltage. IF IGNORED. WARNING: THIS TERM IDENTIFIES CONDITIONS OR ACTIVITIES THAT.G. DC TERMINAL: Terminal that may supply or be supplied with dc voltage.. COVER OR PANEL REMOVAL Opening the Case Assembly exposes the technician to electrical hazards that can result in electrical shock or equipment damage. WARNING: THE IFR 6000 USES A LITHIUM ION BATTERY PACK. INCINERATE OR DISPOSE OF IN NORMAL WASTE. DO NOT SHORT CIRCUIT OR FORCE DISCHARGE AS THIS MIGHT CAUSE THE BATTERY TO VENT. Be sure the terminal device performs within these specifications before using it for measurement. MUST BE LAID ON A GROUNDED CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORED IN A CONDUCTIVE STORAGE BAG. WHEN TAKEN OUT OF THE SET. 1981. DEVICES MUST NEVER BE INSERTED INTO NOR REMOVED FROM CIRCUITS WITH POWER ON. ESPECIALLY CMOS TYPES. PC BOARDS. WHEN REMOVING DEVICES FROM THEIR CONTAINERS.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 CAUTION: INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND SOLID STATE DEVICES SUCH AS MOS FETS. TIPS OF SOLDERING IRONS AND/OR ANY TOOLS USED MUST BE GROUNDED. PC BOARDS. ● ● ● ● ● CAUTION THIS EQUIPMENT CONTAINS PARTS SENSITIVE TO DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE (ESD) CAUTION: SIGNAL GENERATORS CAN BE A SOURCE OF ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) TO COMMUNICATION RECEIVERS. IF BEING SHIPPED TO THE FACTORY FOR REPAIR. DATED FEBRUARY 19. . USERS OF THIS EQUIPMENT SHOULD SCRUTINIZE ANY OPERATION THAT RESULTS IN RADIATION OF A SIGNAL (DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY) AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS IN FAA CIRCULAR AC 170-6C. THE USE OF UNGROUNDED TOOLS AND IMPROPER STORAGE AND PACKAGING. ANY MAINTENANCE TO THIS UNIT MUST BE PERFORMED WITH THE FOLLOWING PRECAUTIONS: ● BEFORE USE IN A CIRCUIT. ARE SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE BY ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGES RECEIVED FROM IMPROPER HANDLING. GROUND THE HAND BEING USED WITH A CONDUCTIVE WRISTBAND. BEFORE LAYING PC BOARDS ON A CONDUCTIVE MAT OR STORING IN A CONDUCTIVE BAG. MUST BE PACKAGED IN A CONDUCTIVE BAG AND PLACED IN A WELL-CUSHIONED SHIPPING CONTAINER. KEEP ALL LEADS SHORTED TOGETHER EITHER BY THE USE OF VENDOR-SUPPLIED SHORTING SPRINGS OR BY INSERTING LEADS INTO A CONDUCTIVE MATERIAL. SOME TRANSMITTED SIGNALS CAN CAUSE DISRUPTION AND INTERFERENCE TO COMMUNICATION SERVICES OUT TO A DISTANCE OF SEVERAL MILES. SUCH AS A BATTERY. REMOVE ANY BUILTIN POWER SOURCE. 4. 3. Install new battery and reconnect the wire harness. 5.).). PROCEDURE Verify the IFR 6000 is OFF and not connected to AC power. Install the Battery Cover on the Case Assembly and tighten the five captive screws (8 in/lbs. Install the Battery Cover on the Case Assembly and tighten the five captive screws (8 in/lbs. see Cover Page for details. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO INSTALL A NON-RECHARGEABLE BATTERY. Disconnect the wire harness connecting the battery to the Test Set and remove the battery. Install the two lower bumpers and tighten the two captive screws in each bumper (8 in/lbs. Page 1 Dec 1/09 . 4. Fully loosen five captive screws and lift the Battery Cover from the Case Assembly. Replace fuse: 5 A. BATTERY REPLACEMENT Refer to Figure 1. 7.). 2. WARNING: DISPOSE OF OLD BATTERY ACCORDING TO LOCAL STANDARD SAFETY PROCEDURES. STEP 1. REPLACE ONLY WITH THE BATTERY SPECIFIED BY AEROFLEX. Type F (Mini Blade Fuse) (Aeroflex PN: 5106-0000-057) CAUTION: FOR CONTINUOUS PROTECTION AGAINST FIRE. 2. CAUTION: 6. Install the two lower bumpers and tighten the two captive screws in each bumper (8 in/lbs.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY FUSE REPLACEMENT Refer to Figure 1. 3. Fully loosen two captive screws in the two lower bumpers and remove the bumpers. PROCEDURE Verify the IFR 6000 is OFF and not connected to AC power. STEP 1.). Fully loosen two captive screws in the two lower bumpers and remove the bumpers. 5. REPLACE ONLY WITH FUSES OF THE SPECIFIED VOLTAGE AND CURRENT RATINGS. Fully loosen five captive screws and lift the Battery Cover from the Case Assembly. 32 Vdc. 6. Subject to Export Control. Page 2 Dec 1/09 . see Cover Page for details.O PERATI ON MANUAL IF R 6000 BUMPER WIRE HARNESS CAPTIVE SCREWS (ONE ON EACH SIDE) BATTERY COVER BUMPER CAPTIVE SCREWS (5 EA) FUSE BATTERY CAPTIVE SCREWS (ONE ON EACH SIDE) 05805 Battery and Fuse Replacement Figure 1 Subject to Export Control. 15 CFR 730-774. customer-focused. Our passion for performance is defined by three attributes represented by these three icons: solution-minded. . Violations of these regulations are punishable by fine. It cannot be transferred to any foreign third party without the specific prior approval of the U.S. performance-driven. or both. imprisonment. performance and suitability.As we are always seeking to improve our products. We reserve the right to make design changes without notice. none of which shall form part of any contract. the information in this document gives only a general indication of the product capacity. Department of Commerce Bureau of Industry and Security BIS). CHINA / Beijing CHINA / Shanghai FINLAND FRANCE GERMANY HONG KONG INDIA KOREA SCANDINAVIA SPAIN UK / Burnham UK / Cambridge UK / Stevenage USA Tel: [+86] (10) 6539 1166 Tel: [+86] (21) 5109 5128 Tel: [+358] (9) 2709 5541 Tel: [+33] 1 60 79 96 00 Tel: [+49] 8131 2926-0 Tel: [+852] 2832 7988 Tel: [+91] 80 51150 4501 Tel: [+82] (2) 3424 2719 Tel: [+45] 9614 0045 Tel: [+34] (91) 640 11 34 Tel: [+44] (0) 1628 604455 Tel: [+44] (0) 1763 262277 Tel: [+44] (0) 1438 742200 Freephone: 0800 282388 Tel: [+1] (316) 522 4981 Toll Free: 800 835 2352 Fax: [+86] (10) 6539 1778 Fax: [+86] (21) 5150 6112 Fax: [+358] (9) 804 2441 Fax: [+33] 1 60 77 69 22 Fax: [+49] 8131 2926-130 Fax: [+852] 2834 5364 Fax: [+91] 80 5115 4502 Fax: [+82] (2) 3424 8620 Fax: [+45] 9614 0047 Fax: [+34] (91) 640 06 40 Fax: [+44] (0) 1628 662017 Fax: [+44] (0) 1763 285353 Fax: [+44] (0) 1438 727601 Fax: [+1] (316) 522 1360 EXPORT CONTROL WARNING: This document contains controlled technology or technical data under the jurisdiction of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR).